POLLUTION
  CONTROL
      WASTE  TREATMENT
   and  WATER TREATMENT
Selected Biological References
on Fresh and Marine Waters
              UNITED STATES
          DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
             Federal Water Pollution
             Control Administration

-------
WATER  POLLUTION  CONTROL

        WASTE  TREATMENT
        and WATER  TREATMENT

Selected Biological References on Fresh and Marine Waters
        R. Keith Stewart
        William Marcus Ingram and
        Kenneth M. Mackenthun
        Biologists, Technical Advisory
          and Investigation Activities
        Technical Services Program
        Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center
        UNITED STATES
        DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
        Federal Water Pollution
        Control Administration
        1966

-------
                           FOREWORD
OUR POPULATION has expanded rapidly during the past five  decades
and will continue to do so for an indeterminable time during future
decades. Associated with this expansion has been an  increase in the
amount and  concentration of wastes, both domestic  and  industrial,
that are injected  into  waterways as an  inevitable  product of our
affluent society. It has  become apparent  that the same waterways
receiving these  wastes  must be  used to provide  water for  potable,
agricultural,  industrial,  and recreational  purposes.   Unlike  clean
waters that serve mankind in many ways, grossly polluted water can-
not be used for multiple purposes. Clean waters are precious assets,
denied waters are needless liabilities.
  This book of selected references dealing with water quality  and use
has been prepared for persons interested in and responsible  for bio-
logical aspects of water pollution  control, waste treatment, and water
treatment.

                                                               m

-------
                        CONTENTS
Preface   	   ix
Acknowledgments  	  126

PART I—WATER POLLUTION CONTROL  ASPECTS: FRESH
          WATERS	    1

Water Pollution Control
   General  Reference*  	    1
   Algae and Plankton  	-	    4
   Toxic  Algae  	    8
   Fungi  	    *
   Bottom Organism! 	   10
   Insects 	   12
   Fish	   12
   Flowering Aquatic Plants  	   14
   Nutrients	   15
   Insecticides  and Their Effect Upon  Aquatic Life	   19
   Environment  Change and  Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life	   22
   Radioactivity and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life	   24
   Toxicity and  Bio-Assay Methods	   25
   Techniques  	   30
   Samplers 	-	-	   32
   Criteria for  Aquatic Life 	   33

 Industrial Wastes
   General References 	   34
   Cooling  Water	   35
   Food, Drugs, and Fermentation 	-	-	-	   36
   Metals and Manufacturing 	-	   36
   Petroleum  	   38
   Pulp,  Paper, and Textiles  	   39

 Organism Identification
   General References 	   *1
   Insects  	  41
   Kth   	   43
   Algae and Flowering Aquatic Plant* 	   43
   Other Organisms 	  43

-------
           Aspects of Water Quality
              Books 	  44
              Journals  	  4o

           PART II— WATER  POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS:  MARINE
                      WATERS  	        51
           Water Pollution Control
              General Reference* 	  51
              Bacteria  	  54
              Algae and  Plankton 	  56
              Toxie  Algae 	  57
              Fungi  	  59
              Bottom  Organisms 	  59
              Fish and Shellfish 	  61
              Flowering Aquatic  Plants	  62
              Nutrients  	  °2
              Recreational Waters 	          65
              Pesticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic life	  66
              Environment Change and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life	  67
              Radioactivity and Its  Effect  Upon Aquatic Life	  6°
              Toxicity  and Bio-Assay Methods	   72
              Techniques  	-	   74
              Samplers 	           76
              Criteria for Aquatic Life	   77

            Industrial Wastes
              General References  	-	   77
              Cooling  Water 	 	   78
              Metals and Manufacturing  	--   78
              Petroleum	   78
              Pulp, Paper, and Textiles 	   7'

            Organism Identification
              General References 	-	   "
               Protozoa,  Porifera, Coelenterates, Echinoderms, and
                 Annelids 	-	  81
              Molluscs	  82
              Arthropods 	  82
              Fishes  	                  83
               Algae and Flowering Aquatic  Plants  	  84
               Other  Organisms 	  8'

             Aspects of Water  Quality
               Books  ...-	   85
               Journal* 	  87
VI

-------
            PART til — WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
                       ASPECTS  	   91

            Waste Treatment
              General  References  	   92
              Imhoff Tanks 	   93
              Filters 	   94
              Activated  Sludge 	   96
              Waste Stabilization Ponds 	   97
              Sewer Pipes 	  100
              Parasites and  Sewage Treatment 	  100
              Nuisance Organisms and Their Control 	  101

            Water Treatment
              General References 	  103
              Control  of Aquatic Organisms 	  106
              Taste and Odor Algae 	  108
              Biological Aspects  of Impounding Reservoirs	  109
              Clogging Organisms  	  Ill
              Clear Well Organisms 	  112
              Pipe and  Distribution System Associated  Organisms 	  112
              Chlorine and  Its Effect Upon Organisms	  113
              Actinomycetes   	  114

            Recreational Water Treatment
              General References 	  114
              Algal Control  	  115
              Flowering Aquatic  Plant Control  	-	  116
              Insect Control 	-	 118
              Swimmer's Itch Control 	—	  119
              Pesticides and Their  Effect  Upon Aquatic Life	 120

            PART  IV — REPORTING ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL  DATA	 125

            Reporting  Biological Data 	 125
                                       PLATES

            I.    Water Pollution Control Aspects:  Fresh Waters	 	   XI
            11.   Water Pollution Control Aspects:  Marine  Waters	   49

            III.  Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects	   89

            IV.  Reporting Biological Data 	  123

VII

-------
                            PREFACE
THIS BOOK of selected biological references concerning Water Pollu-
tion Control, Waste Treatment, and Water Treatment is a direct out-
growth of previous compilations conceived in 1950 by the second
author, Dr. W. M.  Ingram, when he  served  as  the first full time
biologist assigned to training activities at the  Environmental Health
Center of the United States Public Health Service in Cincinnati, Ohio.
Since  that  time he has  initiated  several  publications  containing
selected references on various aspects of water  pollution biology. Now
out of print the previous publications were:

(1)  Handbook of Selected Biological References on  Water Pollution
  Control, Sewage  Treatment, and Water Treatment. Public Health
  Bibliography Series No. 8  (PHS Publication No. 214), pp.  1-66,
  1953.

(2)  Opt.  Cite. Public Health Bibliography Series No. 8  (PHS Pub-
  lication No. 214—Revised 1957), pp. 1-95, 1957.

(3)  Estuarine and  Marine Pollution, Selected Studies on Biological,
  Bacteriological, and  Physical  Aspects  with Major  Emphasis on
  United  States Literature.  Public Health Service Technical Report
  W-61-4, pp. 1-30, 1961.

(4)  Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, Water Treatment,
  Selected Biological References.  Public Health Bibliography Series
  No. 8 (PHS Publication No. 1053), pp. 1-142, 1963.

  Most references in the previous publications have  been retained in
this book, and selected references subsequent  to 1962 through 1965
have been added. The revision and additions herein, and the expan-
sion to include the  marine aspects with those  of fresh  water,  should
be helpful in providing source material under one  cover for those
engaged in the study of pollution as related to aquatic life.

                                                               IX

-------
  In many regions of the United States, history has illustrated that
land was defiled by over-timbering, over-grazing, and the unwise use
of the  plow.  For many years,  one  could move away from  such
destroyed, "polluted land," and still subsist; when this was not pos-
sible, people became land conservationists, realizing that in the land
lay survival.  The history of land depredation could, in the  future, be
repeated in the defilement of  our waters.  The number of streams
and natural lakes is static with a minimal number of future impound-
ment sites; there is no moving over a  ridge to discover a new water-
way.  All waters must be protected for a variety of uses including
the maintenance of a healthy biota.  All of us should be water con-
servationists, realizing that water is limited and that in its wise use
lies a great part of this Nation's strength.
  Today all water users are becoming more and more interested in
the alleviation of pollution.  Full realization of population and indus-
trial growth  has brought many persons into  intimate contact  with
problems  relating  to  water  degradation associated with  municipal,
industrial, or agricultural wastes, or  a combination of these. Most
people fully appreciate that streams, lakes, and marine waters remain
static in number;  it is  apparent that problems attendant to  waste
disposal and  water treatment are increasing.  Thus, the problems of
waste disposal and their reasonable solution are the concern of all.
  Multiple use of water is the current trend.  If pollution  is abated,
water can be satisfactorily used for many and  varied interests.
  With the abatement of pollution, danger  from disease  is lessened;
a better potable water is produced; new industries can be attracted
to communities; property values increase; recreation in the form of
fishing, hunting, boating, and swimming is more readily  available;
and current supplies  of fishery and shellfishery food products can be
sustained.  To assure an adequate quality of water for all  these pur-
poses, water must be used and managed wisely.

-------
Aquatic weeds associated
with induced eutrophication.
                                 Waste outfall
                                 Slime growths
                                 effected by wastes.
  Plate 1—Water Pollution Control Aspects: Fresh Waters

-------
                              PART I

     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS:  FRESH  WATERS

UNLIKE  SALINE WATERS, clean fresh-waters are economical  sources
of water that can be and have been tapped to  sustain the domestic,
agricultural, industrial, and  recreational needs of the  nation.  Our
population has increased from 76,000,000 people in 1900 to 150,000,-
000  in 1950 and to 180,000,000 in 1960.  By 1980 it is expected to
increase to 260,000,000. Yet,  there has been no change in the  amount
of available water,  and no major additions are anticipated.  Ready
and  economical supplies of clean water are no longer  adequate for
many burgeoning cities, and most are now faced with  finding new and
expensive water sources just to  keep pace with only  the domestic
demands. Some cities  are transected by large rivers, but many are
sufficiently  fouled  with  domestic  and  industrial wastes that their
waters cannot be used  for any purpose.  Such  situations can  become
very widespread throughout  the  land,  and  can seriously affect the
general welfare of  the nation.  It is  axiomatic then  that with  an
increasing population and a "fixed" amount of fresh water the con-
trol  and abatement of pollution is  one of the most important means of
solving water supply problems.
  Along with making  water  unfit for many uses pollution of water
courses has several  biological effects.  It can foster undesirable plant
and  animal growths, generate putrid water and odors, eliminate desir-
able aquatic and other  wildlife that provide both food and recreation,
taint water  supplies and fish flesh, discolor water and make it un-
sightly, change habitats to favor growth of toxic organisms that  deci-
mate livestock and  pets as well  as cause sickness in  man,  nurture
growths  that impede flows in watercourses, create conditions  suitable
for development of human and animal pests, make recreational waters
unusable, and enhance the spread of disease to epidemic levels.

WATER  POLLUTION CONTROL
GENERAL REFERENCES               BARTSCH, A. F. and W. S. CHURCHILL
                                   1949. Biotic Responses to Stream  Pollu-
ALLEN, M. B.                         tion During Artificial Stream Reaera-
1955. General Features of Algae Growth    tion.  In:   Limnological  Aspects of
  in  Sewage  Oxidation Ponds.   State    Water Supply and  Waste  Disposal.
  Water Pollution Control  Board, Sac-    American  Association for  the Ad-
  ramento, California,  Publication No.    vancement  of Science, Washington,
  13, pp. 1-47.                        D. C., pp. 33-48.
BARTSCH,  A. F.                      BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM
1948. Biological Aspects of Stream Pol-   1959. Stream Life and the Pollution En-
  lution. Sewage  Works  Journal, vol.    vironment. Public  Works, vol. 90, No.
  20, No.  2, pp. 292-302.                7, pp. 104-110.

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WABTB TREATMENT AND WATBH TREATMENT
BEAK, T. W.
1959. Biological Survey of the St. Clair
  River.  Industrial Wastes, vol. 4,  No.
  5, pp. 107-109.

BIGLANE, K. E. and R. A. LAFLEUR
1954. Biological Indices of Pollution  Ob-
  served in Louisiana Streams. Bulletin
  of the Louisiana Engineering Experi-
  ment Station, vol. 43, pp. 1-7.

BRINLEY, F. J.
1942.  Biological  Studies,  Ohio  River
  Pollution, I. Biological Zones in a Pol-
  luted Stream. Sewage Works Journal,
  vol. 14, No. 1, pp. 147-152.

BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. Relation of Domestic Sewage to
  Stream Productivity. Ohio Journal of
  Science, vol. 42, No.  4, pp. 173-176.

BRINLEY, F. J.
1943. Sewage,  Algae and Fish. Sewage
  Works  Journal,  vol.  15,  No. 1,  pp.
  78-83.

CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B.  LACKEY
1962.  Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
  ellata. University of Florida, College
  of Engineering,  Florida  Engineering
  Series No, 3, pp. 1-140.

CAMPBELL, M.  S. A.
1939. Biological Indicators  of  Intensity
  of Stream Pollution. Sewage Works
  Journal, vol.  11, No. 1, pp.  123-127.

CAWLEY, W. A.
1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance
  in Streams.   Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol.  30, No.  9, pp. 1174-1182.

CLAASSEN, P. W.
1932. The Biology of Stream  Pollution.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 4, No. 1,
  pp.  165-172.

CORMACK, J. F. and H. R. AMBBRG
1959.  The Effect of  Biological Treat-
  ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the
  Growth of Sphaerotilus natans.  Pro-
  ceedings of the Fourteenth Industrial
  Waste   Conference,  Purdue Univer-
  sity, vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 16-25.

DIMICK, R.  E.
1953. The Aquatic Biology of  Industrial
  Pollution. Wastes  Engineering,  vol.
  24, No. 3, pp. 66-67. 87-88.

DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE
1952.  Pollution  of  the Spanish  River.
  Ontario  Department  of Lands  and
  Forests, Research Report No.  25, pp.
  1-106.

ELIASSEN, R.
1952. Stream Pollution. Scientific Amer-
  ican, vol. 18, No. 3, pp.  17-21.

GAUFTN, A. R. and C. M.  TARZWELL
1955. Environmental  Changes in a Pol-
  luted Stream.  American Midland Na-
  turalist, vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 77-88.

GECKXER,  J.  R., K.  M.  MACKENTHUN
and W. M. INGRAM
1963.  Glossary of Commonly Used Bio-
  logical  and  Related Terms in Water
  and Waste Water Control.  Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.  Public Health
  Service,  Publication No.  999-WP-2,
  pp.  1-22.

GlLCREAS, F. W.
1952-1953. Laboratory Control of  Sew-
  age  Treatment,  Chapter 12, Stream
  Analyses, pp.  79-87.  Case-Shepperd-
  Mann   Publishing  Company,   New
  York. 92 pp.

HARRISON, M. E. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1958.  Slime Infestation—Literature Re-
  view. Sewage  and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1278-1302.

HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY
1955.  Slime Formation in Polluted Wa-
  ters. I. Laboratory and Field  Study
  Methods.   Sewage  and   Industrial
  Wastes,  vol. 27,  No.  12,  pp.  1391-
  1398.

HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY
1956.  Slime Formation in Polluted Wa-
  ters.   II.  Factors  Affecting  Slime
  Growths.   Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 78-92.

IDE, F. P.
1954.  Pollution  in Relation to  Stream
  Life.  Papers Presented at the  First
  Ontario Industrial Waste Conference,
  Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph,
  Ontario, pp. 86-108.

INGRAM,  W. M. and K. M.  MACKENTHUK
1965. Pollution. In: McClane's Standard
  Fishing  Encyclopedia  and  Interna-
  tional  Angling Guide.  Holt, Rinehart
  and Winslow, New York, pp. 687-693.

JONES, J. R. E.
1940.  A  Study  of   the  Zinc-Polluted

-------
                       WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
   River Ystwyth,  in  North  Cardigan-
   shire, Wales. Annals of Applied Biol-
   ogy,  vol. 27, pp. 368-378.

 LACKEY, J. B.
 1954. How the  Biota of Sewage and In-
   dustrial  Wastes Work for Us. Wastes
   Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592-
   595.

 LACKEY, J.  B.,  W.  T. CALAWAY and
 G. B. MORGAN
 1956. Biological  Purification  of Citrus
   Wastes.    Sewage    and   Industrial
   Wastes,  vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546.

 LAWRANCE, W. A.
 1950. The  Addition of Sodium Nitrate
   to the Androscoggin  River.  Sewage
   and Industrial  Wastes, vol.  22, No. C,
   pp. 820-832.

 MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM
 1965. Pollution and the Life  in Water.
   Robert A.  Taft Sanitary  Engineering
   Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S, Public
   Health Service, Publication No.  999-
   WP-20, pp. 1-16.

 MCCOY, J.  H.
 1963. Salinonellae  in  Crude  Sewage,
   Sewage Effluent and Sewage-Polluted
   Natural  Waters.  International  Jour-
   nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
   Nos.  6-7, pp. 597-611.

 MCKEE, J.  E. and H. W. WOLF
 1963. Water  Quality Criteria. 2nd  Edi-
   tion.  The Resources Agency of Cali-
   fornia.  State Water Quality Board,
   Publication No. 3-A, 1-548. pp.

 MCLEAN, J. E. (ed.)
 1963. Symposium on Streamflow Regu-
   lation for Quality Control; Robert A.
   Taft  Sanitary   Engineering  Center,
   Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S.  Public Health
   Service,  Publication  No. 999-WP-30,
   pp. 1-420.

 NEEL, J. K.
 1953. Certain Limnological  Features of
  a Polluted  Irrigation Stream.  Trans-
  actions of the American Microscopical
  Society, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 119-135.

NEWTON, L.
1944. Pollution  of the Rivers of  West
  Wales by Lead and Zinc  Mine Efflu-
  ent. Annals of  Applied Biology, vol.
  31, No. 1, pp. 1-11.

ODUM, E. P.
1954. Fundamentals of Ecology:  Chap-
   ter  12; No.  7,  Stream Pollution, pp.
   330-334.  W.  B. Saunders  Company,
   Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pp. 1-384.

 PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM
 1955.  Suggested Classification of Algae
   and  Protozoa  in  Sanitary  Science.
   Sewage  and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
   27,  No. 10, pp.  1183-1188.

 PATRICK, R.
 1949. A Proposed  Biological Measure of
   Stream Conditions Based on a Survey
   of   the Conestoga  Basin,  Lancaster
   County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of
   the  Academy   of  Natural  Sciences,
   Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania, vol.  101,
   pp.  277-341.

 PATRICK, R.
 1950.  Biological  Measure  of  Stream
   Conditions.  Sewage  and   Industrial
   Wastes, vol. 22, No. 7, pp. 926-938.

 PATRICK, R.
 1953.  Aquatic Organisms as  an Aid in
   Solving Waste  Disposal. Sewage  and
   Industrial Wastes, vol. 25,  No. 2, pp.
   210-214:  Discussion by A.  R. Gaufin
   and  C. M. Tarzwell, pp. 214-217.  Dis-
   cussion by R.  Patrick, p. 217.

 PATRICK, R.
 1959.  Certain Species  Predominate  in
   the Fauna and Flora Which Establish
   Aquatic Life in  a New Stream. Water
   and  Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12,
   pp.  531-535.

 PATRICK, R.
 1962.  A Study of  the Numbers  and
   Kinds of  Species  Found  in Rivers in
   Eastern  U.  S.   Proceedings of  the
   Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sci-
   ences, Philadelphia,  vol.  113, No. 10,
   pp. 215-218.

PENTELOW,  F. T.  K.
1956. The Biology  of Rivers in Relation
  to Pollution. Journal of the Institu-
  tion  of Public Health Engineers, vol.
   55, pp. 85-101.

PURDY, W. C.
1926. The Biology of  Polluted Water.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
   Works Association, vol. 16,  No. 1, pp.
  45-54.

RlCKER, W.  E.
1946. Industrial and Domestic  Wastes in
  Relation to  the  Aquatic  Life of  In-
  diana Streams.   Proceedings of   the
  Second Industrial  Waste Conference,
  Purdue University, pp. 90-96.
                                                                            3

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SCOTT, D. C.
1958.  Biological  Balance  in  Streams.
  Sewage and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
  30,  No. 9, pp. 1169-1172.

SURBER, E. W.
1953.  Some Important Biological  Effects
  Michigan Waters.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol.  25, No. 1, pp.  79-
  86.

SUTTER, R. and E. MOORE
1922.  Stream  Pollution  Studies. State
  of New York Conservation Commis-
  sion, Albany, New York, pp. 3-27.

TARZWELL, C. M. and A. R. GAUFIN
1953.  Some Important Biological Effects
  of  Pollution  Often  Disregarded in
  Stream Surveys.   Purdue University
  Engineering  Bulletin, Proceedings of
  the  8th Industrial Waste Conference
  (May 4-6, 1953), pp. 295-316.

TARZWELL, C.  M.
1958.  Aquatic  Biological  Investigation
  as a Method of Evaluating the Self-
  Purification  of a  Stream.   Technical
  Association of the  Pulp and  Paper In-
  dustry, vol. 41, No. 10, pp.  40A-58A.

TARZWELL, C. M. (ed.)
1965.  Biological Problems in Water Pol-
  lution — Transactions  of   the  1962
  Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
  gineering Center,  Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U.  S. Public  Health Service, Publica-
  tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424.

VAN  HORN, W. M.
1949.  A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes
  in  Relation  to the Aquatic Environ-
  ment.   In: Limnological Aspects of
  Water  Supply and Waste  Disposal.
  American Association  for  the  Ad-
  vancement of  Science,  Washington,
  D.  C.,  pp. 49-55.

VAN  HORN, W. M.
1952.   Using  Biology  as  a  Tool in
  Stream  Pollution  Work.   Sewage
  Works, vol. 23, No. 2, pp.  71-73.
ALGAE AND PLANKTON

ALLEN. M.  M.,  G. P. FITZGERALD and
G. A. ROHLICH
1964. The Effect of Dilution Media on
  the B.O.D. of Algae.  Journal of the
  Water Pollution Control  Federation,
  vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1049-1056.
AMBERG, H.  R.,  J.  F.  CORMACK  and
M. R. RIVERS
1962.  Slime Growth Control by Inter-
  mittent Discharge of Spent  Sulphite
  Liquor. Technical  Association of the
  Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45, No.
  8, pp.  770-779.

BARTSCH, A. F.
1960.  Algae  in Relation to Oxidation
  Processes in Natural Waters. In: Ec-
  ology of Algae, Pymatuning Special
  Publication No. 2, University  of Pitts-
  burgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp.
  56-71.

BENOIT, R. J. and J. J. CURRY
1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con-
  necticut. In:  Algae and  Metropolitan
  Wastes,—Transactions  of the  1960
  Seminar, Robert A. Taft  Sanitary En-
  gineering   Center,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
  U. S. Public  Health  Service, Publica-
  tion No. W61-3, pp.  18-22.

BIRGE, E. A. and C. JUDAY
1922.  The Inland Lakes of Wisconsin.
  The  Plankton.  I.  Its Quantity and
  Chemical   Composition.   Wisconsin
  Geological  Natural  History Survey,
  Bulletin 64, Science Series  1, No.  3,
  pp. 1-222.

BLUM, J. L.
1956.  The  Ecology  of  River Algae.
  Botanical  Review, vol. 22, No. 5, pp.
  291-341.

BLUM, J. L.
1960. Algal Populations in  Flowing Wa-
  ters.  The  Ecology of Algae, Pyma-
  tuning  Special  Publication  No  2,
  University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
  Pennsylvania, pp.  11-21.

BORCHARDT, J.  A.
1958.  The Role of  Algae  in  Pollution
  Abatement.  Public  Works,  vol.  89,
  No.  12, pp. 109-110.

BRINLEY, F. J.
1942.  The Effect of Pollution upon the
  Plankton  Population  of the  White
  River. Indiana. Indiana Department
  of Conservation, Investigations of In-
  diana  Lakes  and  Streams, vol. 2, pp.
  137-143.

BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. The Effect of the Sewage from
  Nashville upon the  Plankton  of the
  Cumberland  River.   Journal of  the
  Tennessee  Academy  of Science, vol.
  7, No. 2, pp. 179-183.

-------
                       WATER POLLUTION CQNTKOI.: FRESH WATER
 BRINLEY, F. J. and L. J. KATZIN
 1942.  Distribution of  Stream Plankton
   in the Ohio River System.  American
   Midland Naturalist, vol. 27, No.  1, pp.
   177-182.

 BROOK, A. J.
 1965, Planktonic Algae as Indicators of
   Lake Types, with Special  Reference
   to the Desmidiaceae. Limnology and
   Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 403-
   411.

 CALAWAY,  W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
 1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa,  Flag-
   ellata. University  of Florida, College
   of Engineering, Florida Engineering
   Series No. 3, pp. 1-140.

 CASTENHOLZ, R. W.
 1960. Seasonal Changes in the Attached
   Algae  of  Freshwater  and  Saline
   Lakes in the Lower  Grand  Coulee,
   Washington. Limnology and Oceanog-
   raphy, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-28.

 COPELAND,  B. J.,  K. W.  MiNTER and
 T. C. DORRIS
 1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or-
   ganic  Matter  in Oil Refinery Efflu-
   ent Holding  Ponds.   Limnology and
   Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 500-
   506.

 DAMANN, K. E.
 1960. Plankton Studies of Lake Michi-
   gan. II.  Thirty-Three  Years of  Con-
   tinuous  Plankton  and  Coliform
   Bacterial Data  Collected from  Lake
   Michigan at Chicago, Illinois.  Trans-
   actions of the American Microscopical
   Society, vol. 79,  No. 4, pp. 397-404.

 DAVIDSON,  F. F.
 1961. Antibacterial Activity of Oscilla-
   toria,  formosa Bory  Extract.  Water
   and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No.  11,
   pp. 417-420.

 DAVIS, C. C.
 1955. Stream Pollution.  Plankton  and
   Industrial Pollution in Cleveland Har-
  bor.  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,
   vol. 27, No. 7, pp. 835-850.

 DAVIS, C. C.
1962. The  Plankton of  the Cleveland
   Harbor Area of Lake  Erie in 1956-
   1957.  Ecological Monographs, vol.  32,
   No. 3, pp. 209-247.

 DAVIS, C. C.
1964. Evidence for the  Eutrophication
   of  Lake Erie  from  Phytoplankton
   Records.  Limnology and Oceanogra-
   phy, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 275-283.

 DEAN, J. M.
 1964. The  Effect of Sewage on a Chain
   of  Lakes in  Indiana.  Hydrobiologia,
   vol. 24,  Nos.  1-3, pp.  434-440.

 EDMONDS,  W. R.
 1963. United  States-Canada  Boundary
   Water Pollution Studies. Journal  of
   the Water Pollution Control Federa-
   tion, voL 35.  No. 10,  pp.  1339-1344.

 FOGG, C. E.
 1953. The  Metabolism of  Algae. John
   Wiley and Sons, New York, 149 pp.

 GERLOFF, G. C., G. P. FITZGERALD and
 F. SKOOG
 1950. The   Isolation,  Purification  and
  Culture of Blue-Green  Algae. Ameri-
  can Journal of Botany, vol.  37, No. 3.
  pp. 216-218,

 GOERING, J, J. and J. C.  NEESS
 1964. Nitrogen Fixation in  Two Wiscon-
  sin Lakes.  Limnology and  Oceanog-
  raphy, vol. 9,  No. 4, pp.  530-539.

 GOLDMAN,  C. R. and R.  C. CARTER
 1965. An  Investigation by Rapid Car-
  bon-14 Bio-assay of Factors Affecting
  the Cultural  Eutrophication of Lake
  Tahoe, California. Journal of the Wa-
  ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
  37, No. 7, pp.  1044-1059.

 GREENBERG, A. E.
 1964. Plankton of the Sacramento River.
  Ecology,  vol. 45, No. 1,  pp. 40-49.

HARTMAN,  R. T.
 1960. Algae and Metabolites of Natural
  Waters. The Ecology of Algae,  Pyma-
  tuning Special Publication No. 2, Uni-
  versity   of  Pittsburgh,   Pittsburgh,
  Pennsylvania,  pp. 38-55.

HOHN, M.
1961. Determining  the  Pattern  of the
  Diatom Flora.  Journal of the  Water
  Pollution  Control Federation, vol. 33,
  No. 1, pp. 48-53.

HOHN, M.
1961. The Relationship Between  Species
  Diversity and Population Density  in
  Diatom    Populations  from   Silver
  Springs,  Florida. Transactions of the
  American Microscopical  Society, vol.
  80, No. 2, pp. 140-165.

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
KRAUSS, R. W.
1956.  Photosynthesis  in  the Algae.  In-
  dustrial and  Engineering Chemistry,
  vol. 48,  No. 9, pp. 1449-1455.

KRAUSS, R. W.
1960.  Fundamental  Characteristics  of
  Algal  Physiology.  In:  Algae  and
  Metropolitan Wastes.  Transactions of
  the 1960  Seminar,  Robert A. Taft
  Sanitary Engineering  Center,  Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47.

LACKEY, J. B.
1938.  A Study of Some Ecological Fac-
  tors Affecting the Distribution of Pro-
  tozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol. 8,
  No. 4, pp. 501-527.

LACKEY, J. B. and R. S. SMITH
1940.  Limitation of Euglenidae  as Pol-
  luted Water Indicators. Public Health
  Reports, vol.  55, No. 7,  pp. 268-280.

LACKEY, J. B.
1941.  Two Groups of Flagellated Algae
  Serving as  Indicators of Clean Water.
  Journal  of  the   American   Water
  Works Association, vol. 33, No. 6,  pp.
  1099-1110.

LACKEY, J. B.
1941.  The Significance  of  Plankton in
  Relation to the Sanitary  Condition of
  Streams. In: Symposium on  Hydro-
  biology.  University   of  Wisconsin
  Press,  Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 311-
  328.

LACKEY, J. B., E. WATTIE,  et al.
1943.  Some Plankton Relationships in a
  Small Unpolluted  Stream.  American
  Midland Naturalist, vol. 30, No. 2,  pp.
  403-425.

LACKEY, J. B.
1945.  Plankton Productivity of  Certain
  Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes  as  Re-
  lated to Fertilization.  II.  Productivity.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 4,
  pp. 795-802.

LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER
1945.  Plankton Productivity of  Certain
  Southeastern  Wisconsin Lakes  as  Re-
  lated  to Fertilization.  I.  Surveys.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 3,
  pp. 573-585.

LACKEY,  J. B.
1949.  Plankton as Related to  Nuisance
  Conditions  in   Surface  Water.   In:
  Limnological  Aspects  of Water Sup-
  ply and Waste  Disposal. American
  Association  for the  Advancement of
  Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 56-63.

LACKEY, J. B.
1956.  Stream  Enrichment  and  Micro-
  biota.  Public Health Reports, vol. 71,
  No. 7, pp. 708-718.

LACKEY, J. B.
1957, Protozoa as Indicators of the Eco-
  logical  Conditions  of   a  Body  of
  Water.  In:  Biological   Problems in
  Water Pollution—Transactions of  the
  Seminar on  Biological  Problems in
  Water Pollution, Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, U. S. Public
  Health  Service, Cincinnati,  Ohio,  pp.
  50-59.

MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C. D. McNABB
1960, A Study of the Effects of Divert-
  ing the Effluent from  Sewage Treat-
  ment   upon the  Receiving   Stream.
  Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
  and Letters, vol. 49, pp.  51-72.

MAYER, A. M.,  A. EISENBERG  and  M.
EVANARI
1956.  Studies  on The  Mass Culture of
  Algae  in  Israel.  Scientific  Monthly,
  vol. 83, No. 10, pp. 198-203.

McNABB,  C. D.
1960.  Enumeration of Freshwater Phy-
  toplankton Concentrated  on the Mem-
  brane Filter.  Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol.  5,  No.  1,  pp.  57-61.

MEHSEN,  J. J.
1953. Microbiological Study of Acid Mine
  Waters:  Preliminary  Report.  Ohio
  Journal of Science, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
  123-127.

PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1955.  Suggested Classification of Algae
  and  Protozoa  in Sanitary   Science.
  Sewage and Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
  27, No. 10, pp. 1183-1188.

PALMER, C. M.
1959.  Algae in Water Supplies. An Il-
  lustrated Manual on the Identification,
  Significance, and Control of Algae in
  Water Supplies. Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U. S.  Public Health  Service,
  Publication  No. 657, pp.  1-88.

PALMER, C. M.
1965.  Phytoplankton Periodicity in a
6

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
  Newfoundland Pond. Journal of Phy-
  cology, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 39-40.

PATRICK, R.
1948.  Factors  Affecting  the  Distribu-
  tion  of Diatoms.  Botanical Review,
  vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 473-524.

PATRICK, R.
1964, A Discussion  of Natural and Ab-
  normal   Diatom   Communities.  In:
  Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae  and Man.
  Plenum Press,  New York,  pp. 185-
  204.

PIPES, W. 0., JR.
1961.  Algae Growth  Rate.  Water and
  Sewage Works, vol. 108, No.  5, pp.
  176-179.

PRESCOTT, G. W.
1956.  A Guide to  the  Literature  on
  Ecology  and  Life  Histories  of the
  Algae. Botanical  Review, vol.  20, No.
  3, pp.  161-240.

PRESCOTT, G, W.
1960.  Biological Disturbances  Resulting
  from  Algal  Populations in  Standing
  Waiters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma-
  tuning Special Publication No. 2. Uni-
  versity   of   Pittsburgh,  Pittsburgh,
  Pennsylvania, pp. 22-37.

PROVASOLI, L. and I. J. PINTNER
1960.  Artificial Media for Fresh-water
  Algae:  Problems  and  Suggestions.
  The  Ecology of  Algae, Pymatuning
  Special  Publication No. 2. University
  of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,  Pennsyl-
  vania, pp. 84-96.

PtTlDY, W. C.
1937. Experimental  Studies of Natural
  Purification  in Polluted  Waters.  X.
  Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by
  Microscopic Algae. Public Health Re-
  ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp. 945-978.

REED, E. B. and J. R. OLIVE
1956. Annual Cycle of Net  Plankton in
  a Fluctuating North Central Colorado
  Reservoir.  Ecology,  vol.  37, No. 10,
  pp.  713-719.

ROHLICH, G. A. and W. B. SARLES
1949.  Chemical  Composition  of  Algae
  and  Its  Relationship  to  Taste  and
  Odor. Taste and  Odor  Control Jour-
  nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp,  1-12.

RYTHER, J. H.
1960. Organic Production by  Plankton
  Algae, and Its Environmental Control.
  The  Ecology  of  Algae, Pymatuning
  Special  Publication No. 2.  University
  of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl-
  vania, pp, 72-83.

SAWYER, C. N.
1962.  Causes, Effects,  and  Control of
  Aquatic  Growths.  Journal   of  the
  Water Pollution  Control Federation,
  vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290.

SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ADLER
1929. A Note on the Chemical Composi-
  tion of Chara  from Green Lake, Wis-
  consin.  Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sci-
  ences,  Arts and Letters, vol.  24, pp.
  141-145.

SCHUMACHER, G. J.
1956.  A  Qualitative  and  Quantitative
  Study of the Plankton Algae in South-
  western  Georgia.  American  Midland
  Naturalist, vol. 56, No. 7, pp.  88-115.

SHAPIRO, J. and R.  RIBBIRO
1965. Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu-
  ent  in  the Potomac Estuarv.  Journal
  of the Water Pollution  Control Fed-
  eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp.  1034-1043.

SILVA,  P. C. and G. F.  PAPENFUSS
1953. A Systematic Study  of the Algae
  of Sewage Oxidation  Ponds.  State
  Water Pollution  Control Board, Sac-
  ramento,  California,  Publication No.
  7, pp. 1-35.

TALLING, J. F.
1960. Comparative Laboratory and Field
  Studies  of Photosynthesis  by a  Ma-
  rine  Planktonic  Diatom.  Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol. 5,  No. 1, pp.
  62-77.

TUCKER,  A.
1957.  The Relation of  Phytoplankton
  Periodicity  to the  Nature   of the
  Physico-Chemical  Environment  with
  Special  Reference to  Phosphorus. II.
  Seasonal and Vertical  Distribution of
  the Phytoplankton in Relation to the
  Environment.  American  Midland Na-
  turalist,  vol. 57,  No.  4,  pp. 334-370.


WHITFORD, L. A.
1960. Ecological Distribution of Fresh-
  Water  Algae.  The Ecology of Algae,
  Pymatuning  Special  Publication No.
  2. University  of Pittsburgh, Pitts-
  burgh, Pennsylvania, pp.  2-10.

-------
           WATKR POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
TOXIC ALGAE


ASHWORTH, C. T. and M. F. MASON
1946.  Observations  on the  Pathological
  Changes  Produced by  a Toxic Sub-
  stance  Present in Blue-Green Algae
  (Microcystis  aeruginosa).  American
  Journal of  Pathology, vol. 22, No. 2,
  pp. 369-384.

BRANDENBURG, T. O. and F. M. SHIGLEY
1947.  "Water Bloom" as  a Cause  of
  Poisoning in  Livestock in North Da-
  kota. Journal  of  the American Vet-
  erinary Medical Association, vol. 110,
  No. 843,  pp. 384-385.

DAVIDSON, F. F.
1959.  Poisoning of Wild and  Domestic
  Animals  by a  Toxic Waterbloom  of
  Nostoc rivulare Kuetz. Journal of the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 51, No. 10, pp. 1277-1287.

DEEM, A. W. and F. THORP
1939.  Toxic Algae in  Colorado. Journal
  of the American Veterinary Medical
  Association, vol. 95, No. 752, pp. 542-
  544.

FITCH, C. P., L. M. BISHOP, et al.
1934.  "Water Bloom" as  a  Cause  of
  Poisoning in Domestic Animals. Cor-
  nell  Veterinarian, vol. 24, No.  1, pp.
  30-39.

GORHAM, P. R.
1962.  Laboratory Studies on the Toxins
  Produced  by  Waterblooms  of Blue-
  green  Algae.  American Journal  of
  Public Health, vol.  52,  No. 12,  pp.
  2100-2105.

GORHAM, P.  R.
1964. Toxic Algae. In: Jackson, D. F.
   (ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press,
  New York, pp. 307-336.

GORHAM, P.  R,
1964. Toxic  Algae as a Public Health
  Hazard.  Journal of  the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
  11, pp. 1481-1488.

GRANT, G. A. and E. O. HUGHES
1953. Development of Toxicity in Blue-
  Green Algae.  Canadian Journal of
   Public Health, vol. 44, No. 9, pp. 334-
  338.

 HOWARD, N. J. and A. E.  BERRY
 1933. Algae  Nuisances in Surface  Wa-
  ters.  Canadian  Journal  of  Public
  Health, vol. 24, No. 7, pp. 377-384.

HUGHES, E.  0., P.  R.  GORHAM and
A. ZEHNDER
1958.  Toxicity of a Unialgal Culture of
  Microcystis   aeruginosa.   Canadian
  Journal of Microbiology, vol.  4,  No.
  6, pp. 225-236.

INGRAM, W. M. and G. W. PRESCOTT
1954. Toxic Fresh-Water Algae.  Ameri-
  can Midland  Naturalist, vol. 52,  No.
  1, pp. 75-87.

KALMBACH, E.  R.
1934.  Western  Duck  Sickness a Form
  of  Botulism  (With  Bacteriological
  Contributions  by M. G.  Gunderson).
  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,
  Technical  Bulletin  No. 411,  pp. 1-81.

Louw, P. G. J.
1950.  The  Active Constituent  of  the
  Poisonous Algae,  Microcystis  toxica
  Stephens.  South African  Industrial
  Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 62-66.

MACKENTHUN, K. M., E. F. HERMAN and
A.  F. BARTSCH
1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re-
  sulting  from the  Decomposition of
  Algae in the  Yahara River, Wiscon-
  sin.  Transactions  of  the   American
  Fisheries  Society, vol. 75 (1945), pp.
  175-180.

MASON, M. F. and R. E. WHEELER
1942. Observations Upon the Toxicity of
  Blue-Green  Algae.  Federation Pro-
  ceedings  (The American Society of
  Biological Chemists), vol.  1,  p.  124.

McLEOD, J. A. and G. F. BONDAR
1952. A Case of Suspected Algal Poison-
  ing in Manitoba. Canadian Journal of
  Public Health, vol. 43, No. 9, pp. 374-
  350.

 O'DoNOGHUE, J. G. and G. S. WILSON
 1951. Algal Poisoning  in  Alberta. Ca-
  nadian Journal of Comparative Medi-
  cine, vol. 15, No.  8, pp.  193-198.

 OLSON, T. A.
 1952. Toxic Plankton. Water and Sew-
  age Works, vol. 99. No.  2,  pp. 75-77.

 PRESCOTT, G.  W.
 1933.  Some Effects of the Blue-Green
   Algae, Aphanizomenon ftos aqwe on
   Lake  Fish.  The Collecting Net, vol.
   8, No. 4, pp. 77-80.
 8

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
 PRESCOTT, G. W.
 1939.  Some  Relationships  of  Phyto-
  plankton to  Limnology and Aquatic
  Biology.  In:  Problems of Lake  Biol-
  ogy.  American  Association  for the
  Advancement of Science, Washington,
  D. C., Publication No. 10, pp. 65-78.

 PRESCOTT, G. W.
 1948. Objectionable Algae  with Refer-
  ence to the Killing of Fish and Other
  Animals. Hydrobiologia, vol. 1, No. 1,
  pp. 1-13.

 QuiN, A. H.
 1943. Sheep Poisoning by Algae. Jour-
  nal of the American Veterinary Medi-
  cal Association, vol. 102, No. 793, pp.
  1-299.

 ROSE, E. T.
 1953. Toxic Algae  in Iowa  Lakes.  Iowa
  Academy of Science, vol. 60, pp. 738-
  745.

 SCHWIMMER,  M. and D.  SCHWIMMER
 1955. The Role of Algae and  Plankton
  in Medicine.  Grune and Stratton Pub-
  lishers, New York, 85 pp.

 SCHWIMMER,  D. and M.  SCHWIMMER
 1964. Algae and Medicine. In: Jackson,
  D. F. (ed.). Algae and Man, Plenum
  Press, New York, pp. 368-412.

 SENIOR, V.  E.
 1960. Algal Poisoning in Saskatchewan.
  Canadian  Journal  of  Comparative
  Medicine and Veterinary Science, vol.
  24, No. 1, pp. 26-30.

 SMIT, J. D.
 1950. Experimental  Cases  of  Algae
  Poisoning in  Small  Animals. South
  African Industrial Chemistry, vol. 4,
  pp. 1-66.

 STEPHENS, E. L.
 1948. Microcystis  toxica sp.  nov.  A
  Poisonous Alga  from the Transvaal
  and   Orange  Free  State.   Hydro-
  biologia, vol.  1, No. 1, pp. 1-14.

 STEWART, A.  G., D. A.  BARNUM and
J. A. HENDERSON
 1950.  Algal   Poisoning  in  Ontario,
  Canada. Canadian Journal  of  Com-
  parative Medicine, vol. 14, No. 6, pp.
  197-202.

 STEYN, D. G.
1943. Poisoning of Animals by Algae
   in Dams and Pans. Farming in South
   Africa, vol. 18,  No.  208, pp. 489^92,
   510.

 STEYN, D. G.
 1944. Poisonous and Non-Poisonous Al-
   gae   (Waterbloom, Scum)  in  Dams
   and  Pans.  Farming in South Africa,
   vol.  19, No. 220, pp. 465^66, 472.

 STEYN, D. G.
 1945. Poisoning of Animals and Human
   Beings by Algae. South African Jour-
   nal of Science, vol. 41, pp. 243-244.

 STEYN, D. G.
 1945. Poisoning of  Animals by  Algae
   (Scum or Waterbloom) in Dams and
   Pans.  Union  of South Africa,  De-
   partment of  Agriculture  and  For-
   estry, Pub. at Pretoria, South Africa,
   pp. 1-8.

 WHEELEER, R. E., J.  B. LACKEY  and
 S. SCHOTT
 1942. A Contribution on the Toxicity of
  Algae.  Public Health  Reports,  vol.
   57, No. 45, pp. 1695-1701.
FUNGI


BECKER, J. G. and C. G. SHAW
1955. Fungi  in Domestic Sewage-Treat-
  ment  Plants.  Applied  Microbiology,
  vol. 3, No.  3, pp, 173-180.

CAWLEY, W.  A.
1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance
  in  Streams.  Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182.

COOKE,  W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
  age. I. Literature Review.  Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes,  vol. 26, No. 4, pp.
  539-549.

COOKE,  W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
  age,  II. Isolation Technique.  Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No.  5,
  pp. 661-674.

COOKE,  W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
  age.  III. Fungi in  a Small  Polluted
  Stream. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 26, No. 6, pp. 790-794.
                                                                           9

-------
           WATEB POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
COOKE, W. B., W. A. MOORE and P. W.
KABLER
1956.  B.O.D.  Satisfaction  by  Fungi.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  28, No. 9, pp. 1075-1086.

COOKE, W. B. and K. A. BUSCH
1957. Activity of Cellulose-Decomposing
  Fungi  Isolated from Sewage-Polluted
  Water. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 210-217.

COOKE, W. B.
1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
  age. IV.  The  Occurrence of Fungi in
  a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat-
  ment Plant.  Proceedings  of the 13th
  Industrial Waste Conference,  Purdue
  University, Series No.  96, vol. 43, No.
  3, pp.  26-45.

COOKE, W. B.
1959. Trickling  Filter Ecology. Ecology,
  vol. 40, No, 2, pp.  273-291.

COOKE, W. B. and A. F. BARTSCH
1959.  Aquatic  Fungi in  Water with
  High  Waste  Loads. Sewage and In-
  dustrial Wastes, vol.  31,  No.  11, pp.
  1316-1322.

COOKE, W. B.
1961.  Pollution  Effects  on  the  Fungus
  Population  of a Stream. Ecology, vol.
  42, No. 1, op.  1-18.

COOKE, W. B.
1963. Fungi Associated with Spent Sul-
  fite Liquor Disposal in  a Natural Sand
  Bed.   Technical  Association  of the
  Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46, pp.
  573-578.

FELDMAN, A. E.
1955.  Fungi  from  Trickling  Filters.
  Sewage  and  Industrial  Wastes, vol.
  27, No. 11, pp. 1243-1244.

HAENSELER, C.  M., W.  P.  MOORE and
J. G. GAINS
1923.  Fungi  and Algae of Sprinkling
  Filters. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
  periment Station Bulletin, No. 390, pp.
  39-48.

HESSELTTNE,  C. W.
1953.  Study of  Trickling Filter Fungi.
  Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
  vol. 80, No. 6, pp.  507-514.

POTTER, L. F. and G. E. BAKER
1961.  The Microbiology of Flathead and
  Rogers Lakes,  Montana.  II.  Vertical
  Distribution of the Microbial  Popula-
  tions and Chemical Analyses of Their
  Environments. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 2,
  pp. 338-348.

SILVEY, J. K. G.
1963.  The  Role of Aquatic Actinomy-
  cetes  in  Self-Purification of  Fresh
  Water Streams.  International Jour-
  nal of Air and  Water Pollution, vol.
  7, Nos. 4-5, pp. 399-412.
BOTTOM ORGANISMS


BAKER, F. C.
1922.  The Molluscan Fauna of the Big
  Vermilion River, Illinois, with Special
  Reference to its  Modification as the
  Result of Pollution  by  Sewage and
  Manufacturing  Wastes.  Illinois  Bio-
  logical Monographs, vol.  7, No. 2, pp.
  105-224.

BAKER, F. C.
1926.  The Changes in the Bottom Fauna
  of  the  Illinois River  Due  to Pollu-
  tional Causes. Ecology, vol. 7, No.  2,
  pp.  229-230.

BEETON, A. M.
1965.  Eutrophication of the St. Lawr-
  ence  Great  Lakes.   Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 240-
  254.

CARR, J. F. and J. K. HILTUNEN
1965.  Changes  in the Bottom  Fauna  of
  Western Lake Erie from  1930 to 1961,
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10,
  No. 4, pp. 551-569.

DEAN, J. M.
1964.  The Effect of  Sewage on  a Chain
  of  Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia,
  vol. 24, Nos. 1-3,  pp. 434^40.

DORRIS, T. C. and B. J. COPELAND
1962.  Limnology of the Middle Missis-
  sippi  River.  III.  Mayfly Populations
  in  Relation  to  Navigation  Water-
  Level Control. Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 7, No.  2, pp. 240-247.

EDMONDS, W. R.
1963.  United   States-Canada  Boundary
  Water  Pollution  Studies. Journal  of
  the Water Pollution  Control  Federa-
  tion, vol. 35, No. 10,  pp. 1339-1344.

 ELLIS, R. J.
1961. A  Life  History of Asellus inter-
 10

-------
                       WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
   medius Forbes.  Transactions  of the
   American  Microscopical Society, vol.
   80, No. 1,  pp. 88-102.

 FREMLING, C. R.
 1964.  Mayfly  Distribution   Indicates
   Water Quality on the  Upper Missis-
   sippi  River.  Science,  vol.  146, pp.
   1164-1166.

 GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
 1952. Aquatic  Invertebrates  as Indica-
   tors  of  Stream  Pollution.   Public
   Health Reports, vol. 67, No. I, pp. 57-
   64.

 GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
 1955. Environmental Changes in  a Pol-
   luted Stream During  Winter.  Ameri-
   can Midland Naturalist, vol. 54, No. 1,
   pp. 78-88.

 GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
 1956. Aquatic Macro-invertebrate  Com-
   munities as  Indicators of  Organic
   Pollution in Lytle Creek. Sewage and
   Industrial  Wastes, vol.  28, No. 7, pp.
   906-924.

 GAUFIN,  A. R.
 1958. The Effects of Pollution on a  Mid-
   western Stream. Ohio Journal of Sci-
   ence, vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 197-208.

 HATCHETT, S. P.
 1947. Biology of  the Isopoda of Michi-
   gan. Ecological Monographs, vol. 17,
   No. 1,  pp.  47-79.

 HAWKES, H.  A.
 1963. Effects  of Domestic and Industrial
  Discharge  on  the  Ecology of  Riffles
   in  Midland  Streams.  International
  Journal of  Air and  Water Pollution,
  vol. 7,  Nos. 6-7, pp. 565-^586-

 HENDERSON, C.
1949. Value  of the Bottom Sampler in
  Demonstrating  the  Effects of  Pollu-
  tion on Fish  Food.  Progressive  Fish
  Culturist, vol.  11, No. 4, pp. 217-230.

 HUNT, G. S.
1962. Water Pollution and the Ecology
  of Some Aquatic Invertebrates  in the
  Lower  Detroit River. Great Lakes Re-
  search  Division, University  of  Mich-
  igan, Publication No. 9, pp. 29-49.

 HYNES, H. B. N.
1965. The Significance of  Maeroinverte-
  brates  in  the Study  of Mild  River
  Pollution. In: Biological Problems in
  Water  Pollution—Transactions of the
   1962 Seminar, Robert  A. Taft Sani-
   tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
   Ohio.  U.  S. Public Health  Service,
   Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 235-
   240.

 INGRAM, W. M.
 1948. The  Larger Freshwater Clams of
   California,  Oregon,  and  Washington.
   Journal  of Entomology and Zoology,
   vol. 40,  No. 4, pp. 72-92.

 KEUP,  L.  E., W.  M. INGRAM,  J.  R.
 GECKLER and W. B. HORNING, II
 1965.  Biology of Chicago's Waterways.
   Robert A.  Taft  Sanitary Engineering
   Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public
   Health Service, Publication No.  999-
   WP-32,  pp. 1-20.

 KING, D. L.  and R.  C. BALL
 1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure
   of  Stream  Pollution. Journal  of  the
   Water Pollution  Control Federation,
   vol. 36, No.  5, pp. 650-653.

 PAINE, G.  H., JR.  and  A.  R. GAUFIN
 1956. Aquatic Diptera as  Indicators of
   Pollution in  a  Midwestern  Stream.
   Ohio Journal  of Science, vol.  56,  No.
   6, pp. 291-304.

 PALOUMPIS, A. A. and W. C.  STARRETT
 1960. An  Ecological Study of  Benthic
   Organisms  in  Three   Illinois  River
   Flood Plain Lakes. American Midland
   Naturalist,  vol.  64,  No.  2, pp. 406-
   435.

 PATRICK, R.
 1959. Aquatic  Life  in a  New  Stream,
  Water and  Sewage  Works, vol. 106,
   No.  12, pp. 531-535.

 PENNAK, R.  W. and E. D. VAN GERPEN
 1947.  Bottom  Fauna  Production   and
   Physical  Nature of  the Substrate in
  a  Northern  Colorado Trout  Stream.
  Ecology,  vol, 28, No. 1, pp.  42-48.

 RICHARDSON, R. C.
 1925.  Changes  in  the Small  Bottom
  Fauna of  Peoria  Lake, 1920-1922.
  Illinois Natural  History Survey, Bul-
  letin 15,  No. 5,  pp.  327-388.

 SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948. Treatment and Disposal  of Indus-
  trial Waste Waters.  Chapter 1, Pol-
   luting Effects of  Industrial  Waste
  Waters, pp. 1-13.  Department of Sci-
  entific and  Industrial  Research,  His
  Majesty's Stationery Office, London,
  pp. 1-327.
                                                                           11

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SUBLETT, J. E.
1957.  The  Ecology  of the Macroscopic
  Bottom Fauna in Lake Texoma (Deni-
  son Reservoir) , Oklahoma and Texas.
  American Midland Naturalist, vol. 57,
  No. 4, pp. 371-402.

SURBER, E. W.
1953.  Biological Effects of Pollution in
  Michigan Lakes.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 79-86.

SURBER, E. W.
1959.  Cricotopus bicinctus, a  Midgefly
  Resistant to  Electroplating  Wastes.
  Transactions of the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2,  pp. 111-
  116.

TEBO, L. B., JR.
1955.   Effects  of  Siltation, Resulting
  from Improper Logging, on  the  Bot-
  tom  Fauna  of a Small  Trout Stream
  in the Southern  Appalachians.   Pro-
  gressive  Fish Culturist,  vol. 17, No. 2,
  pp. 64-70.

WARREN,  C.  E., J.  H. WALES,  G. E.
DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF
1964.  Trout  Production  in an
  mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose.
  Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
  28,  No. 4,  pp. 617-660.

WEST-LAKE, D. F.
1959.  Effects of  Organisms on  Pollu-
  tion.  Proceedings of the Limnological
  Society, vol.  170,  pp.  171-172. Jour-
  nal of the  Science of Food and Agri-
  culture. vol. 10, 104 pp.

WILSON, J. N.
1953.  Effect  of Kraft Mill Wastes on
  Stream Bottom  Fauna.  Sewage  and
  Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp.
  1210-1218.

WURTZ, C. B.
1956.  Freshwater Mollusks and Stream
  Pollution.  The Nautilus, vol. 69, No.
  3, pp. 96-100.

YOUNG, F. N.
1960.  Effects of Pollution on Natural
  Associations  of  Water Beetles.   Pro-
  ceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste
  Conference,  Purdue University,  vol.
  15, No. 2, pp. 373-580.
 INSECTS

 ANDERSON, J. R. and R. J. DICKE
 1960.  Ecology of the Immature Stages
  of  Some  Wisconsin   Black   Flies
  (Simuliidae: Diptera).  Annals of the
  Entomological   Society  of  America,
  vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 386-404.

CURRY, L. L.
1954. Notes on the Ecology of the Midge
  Fauna   (Diptera:  Tendipedidae)  of
  Hunt  Creek,   Montgomery  County,
  Michigan. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 4, pp.
  541-550.

EDWARDS, R. W.
1958.  The  Relation  of   Oxygen  Con-
  sumption  to Body Size and to  Tem-
  perature  in  the  Larvae  of
  Chironomus riparius Meigen. Journal
  of Experimental Biology, vol. 35, pp.
  383-395.

FELLTON,  H. L.
1940.  Control  of  Aquatic Midges with
  Notes  on  the  Biology  of   Certain
  Species.  Journal  of  Economic  En-
  tomology, vol. 33, No.  2, pp. 252-264.

FREMLING, C. R.
1960. Biology of & Large Mayfly, Hexa-
  genia bihneata (Say),  of the Upper
  Mississippi  River.  Agricultural and
  Home  Economics  Experiment  Sta-
  tion, Iowa State University  of Sci-
  ence  and  Technology, Ames,  Iowa,
  Research Bulletin 482, pp. 842-851.

FREMLING, C. R.
1960.  Biology and  Possible  Control of
  Nuisance  Caddisflies  of  the Upper
  Mississippi  River.  Agricultural and
  Home Economics Experiment  Station,
  Iowa State University  of  Science and
  Technology,  Ames. Iowa, Research
  Bulletin 483, pp.  856-879.

PROVOST, M. W.
1958. Chironomids  and Lake Nutrients
  in  Florida.  Sewage  and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419.
FISH

APPLEGATE, V.  C., J. H. HOWELL and
J. W. MOFFETT
1961. Use of 3-trifluormethyl—4-nitro-
   phenol  as a  Selective  Sea Lamprey
   Larvicide.  Technical  Report No.  1,
   Great Lakes Fishery Commission, pp.
   1-35.

BALDWIN, R. E.,  D. H.  STRONG and
J. H. TORRIE
 12

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
1961. Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken
  from   Four  Fresh-Water  Sources.
  Transactions  of  the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 90, No.  2, pp.  175-
  180.

BLACK, E.  C., F. E. J.  FRY and V. S.
BLACK
1954. The Influence of Carbon Dioxide
  on the  Utilization of Oxygen by Some
  Fresh-Water  Fish.  Canadian Journal
  of Zoology, vol.  32, pp. 408-^120.

BURDICK, G. E.
1954.  An analysis of the Factors, In-
  cluding Pollution, Having Possible In-
  fluence on the Abundance  of Shad in
  the Hudson  River. New  York  Fish
  and Game Journal,  vol.  1, No. 2, pp.
  188-205.

BTJRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1955. Toxicity of Emulsifiable  Rotonone
  to Various Species of Fish. New York
  Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, No. 1,
  pp.  36-67.

CROSS, F. B.
1950. Effects of Sewage  and of a Head-
  waters Impoundment on the  Fishes of
  Stillwater  Creek in  Payne  County,
  Oklahoma.  American  Midland Natu-
  ralist, vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 128-145.

ESCH MEYER, R. W.
1950.  Fish and Fishing in  TVA  Im-
  poundments.  Tennessee  Department
  of Conservation, Nashville,  pp.  1-28.

DAVIDSON,  R.  C., W.  P. BREESE, C. E.
WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF
1959.  Experiments  on  the   Dissolved
  Oxygen Requirements of Cold Water
  Fishes. Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 31, No. 8, pp. 950-966.

DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE
1952. Pollution of the  Spanish River.
  Ontario  Department  of  Lands  and
  Forests,  Research Report  No. 25, pp.
  1-106.

EDMONDS, W. R.
1963. United  States-Canada Boundary
  Water Pollution Studies.  Journal of
  the Water Pollution Control Federa-
  tion, vol. 35, No.  10, pp. 1339-1344.

ENGLISH,  J.  N.,  E. W. SURBER  and
G.  N. McDERMOTT
1963. Pollutional  Effects of  Outboard
  Motor Exhaust—Field Studies.  Jour-
  nal of the  Water  Pollution Control
  Federation, vol.  35, No. 9, pp. 1121-
  1132.

JOB, J. V.
1955.  The   Oxygen  Consumption  of
  Salvelinus  fontinalis.  University  of
  Toronto Biological Series  No,  61, pp.
  1-39.

JONES, B.  F.,  C.  E.  WARREN,  C.  E.
BOND and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of  Salmonid
  Fishes  to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No.  11,
  pp. 1403-1413.

KATZ, M. and A. R. GATJFIN
1953. The Effects  of Sewage  Pollution
  on the  Fish Population of a  Midwest-
  ern  Stream.  Transactions  of  the
  American  Fisheries  Society, vol.  82,
  pp. 156-165.

KATZ, M. and W.  C. HOWARD
1954. The Length and Growth of O-Year
  Class Creek Chubs in Relation to Do-
  mestic  Sewage.  Transactions of the
  American  Fisheries  Society, vol.  84,
  pp. 228-238.

KELLING, E.  E.
1963. Minnow  Population  of  Grimes
  Creek in  Relation to Pollution. Pro-
  ceedings  of  the Iowa  Academy  of
  Science, vol.  70,  pp. 236-239.

KRTJMHOLZ,  L.  A. and W. L. MINCKLEY
1964. Changes in the Fish Population in
  the Upper Ohio River Following Tem-
  porary Pollution Abatement. Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 93, No.  1, pp. 1-5.

LARIMORE, R. W. and P.  W. SMITH
1963. The Fishes of Champaign County,
  Illinois, as Affected by 60  Years of
  Stream Changes. Illinois Natural His-
  tory Survey, Bulletin, vol. 28,  No. 2,
  pp. 299-382.

MACKENTHUN, K. M., E.  F. HERMAN
and A. F. BARTSCH
1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re-
  sulting  from the  Decomposition of
  Algae  in  the Yahara River, Wiscon-
  sin.  Transactions  of  the  American
  Fisheries  Society, vol. 75,  pp. 175-180.

OLSON, T. A.
1932. Some Observations on  the Inter-
  relationships  of  Sunlight,  Aquatic
  Plant Life and Fishes.  Read at Sixty-
                                                                           13

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  Second  Annual  Meeting, American
  Fisheries  Society,  Baltimore,  Mary-
  land, pp. 1-11.

PAUTZKE, C. F.
1937.  Studies on the  Effect  of Coal
  Washings  on  Steelheads  and Cut-
  throat   Trout.  Transactions   of  the
  American Fisheries Society,  vol. 67,
  pp.  232-233

SCHATJT,  G. G.
1939.    Fish   Catastrophes    During
  Droughts. Journal  of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 31, No.
  5, pp. 771-882.

SCHIFFMAN, R. H. and P. 0. FROMM
1959.  Chromium-Induced  Changes  in
  the  Blood of Rainbow Trout,  Salmo
  gairdnerii.   Sewage  and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 205-211.

SHAW, P. A. and  J. A. MAGA
1943.  The Effects  of Mining  Silt  on
  Yield  of Fry  from Salmon  Spawn-
  ing  Beds. California Fish and  Game,
  vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 29-41.

SMITH, O. R.
1939.  Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela-
  tion to  Salmon  and Trout on the Pa-
  cific Coast. Transactions of the  Amer-
  ican Fisheries  Society,  vol.  69, pp.
  225-230.

SMITH, L. L., JR. and R. H. KRAMER
1963. Survival of Walleye Eggs in Re-
  lation to Wood Fibers and Spkaero-
  tilus natans in  the Rainy  River, Min-
  nesota.  Transactions of the American
  Fisheries  Society, vol. 92, No.  3, pp.
  220-234.

SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948.  Treatment and Disposal of  Indus-
  trial  Waste Waters.  Chapter  III.
  Effects  of Pollution on Fish, pp. 23-
  42.  Department of  Scientific  and In-
  dustrial   Research,   His  Majesty's
  Stationery  Office, London, pp.  1-327.

TAYLOR, C. C.
1951. A survey of Former Shad  Streams
  in  Maine.  *U.  S.  Fish and  Wildlife
  Service, Special Scientific Report No.
  66,  pp.  1-29.

VAN HORN, W. M. and R. F. BALCH
1957.  The Reaction of Walleyed Pike
  Eggs  to Reduced Dissolved  Oxygen
  Concentrations.  Proceedings  of the
  llth  Industrial  Waste   Conference,
  Purdue  University Engineering  Ex-
  tension  Series 91,  pp. 319-333.

WALLEN, I.  E.
1951.  The Direct Effect of Turbidity on
  Fishes.  Bulletin  Oklahoma Agricul-
  tural and  Mechanical College,  vol. 48,
  No. 2,  pp. 1-27.

WALKER, C. L., et al.
1923.  Studies on the Treatment and  Dis-
  posal  of  Dairy Wastes.  Effects on
  Fish Life. Cornell University Agri-
  cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin
  425, pp. 1-171.

WARREN,  C.  E.,  J.  H. WALES,  G. E.
DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF
1964.  Trout Production in  an  Experi-
  mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose.
  Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
  28,  No. 4,  pp. 617-660.

WHITMORE,  C.  M., C.  E.  WARREN  and
P. DOUDOROFF
1960.  Avoidance Reactions of  Salmonid
  and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy-
  gen Concentrations.   Transactions of
  the  American Fisheries  Society,  vol.
  89,  No.  1, pp. 17-26.

WlEBE, A. H.
1935.  The Effect of Crude pil on Fresh-
  Water   Fish.   Transactions   of   the
  American  Fisheries  Society, vol.  65,
  pp.  324-350.

WlLDUNG, J. L.
1939.  The Oxygen Threshold for Three
  Species  of Fish. Ecology, vol. 20, pp.
  253-263.

WOOD, E.  M.
1960.  Definite  Diagnosis of Fish Mor-
  talities. Sewage and Industrial  Wastes,
  vol. 32, No. 9, pp.  994-999.
FLOWERING AQUATIC  PLANTS


GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON
1963. Some Effects  of Smelter  Pollu-
  tion  upon  Aquatic  Vegetation near
  Sudbury, Ontario. Canadian Journal
  of Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378.

HARPER, H, J. and H. R. DANIEL
1939. Chemical Composition  of  Certain
  Aquatic  Plants.  Botanical  Gazette,
  vol. 96,  pp. 186-189.
14

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
MOYLE, J.
1945.  Some  Chemical Factors Influenc-
  ing the Distribution of Aquatic Plants
  in Minnesota.  American Midland Na-
  turalist, vol.  34, No.  2, pp. 402-420.

PENFOUND, W.  T. and T. T. EARLE
1948.  The Biology of Water Hyacinth.
  Ecological  Monographs, vol.  18. pp.
  447^72.

RlCKETT, H. W.
1922.   A  Quantitative  Study   of  the
  Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Men-
  dota.  Transactions of  the Wisconsin
  Academy of Sciences,  Arts and  Let-
  ters, vol. 20, pp. 501-527.

RlCKETT, H. W.
1924.   A  Quantitative  Study   of  the
  Larger Aquatic Plants of Green Lake,
  Wisconsin.  Transactions of the  Wis-
  consin Academy of Sciences, Arts and
  Letters, vol. 21, pp. 381-414.

SCHUETTE, H. A. and A. E. HOFFMAN
1922.  Notes on  the Chemical Composi-
  tion  of Some  of the Larger  Aquatic
  Plants of Lake  Mendpta. I. Clado-
  phora and  Myriophyllium.  Transac-
  tions  of the  Wisconsin Academy of
  Sciences, Arts and Letters,  vol. 20,
  pp. 529-531.

SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER
1928.  Notes on  the Chemical Composi-
  tion  of Some  of the Larger  Aquatic
  Plants of  Lake Mendota.  II.  Vallis-
  neria and  Potamogeton. Transactions
  of the Wisconsin  Academy  of  Sci-
  ences, Arts and  Letters, vol.  23, pp.
  249-254.

SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER
1929.  Notes on  the Chemical Composi-
  tion  of Some  of the Larger  Aquatic
  Plants of Lake Mendota. III. Castalia
  odorata and Najas flexilis. Transac-
  tions  of the  Wisconsin Academy of
  Sciences,  Arts and Letters,  vol.  24,
  pp.  135-139.
NUTRIENTS

ALLEN, M. B.
1955. General Features of Algal Growth
  in  Sewage  Oxidation Ponds. Califor-
  nia State  Water  Pollution Control
  Board,  Sacramento,  Publication  No.
  13, pp. 1-48.
AMBERG,  H. R., J. F.  CORMACK  and
M.  R.  RIVERS
1962. Slime  Growth Control  by Inter-
  mittent Discharge of  Spent Sulphite
  Liquor. Technical Association of the
  Pulp and  Paper Industry, vol. 45. pp.
  770-779.

ANDERSON, G. C.
1960. Recent  Changes  in the  Trophic
  Nature of Lake  Washington—A Re-
  view.  In:  Algae and  Metropolitan
  Wastes,  Transactions  of   the  1960
  Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
  gineering   Center,  Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health  Service, Publica-
  tion  No. W61-3, pp.  27-33.

BALL, R. C.
1950. Fertilization of Natural Lakes in
  Michigan.  Transactions of the Ameri-
  can Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 145-
  155.

BALL, R. C. and H. A. TANNER
1951. The Biological Effects of Fertil-
  izer on a Warm-Water Lake. Michigan
  State  College,  Agricultural  Experi-
  ment Station, Department of Zoology,
  East  Lansing,  Michigan,   Technical
  Bulletin 223, pp.  1-32.

BEETON,  A.  M.
1965. Eutrophication of the  St.  Lawr-
  ence  Great Lakes.   Limnology  and
  Oceanography,  vol.  10, No.  2,  pp.
  240-254.

BENOIT, R. J. and J. J.  CURRY
1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con-
  necticut. In:  Algae and  Metropolitan
  Wastes,  Transactions  of  the  1960
  Seminar,  Robert  A.   Taft  Sanitary
  Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S.  Public  Health Service,  Pub-
  lication No. W61-3, pp. 18-22.

BOGAN, R. H.
1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by
  Algae.  Public Health  Reports, vol. 76,
  No. 4, pp.  301-308.

CURL, H., JR.
1959. The Origin and  Distribution of
  Phosphorus in  Western  Lake  Erie.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4,
  No. 1, pp.  66-76.

CURRY, J. J.  and S. L. WILSON
1955.  Effect  of  Sewage-borne  Phos-
  phorus on Algae.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial  Wastes, vol.  27,  No.  11, pp.
  1262-1266.
                                                                           15

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
DANIEL, H. A., et al.
1938. Nitrate Nitrogen Content of Rain
  and Runoff  Water from Plots  Under
  Different Cropping Systems on  Soil
  Classified  as  Vernon  Fine   Sandy
  Loams.   Soil  Scientific  Society  of
  America Proceedings, vol. 3, pp. 230-
  233.

DEAN, J. M.
1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain
  of Lakes  in Indiana.  Hydrobiologia,
  vol. 24, Nos. 1-3,  pp. 434-440.

DUGDALE, R. C. and J. C.  NEESS
1960.  Recent Observations on Nitrogen
  Fixation in Blue-Green  Algae. In:
  Algae   and  Metropolitan  Wastes,
  Transactions  of the  1960 Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Pub-
  lic Health  Service, SEC  TR  W61-3,
  pp. 103-106.

EDMONDSON,  W.  T., G.  C.  ANDERSON
and D. R. PETERSON
1956. Artificial  Eutrophication of Lake
  Washington. Limnology and Oceanog-
  raphy, vol.  1, No. 1, pp. 47-53.

ELDRIDGE, E.  F.
1963. Irrigation as  a  Source of Water
  Pollution.  Journal of the  Water Pol-
  lution Control Federation, vol.  35, No.
  5, pp. 614-625.

ENGELBRECHT, R. S. and J. J. MORGAN
I960.  Land  Drainage as a  Source  of
  Phosphorus  in  Illinois  Surface Wa-
  ters.   In:   Algae  and  Metropolitan
  Wastes, Transactions  of  the  1960
  Seminar,  Robert  A.   Taft Sanitary
  Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S. Public  Health Service  Publica-
  tion No. W61-3, pp. 74-79.

 EYSTER, C.
 1964.  Micronutrient Requirements for
   Green  Plants. Especially Algae. In:
   Jackson, D. F.  fed.). Algae and Man,
   Plenum Press, New York, pp. 77-119.

 FlPPlN, E. O.
 1945. Plant Nutrient Losses  in Silt and
   Water in the Tennessee River Svstem.
   Soil  Science, vol.  60, pp. 223-239.

 FITZGERALD, G. P.
 1961.  Stripping Effluents of Nutrients
   by  Biological Means.  In: Algae and
   Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions  of
   the  1960  Seminar, Robert  A. Taft
   Sanitary Engineering  Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 136-
  139.

FLAIGG, N. G. and G. W. REID
1954. Effects of Nitrogenous Compounds
  on Stream Conditions.   Sewage  and
  Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 9, pp.
  1145-1154.

GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1954.  Cell Content  of Nitrogen  and
  Phosphorus  as  a Measure of  their
  Availability for Growth of Microcystis
  aeruginosa.  Ecology, vol.  35, No.  3,
  pp. 348-353.

GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1957.  Availability of Iron and Manga-
  nese in  Southern Wisconsin Lakes for
  the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa.
  Ecology, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 551-556.

GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1957.  Nitrogen as a Limiting Factor for
  the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa
  in Southern  Wisconsin Lakes.  Ecol-
  ogy, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 556-561.

GOERING,  J. J. and J. C. NEESS
1964. Nitrogen Fixation in Two Wiscon-
  sin  Lakes.  Limnology  and Oceanog-
  raphy,  vol.  9, No. 4, pp. 530-539.

GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER
1965.  An  Investigation by Rapid  Car-
  bon-14  Bioassay of Factors Affecting
  the  Cultural Eutrophication of Lake
  Tahoe,   California.   Journal  of  the
  Water  Pollution Control  Federation,
  vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059.

 HASLER, A. D.
 1947.  Eutrophication of Lakes  by Do-
   mestic  Sewage. Ecology, vol. 28, No.
  4, pp. 383-395.

 HURwrrz, E.,  R. BEATJDOIN and  W.
 WALTERS
 1965.  Phosphates, their Fate in a Sew-
   age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys-
   tem. Water  and Sewage  Works, vol.
   112, No. 3,  pp. 84-89, 112.

 IRGENS, R. L. and H. O. HALVORSON
 1965. Removal of Plant  Nutrients  by
   Means  of   Aerobic  Stabilization   of
   Sludge.  Applied  Microbiology,  vol.
   13, No. 3, pp. 373-386.

 JOHNSON, W. K. and G. J. SCHROEPFER
 1964. Nitrogen Removal by Nitrification
   and Denitrification.  Journal of  the
   Water  Pollution Control Federation,
   vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1015-1036.
  16

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
KRAUSS, R. W.
I960.  Fundamental  Characteristics  of
  of Algal Physiology.  In: Algae and
  Metropolitan  Wastes, Transactions  of
  the  I960  Seminar,  Robert  A.  Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati. Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice,  Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47.

LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER
1945,  Plankton  Productivity of Certain
  Southeastern  Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
  lated to Fertilization. I. Surveys. Sew-
  age Works Journal, vol. 17,  No. 3, pp.
  573-585.

LACKEY, J. B.
1945.  Plankton  Productivity of Certain
  Southeastern  Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
  lated to Fertilization. II,  Productiv-
  ity.  Sewage Works  Journal,  vol. 17,
  No. 4, pp. 795-802.

LACKEY, J. B.
1958.  Effects of Fertilization on Receiv-
  ing  Waters.  Sewage and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol.  30, No.  11,  pp.  1411-
  1416.

LARSON, W. C.
1961.  Spray Irrigation for the Removal
  of  Nutrients   in  Sewage  Treatment
  Plant Effluent as Practiced at Detroit
  Lakes,   Minnesota.  In:   Algae  and
  Metropolitan  Wastes, Transactions  of
  the  1960  Seminar,  Robert  A.  Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice,  Publication  No.  W61-3,  pp.  125-
  129.

LAUFF, G. H.
1960.  The Role  of Limnological Factors
  in the Availability of Algal Nutrients.
  In:  Algae and  Metropolitan  Wastes,
  Transactions  of the  1960   Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft  Sanitary Engineering
  Center,  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U.  S.  Pub-
  lic  Health Service,  Publication  No.
  W61-3, pp. 96-99.

LAWTON, G. W.
1960.  The Madison  Lakes Before and
  After Diversion. In: Algae  and Me-
  tropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the
  1960 Seminar,  Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U.  S.  Public  Health  Service,
  Publication No. W61-3,  pp. 108-117.

LEVIN, G. V. and J. SHAPIRO
1965.  Metabolic Uptake of Phosphorus
  by  Wastewater Organisms.  Journal
  of the  Water Pollution Control  Fed-
  eration, vol. 37, No.  6, pp. 800-S21.
LUDWIG,  H.  F., E.  KAZMIERCZAK and
R. C. CARTER
1964. Waste Disposal and  the Future at
  Lake Tahoe. Proceedings of the Amer-
  ican Society of Civil Engineers, Jour-
  nal of the Sanitary Engineering Divi-
  sion, vol. 90, No. SA3, pp. 27-51.

MACKENTHUN, K.  M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C. D. McNABB
1960. A Study of the Effects of Divert-
  ing the Effluent from Sewage  Treat-
  ment  Upon  the  Receiving  Stream.
  Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
  and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72.

MACKENTHUN, K.  M.
1962. A Review  of Algae, Lake Weeds,
  and Nutrients. Journal  of the  Water
  Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34,
  No. 10, pp. 1077-1085.

MACKENTHUN,  K. M., W.  M. INGRAM
and R. PORGES
1964. Nutrients and Biological Growths.
  In:  Limnological  Aspects of  Recre-
  ational Lakes, Robert  A. Taft  Sani-
  tary  Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.   U.  S.  Public  Health Service,
  Publication No.  1167, pp. 31-46.

MACKENTHUN, K.  M.
1965.  Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Wa-
  ter, An  Annotated  Selected Bibliog-
  raphy  of  Their  Biological Effects.
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Pub-
  lic  Health Service, Publication  No.
  1305. pp. 1-111.

MACKENTHUN, K.  M.
1965. The Effects of Nutrients  on  Photo-
  synthetic Oxygen Production in  Lakes
  and  Reservoirs:   In: Symposium  on
  Streamflow  Regulation  for  Quality
  Control,  1963, Robert  A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.   U.  S.  Public Health Service,
  Publication No.  999-WP-30, pp. 205-
  215,

MclNTiRE, C. D. and C. E. BOND
1962.  Effects of Artificial Fertilization
  on Plankton  and Benthos Abundance
  in Four  Experimental Ponds.  Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 91,  No. 3, pp. 303-312.

NEESS, J. C.
1946.  Development and Status of Pond
  Fertilization   in   Central   Europe.
  Transactions  of the American Fish-
  eries Society,  vol. 76, pp. 336-358.
                                                                            17

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
NEIL, J. H.
1957.  Problems and Control of Unna-
  tural  Fertilization  of Lake  Waters.
  Proceedings of  the  12th  Industrial
  Waste Conference, Purdue University,
  vol. 42,  No. 3, pp. 301-816.

NICHOLS, M. S.
1965. Nitrates in the Environment. Jour-
  nal  of  the  American Water Works
  Association, vol. 57, No. 10, pp. 1319-
  1327.

OSWALD, W. J.
1960.  Metropolitan Wastes and  Algal
  Nutrition.  In:  Algae and  Metropoli-
  tan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960
  Seminar,  Robert  A.  Taft Sanitary
  Engineering Center,  Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health  Service,  Publica-
  tion No. W61-3,  pp. 88-95.

PALOUMPIS, A. A.  and W. C. STARRETT
1960.  An  Ecological Study of Benthic
  Organisms  in  Three Illinois  River
  Flood Plain Lakes.   American  Mid-
  land Naturalist, vol.  64,  No. 2, pp.
  406-435.

PHINNEY, H. K. and C. A. PEEK
1960.  Klamath  Lake,  an  Instance of
  Natural  Enrichment. In: Algae and
  Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
  the 1960 Seminar,  Robert  A.  Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 22-27.

PROVASOLI, L.
1960.  Micronutrients and Heterotrophy
  as Possible Factors in Bloom Produc-
  tion in Natural Waters. In: Algae and
  Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
  the  1960  Seminar,  Robert  A. Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 48-56.

PROVOST, M. W.
1958.  Chironomids  and Lake Nutrients
  in  Florida.  Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes,  vol. 30,  No. 11, pp.  1417-
  1419.

RlGLER, F. H.
1964. The Phosphorus Fractions and the
  Turnover Time  of  Inorganic  Phos-
  phorus  in  Different Types of Lakes.
  Limnology  and  Oceanography, vol.
  9, No. 4, pp. 511-518.

ROHLICH, G. A.
1961. Chemical  Methods  for  the Re-
  moval of  Nitrogen  and Phosphorus
  from  Sewage  Plant  Effluents.  In:
  Algae   and   Metropolitan   Wastes,
  Transactions  of  the  1960  Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health   Service,   Publication   No.
  W61-3, pp. 130-135.

ROHLICH, G. A.
1963. Methods for the Removal of Phos-
  phorus and  Nitrogen  from  Sewage
  Plant Effluents.  International Journal
  of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
  Nos. 4-5, pp. 427-434.

SANDERSON, W. W.
1953.  Studies   of the  Character  and
  Treatment  of   Waste   from  Duck
  Farms.  Proceedings of the 8th Indus-
  trial Waste Conference, Purdue Uni-
  versity,  Extension Series, vol. 83, No.
  1, pp. 170-176.

SAWYER, C. N., J. B. LACKEY and R. T.
LENZ
1945.  An  Investigation   of  the  Odor
  Nuisance Occurring in  the Madison
  Lakes, Particularly Monona, Waubesa
  and  Kegonsa  from July 1942-July
  1944.  Report of Governor's Commit-
  tee, Madison,  Wisconsin, 2 vols.

SAWYER, C. N.
1947.  Fertilization of Lakes by Agricul-
  tural  and Urban  Drainage.  Journal
  of  the  New England  Water Works
  Association, vol.  61, No.  2, pp. 109-
  127.

SAWYER, C. N.
1952.  Some New  Aspects  of Phosphates
  in  Relation  to  Lake  Fertilization.
  Sewage  and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
  24,  No.  6, pp. 768-776.

SAWYER, C. N.
1954.  Factors  Involved in  Disposal of
  Sewage  Effluents  to Lakes.  Sewage
  and Industrial  Wastes, vol. 26, No.
  3, pp. 317-325.

SAWYER, C. N. and A. F. FERULLO
1960.  Nitrogen  Fixation in  Natural
  Waters under Laboratory Conditions.
  In: Algae  and Metropolitan Wastes,
  Transactions of the 1960 Seminar,
  Robert  A.  Taft Sanitary Engineer-
  ing Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S.
  Public  Health  Service,  Publication
  No. W61-3, pp. 100-103.

SAWYER, C. N.
1962.  Causes,  Effects, and  Control of
18

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
  Aquatic  Growths.  Journal  of  the
  Water  Pollution Control Federation,
  vol. 34, No. 3, pp.  279-290.

SAWYER, C. N.
1965.  Problem of Phosphorus in Water
  Supplies.  Journal  of the American
  Water  Works  Association,  vol.  57,
  No. 11, pp. 1431-1439.

SCHELSKE, C. L., F. F. HOOPER and E. J.
HAERTL
1962.   Responses  of a  Marl  Lake  to
  Chelated Iron and Fertilizer.  Ecology,
  vol. 43, No. 4, pp.  646-653.

SHAPIRO, J. and R. RIBEIRO
1965.  Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu-
  ent  in the Potomac Estuary.  Journal
  of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
  eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1034-1043.

SYLVESTER, R. O.
1960.  Nutrient  Content  of Drainage
  Water  from  Forested,  Urban,  and
  Agricultural Areas.  In: Algae  and
  Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
  the  1960  Seminar,  Robert  A.  Taft
  Sanitary  Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Oh:o. U.  S. Public Health Serv-
  ice,   Publication  No.  W61-3,   pp.
  80-87.

THOMAS, E. A.
1965.   Eutrophication  of   Lakes  and
  Rivers, Cause  and  Prevention.  In:
  Biological Problems in  Water Pollu-
  tion—Transactions  of the 1962 Semi-
  nar,  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
  neering   Center,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health Service,  Publica-
  tion  No.  999-WP-25, pp. 299-305.

WEIBEL, S.  R.,  R.  J.  ANDERSON  and
E. L. WOODWARD
1964.  Urban Land Runoff as a Factor
  in  Stream Pollution. Journal of  the
  Water Pollution Control  Federation,
  vol. 36, No. 7,  pp. 914-924.

WITT, V. M. and J. A. BORCHARDT
1960.   The Removal  of Nitrogen  and
  Phosphorus  from  Sewage  Effluents
  Through  The Use  of Algal  Culture.
  Journal  of Biochemical  and Micro-
  biological Technology and Engineer-
  ing, vol. 2, No. 2,  pp. 187-203.

WITT, V. M.
1963.   Improvement of Domestic  Sew-
  age  Effluents  Through Nitrogen and
  Phosphorus Removal.  Environmental
  Health, vol. 5, No. 2, p. 121.
INSECTICIDES AND THEIR  EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC  LIFE
ALLISON, D. T., B. J. KALLMAN, O. B.
COPE and C. VAN VALIN
1964. Some Chronic Effects of DDT on
  Cutthroat Trout.  U. S.  Fish  and
  Wildlife  Service, Research   Report
  No. 64, pp. 1-28.

ANON.
1964. Pesticide-Wildlife Studies, 1963.
  A  Review of  Fish and Wildlife Serv-
  ice Investigations During the Calen-
  dar Year.  U. S. Fish and Wildlife
  Service, Circular No.  199, pp. 1-129.

BISHOPP, F. C.
1950. An Expert Discusses Toxicity of
  Cotton   Insecticides.    Agricultural
  Chemicals, vol. 5, No. 5,  pp. 30-32,
  90-91.

BRIDGES, W. R.,  B. J.  KALLMAN  and
A. K. ANDREWS
1963.  Persistence  of   DDT  and  Its
  Metabolites in a Farm Pond.  Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety,  vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 421-427.

BRIDGES, W. R.
1965. Effects of Time and Temperature
  on the Toxicity  of Heptachlor  and
  Kepone to Redear Sunfish.  In: Bio-
  logical Problems  in Water Pollution
  —Transactions of the 1962 Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health Service, Publication No. 999-
  WP-25, pp. 247-249.

BURDICK, G.  E.,  E. J.  HARRIS,  H. J.
DEAN, T.  M.  WALKER, J.  SKEA  and
D. COLBY
1964. The Accumulation of  DDT in
  Lake  Trout and  the Effect  on Repro-
  duction.  Transactions of the  Ameri-
  can Fisheries Society, vol.  93, No. 2,
  pp. 127-136.

BYRD, I. B.  and  D. D. Moss
1952. Public Lake and  Stream Investi-
  gations in  Alabama.   State  of Ala-
  bama,  Department  of Conservation,
  Division  of  Game   and   Fish,  pp.
  14-15.

CAIRNS, J., JR.  and A. SCHEIER
1964. The  Effect  Upon the  Pumpkin-
  seed   Sunfish    Lepomis   gibbosiis
  (Linn.)   of  Chronic Exposure  to
  Lethal and Sublethal Concentrations
                                                                          19

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  of Dieldrin. Notulae  Naturae of the
  Philadelphia  Academy  of   Natural
  Sciences, No. 370, pp. 1-10.

COPE, O. B.
1960. The Retention of DDT by Trout
  and Whitefish.  Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U.  S. Public  Health  Service,
  Technical  Report W60-3, pp. 72-75.

COPE, 0. B.
1961.  Effects  of DDT Spraying for
  Spruce Budwonn on Fish in  the Yel-
  lowstone River System.  Transactions
  of the American Fisheries  Society,
  vol. 90, No. 3,  pp. 239-251.

COPE, O. B.
1962. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and
  Wildlife in 1960.  Effects on Sport
  Fisheries.  U.  S.  Fish  and  Wildlife
  Service, Circular No. 143, pp.  1-16.

COUTANT, C. C.
1964. Insecticide Sevin: Effect  of Aerial
  Spraying  on Drift of Stream Insects.
  Science, vol.  146, pp. 420-421.

DOUDOROFF,  P.,  M. KATZ and  C.  M.
TARZWELL
1953.  Toxicity of Some Organic Insec-
  ticides to  Fish.  Sewage and  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7,  pp. 840-
 GAUFIN, A. R.
 1960.  Bioassays to Determine the Toxi-
   city of Pesticides to Aquatic  Inverte-
   brates.  Proceedings  of the  15th In-
   dustrial  Waste  Conference,  Purdue
   University, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 94-98.

 GKZENDA,  A. R-, G. J. LAUER and H. P.
 NICHOLSON
 1964.  Water Pollution by Insecticides
   in an Agricultural River Basin.  II.
   The Zooplankton, Bottom Fauna, and
   Fish.  Limnology and Oceanography,
   vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 318-323.

 HOFFMANN, C.  H. and E. W. SURBER
 1945.  Effects of an Aerial Application
   of Wettable DDT on Fish and  Fish-
   Food  Organisms in Back Creek, West
   Virginia.  Transactions of the Ameri-
   can  Fisheries Society, vol.  75,  pp.
   48-58.

 HOFFMANN, C. H. and  E. W. SURBER
 1949  Effects of an Aerial Application
   of  DDT on Fish and Fish-Food  Or-
  ganisms in Two Pennsylvania Water-
  sheds.   Progressive  Fish  Culturist,
  vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 203-211.

HOFFMAN, R. A.
1957. Toxicity of Three Phosphorus In-
  secticides  to Cold Water Game Fish.
  Mosquito News, vol. 17, No. 3, p. 213.

JENSEN,  L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN
1964. Effects of Ten  Organic Insecti-
  cides   on  Two  Species  of  Stonefly
  Naiads.  Transactions of the Ameri-
  can Fisheries  Society, vol. 93, No.  1,
  pp. 27-34.

JENSEN,  L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN
1964. Long-term Effects of Organic In-
  secticides on Two Species of Stonefly
  Naiads.  Transactions of the Ameri-
  can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No.  4,
  pp. 357-363.

JONES, B. R. and J. B.  MOYLE
1963. Populations of Plankton Animals
  and   Residual  Chlorinated  Hydro-
  carbons in Soils of  Six Minnesota
  Ponds Treated  for  Control of Mos-
  quito  Larvae.  Transactions of the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol.  92,
  No. 3, pp. 211-215.

KATZ, M.
1961.  Acute Toxicity  of Some Organic
  Insecticides to Three Species of Sal-
  monids and to the Threespine Stickle-
  back.  Transactions of the American
   Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp.
  264-268.

 KATZ, M. and G. G. CHADWICK
 1961.  Toxicity  of  Endrin to Some  Pa-
   cific Northwest Fishes. Transactions
   of the  American  Fisheries  Society,
   vol. 90, No. 4, pp. 394-397.

 LACKEY, J. B. and M.  L. STEINLE
 1945.   Effects  of  DDT  Upon  Some
   Aquatic  Organisms,  Other than  In-
   sect  Larvae.  Public  Health  Reports,
   No. 7, from Supplement No. 186,  pp.
   3-12.

 LAWRENCE, J. M.
 1950.  Toxicity of Some New Insecti-
   cides   to  Several  Species  of  Pond
   Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
   12, No. 3, pp. 141-146.

 MACK,  G.  L.
 1964. The DDT Content of Some Fishes
   and   Surface  Waters of New  York
   State  New York  Fish  and Game
   Journal, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 148-153.
 20

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
MOUNT, D. I.
1962.   Chronic Effects of  Endrin  on
  Bluntnose  Minnows  and  Guppies.
  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Re-
  search Report No. 8, pp. 1-38.

MOVE, W. C. and W. H. LUCKMANN
1964.  Fluctuations  in  Populations  of
  Certain  Aquatic  Insects  Following
  Application of Aldrin in Granules to
  Sugar Creek, Iroquois  County, Illi-
  nois.  Journal of  Economic  Entomol-
  ogy, vol. 57, No. 3, pp. 318-322.

MULLA,  M. S.
1960.  Some Factors Regulating the Ef-
  fectiveness of Granular  Insecticides
  in Mosquito  Control.  Mosquito  News,
  vol. 20, No. 9, pp. 262-267.

MULLA,   M.  S.,  L.  W.   ISAAK and
H. AXELROD
1963.  Field Studies on the Effects  of
  Insecticides  on  Some Aquatic  Wild-
  life Species.  Journal  of Economic
  Entomology, vol. 56, No.  2, pp. 184-
  188.

MUNCY, R. J. and A. D. OLIVER, JR.
1963.  Toxicity of Ten Insecticides  to
  the    Red   Crawfish,   Procambarus
  clarki  (Girard). Transactions of the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol. 92,
  No. 4, pp. 428-431.

NICHOLSON, H. P.
1959.  Insecticide Pollution of  Water
  Resources. Journal  of the American
  Water Works  Association,  vol. 51,
  No. 8, pp. 981-986.

PARKHVRST, Z. E. and H. E.  JOHNSON
1955. Toxicity  of Malatnion  500 to Fall
  Chinook  Salmon  Fingerlings.   Pro-
  gressive  Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No.
  3, pp. 113-116.

PICKERING, Q. H., C.  HENDERSON and
A. E. LEMKE
1962.  The Toxicity of Organic  Phos-
  phorus Insecticides to Different Spe-
  cies of Warmwater Fishes.  Transac-
  tions   of  the  American   Fisheries
  Society, vol.  91, No. 2, pp. 175-184.

PREMDAS, F. H. and J. M. ANDERSON
1963.  The Uptake and Detoxication  of
  C'Mabelled DDT in Atlantic Salmon,
  Salmo  salar.  Journal of the  Fish-
  eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
  20, No. 3, pp. 827-837.

RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY
1956.  Pesticides:  Their Use and Tox-
  icity in Relation to Wildlife. State of
  California,  Department  of  Fish and
  Game,  Game  Management Branch,
  Game  Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209.

SCHOENTHAL, N. D.
1963.  Some  Effects of  DDT on  Cold-
  Water  Fish  and  Fish-Food  Orga-
  nisms.  Proceedings of the Montana
  Academy of  Sciences,  vol. 23,  pp.
  63-95.

TARZWELL, C. M.
1950. Effects of DDT Mosquito Larvi-
  ciding on  Wildlife.   V.  Effects   on
  Fishes of  the Routine  Manual  and
  Airplane  Application  of DDT  and
  Other  Mosquito   Larvicides.  Public
  Health Reports,  vol. 65, No. 8,  pp.
  231-255.

TARZWELL, C. M. and  C. HENDERSON
1957.  Toxicity of  Dieldrin  to  Fish.
  Transactions of the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 86, pp. 245-257.

WEBB, F. E.
1960. Aerial Forest Spraying in Canada
  in  Relation  to  Effects  on Aquatic
  Life.   Robert A.  Taft Sanitary  En-
  gineering  Center,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
  U.  S.  Public Health  Service, Tech-
  nical  Report W60-3, pp. 66-70.

WEISS, C. M.
1959. Response of  Fish to Sub-Lethal
  Exposures   of  Organic  Phosphorus
  Insecticides.  Sewage and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol.  31,  No. 5, pp. 580-593.

WEISS, C. M.
1961.  Physiological Effect of Organic
  Phosphorus  Insecticides  on Several
  Species of  Fish.  Transactions of  the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol.  90,
  No. 2, pp.  143-152.

WEISS, C. M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER
1964. Detection of  Pesticides  in Water
  by Biochemical Assay. Journal of  the
  Water Pollution  Control  Federation,
  vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253.

WELCH, E. B, and J. C. SPINDLER
1964. DDT Persistence  and  Its  Effect
  on Aquatic Insects and Fish After an
  Aerial Application.   Journal  of  the
  Water Pollution  Control Federation,
  vol. 36, No. 10, pp. 1285-1292.

YOUNG, L.  A. and H. P. NICHOLSON
1951. Stream Pollution Resulting from
  the Use of Organic Insecticides. Pro-
  gressive  Fish Culturist,  vol. 13,  No.
  4, pp.  193-198.
                                                                           21

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND
ITS EFFECT  UPON  AQUATIC LIFE
  for Yellow Perch.  New York Fish
  and Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp.
  92-101.
ALDERDICE, D. F., W. P. WICKETT and
J,  R. BRETT
1958.  Some Effects of Temporary Ex-
  posure  to  Low  Dissolved  Oxygen
  Levels on Pacific Salmon Eggs. Jour-
  nal  of the  Fisheries Research Board
  of Canada, vol.  15,  No. 2, pp. 229-
  249.

BASU, S. P.
1959.  Active  Respiration of Fish in Re-
  lation  to Ambient Concentrations  of
  Oxygen and Carbon  Dioxide.  Journal
  of the Fisheries  Research Board  of
  Canada,  vol. 16,  No. 1, pp. 175-212.

BATES, J. M.
1962.  The Impact of Impoundment  on
  the  Mussel Fauna of Kentucky Res-
  ervoir,  Tennessee  River.  American
  Midland  Naturalist, vol.  68,  No.  1,
  pp.  232-236.

BEETON, A. M.
1961.  Environmental Changes  in Lake
  Erie.   Transactions of the American
  Fisheries Society,  vol. 90, No.  2,  pp.
  153-159.

BLACK,   E.  C., F.  E.  J.  FRY and
V.  BLACK
1954.  The  Influence of Carbon  Dioxide
  on  the  Utilization  of  Oxygen   by
  Some  Fresh-Water  Fish. Canadian
  Journal  of Zoology,  vol. 32, pp. 408-
  420.

BRETT, J. R.
1952.  Temperature Tolerance in Young
  Pacific Salmon, Genus Oncorhynchus.
  Journal  of the  Fisheries Research
   Board of Canada, vol. 9, No.  6,  pp.
  265-321.

BRIGGS, J.  C.
1948.   The Quantitative Effects of  a
   Dam  Upon the  Bottom Fauna of a
   Small California  Stream.  Transac-
   tions  of the American Fisheries  So-
   ciety,  vol.  78, pp.  70-81.

BURDICK, G,  E., M. LlPSCHUETZ, H. J.
DEAN and E. J. HARRIS
1954.   Lethal  Oxygen  Concentrations
   for  Trout and  Smallmouth  Bass.
   New  York Fish and  Game  Journal,
   vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 84-97.

BVRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1957.   Lethal  Oxygen  Concentrations
CAIRNS, J., JR.
1956.  Effects of Heat on Fish.  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 1,  No.  5, pp. 180-
  183.

CAIRNS, J., JR.
1956.   Effects of  Increased  Tempera-
  tures  on Aquatic Organisms.  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 1,  No.  4, pp. 150-
  152.

CLAUSEN, R. G.
1933.  Fish Metabolism Under Increas-
  ing Temperature. Transactions of the
  American Fisheries Society, vol.  63,
  pp. 215-219.

CLAUSEN, R. G.
1936.  Oxygen  Consumption  in  Fresh
  Water Fishes.  Ecology,  vol. 17,  No.
  2, pp.  216-226.

COOPER, A. L.
1960. Lethal Oxygen Concentration for
  the Northern  Common Shiner. New
  York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 7,
  pp. 72-76.

COOPER, G. P. and G. N. WASHBURN
1946. Relation  of Dissolved Oxygen to
  Winter Mortality of Fish  in  Michi-
  gan  Lakes.   Transactions  of   the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol. 76,
  pp. 23-33.

CORDONE, A. J. and D. W.  KELLEY
1961. The Influence of Inorganic Sedi-
  ment on the Aquatic Life of Streams.
  California Fish and Game, vol. 47,
  No. 2, pp. 189-228.

DAVISON, R. C.,  W. P. BREESE, C. E.
WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF
1959.  Experiments  on  the  Dissolved
  Oxygen  Requirements of Cold-Water
  Fishes.   Sewage   and    Industrial
  Wastes, vol.  31,  No. 8,  pp. 950-966.


DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD
1949.   The  Dominating   Influence of
  Fontana  Reservoir  on   Temperature
  and Dissolved Oxygen  in  the Little
  Tennessee River and  Its  Impound-
  ments.  Journal  of  the  Tennessee
  Academy of Science, vol. 24, No. 1,
  pp. 41-51.
 22

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON
1957. Observations on the Influence of
  the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on
  Fish and Plankton Populations.  Pro-
  ceedings of the 10th Annual Confer-
  ence of the Southern Association of
  Game  and Fish  Commissioners,  pp.
  85-91.

ELLIS, M. M.
1936.  Erosion  Silt as  a  Factor  in
  Aquatic Environments.  Ecology, vol.
  17, No. 1, pp. 29-42.

ELLIS, M. M.
1942.  Fresh - Water   Impoundments.
  Transactions  of  the  American  Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 71, pp. 80-93.

FRY, F. E. J.
1957. The Aquatic Respiration of Fish.
  In: Brown,  M. E. (ed.), The Physi-
  ology of Fishes, vol.  1.  Metabolism.
  Academic Press,  New York, pp. 1-63.

GARDINER, A. J.  and G. KING
1922, Respiration  Exchange in Fresh
  Water   Fish.  Biochemical  Journal,
  vol. 16, pp. 729-735.

GIBSON, E. S. and  F. E. J. FRY
1954. The Performance of  the  Lake
  Trout,   Salvelinus   namaycush   at
  Various Levels of Temperature and
  Oxygen Pressure.  Canadian Journal
  of Zoology, vol. 32, pp.  252-260.

GREENBACK, J.
1945. Limnological Conditions in Ice-
  Covered Lakes, Especially as Related
  to Winter Kill  in Fish.  Ecological
  Monographs, vol.  15, No. 4, pp. 343-
  392.

HEATH, W. A.
1958. Cetyl Alcohol  for  Evaporation
  Control. Water  and  Sewage Works,
  vol. 105, No. 9, pp. 361-362.

JOB, S. V.
1955.  The  Oxygen  Consumption   of
  Salvelimis fontinalis. University  of
  Toronto Biological Series, University
  of Toronto  Press, vol. 61, pp. 1-39.

JONES, J. R. E.
1952. The Reaction  of Fish  to Water
  of Low Oxygen Concentrations. Jour-
  nal of  Experimental  Biology, vol. 29,
  pp. 403-415.
KATZ,  M., A.  PRITCHARD and C.  E.
WARREN
1959. Ability of Some Salmonids and a
  Centrarchid to Swim in Water of Re-
  duced Oxygen Content. Transactions
  of the  American  Fisheries  Society,
  vol. 88, No. 4, pp.  88-95.

LABERGE, R. H.
1959.  A  Critical  Problem  in Stream
  Pollution Comes from Thermal Dis-
  charges.  Water and  Sewage Works,
  vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540.

LARIMORE, R. W., W. C. CHILDERS and
C. HECKKOTTE
1959. Destruction and Re-establishment
  of  Stream  Fish  and  Invertebrates
  Affected by Drought. Transactions of
  the American Fisheries Society, vol.
  88, pp. 261-285.

LARIMORE, R. W. and P. W.  SMITH
1963.   The   Fishes   of  Champaign
  County, Illinois,  as Affected by  60
  Years of  Stream   Changes.  Illinois
  Natural  History   Survey   Bulletin,
  vol. 28, No. 2, pp.  299-375.

Moss, D. D. and D. S. SCOTT
1961. Dissolved-Oxygen  Requirements
  of Three Species of Fish.   Transac-
  tions  of the  American  Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol.  90, No.  4, pp. 377-393.

NEEL, J. K.  and W.  R. ALLEN
1963. The Mussel  Fauna of the Upper
  Cumberland  Basin  before  Its   Im-
  poundment.  Malacologia, vol. 1, No.
  3, pp. 427-459.

RICHARDSON,  R. E.
1925.  Changes  in the  Small Bottom
  Fauna  of  Peoria   Lake,  1920-1922,
  Illinois Natural  History Survey Bul-
  letin,  vol.  15,  No.  5, pp. 327-388.

SHAW, P. A. and J. A. MAGA
1943. The Effect of  Mining  Silt  on
  Yield of Fry from  Salmon  Spawning
  Beds.  California Fish and Game, vol.
  9, No. 1, pp.  29-41.

SHEPARD, M.  P.
1955.  Resistance  and  Tolerance  of
  Young  Speckled Trout (Salvelinus
  fontinalis) to Oxygen Lack, with Spe-
  cial Reference to Low Oxygen Accli-
  mation. Journal of the Fisheries Re-
  search Board of Canada, vol. 12, No.
  3, pp. 387-446.
                                                                          23

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SlLVEY, J. K. G.
1960.  Physical,  Chemical, and Biologic
  Effects of Hexadecanol on  Lake Hef-
  ner,  1958.  Journal of the American
  Water  Works  Association,  vol. 52,
  No. 6, pp. 791-802.

SMITH, O.  R.
1939.  Placer Mining  Silt and Its  Rela-
  tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa-
  cific   Coast.   Transactions  of  the
  American Fisheries Society, vol. 69,
  pp. 225-230.

TAYLOR, C. C.
1951.   A   Survey  of  Former   Shad
  Streams  in  Maine.  U. S.  Fish and
  Wildlife  Service,  Special  Scientific
  Report No. 66, pp.  1-29.

TEBO, L. B., JR.
1955.   Effects  of  Siltation,  Resulting
  from Improper Logging on the Bot-
  tom  Fauna of a  Small Trout Stream
  in the Southern  Appalachians.  Pro-
  gressive  Fish Culturist,  vol. 17, No.
  2, pp. 64-70.

VAN OOSTEN, J.
1948.  Turbidity as a Factor in the De-
  cline of Great Lakes Fishes with Spe-
  cial  Reference to Lake Erie.  Trans-
  actions  of  the  American  Fisheries
  Society, vol. 75, pp. 281-322.

VAN VLIET, R.
1958.   Effect of Heated Condenser Dis-
  charge   upon  Aquatic   Life.   The
  American Society of  Mechanical En-
  gineers,  Paper  No.  57-PWR-4, pp.
  1-10.

W ALLEN, I. E.
1951.  The  Direct  Effect of  Turbidity
  on Fishes. Bulletin of the  Oklahoma
  Agricultural and Mechanical College,
  vol.  48, No. 2, pp.  1-27.

WALLEN,   I.  E.,  W.  C.   GREEK and
R.  LASATER
1957.  Toxicity  to  Gambusia affinis  of
  Certain  Pure  Chemicals  in Turbid
  Waters.   Sewage   and    Industrial
  Wastes,  vol.  29,  No.  6, pp. 695-711.

WARD, H.  B.
1938.  Placer Mining and the Anadrom-
  ous  Fish of the Rogue River. Science,
  vol.  88, pp. 441-443.

WATERS, T. F.
1964. Recolonization of Denuded Stream
  Bottom Areas by Drift. Transactions
  of the  American  Fisheries  Society,
  vol. 93, No. 3, pp. 311-315.

WHITMORE,  C.  M., C.  E. WARREN  and
P. DOUDOROFF
1960. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
  and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy-
  gen Concentrations.  Transactions of
  the American Fisheries  Society, vol.
  89, No. 1, pp. 17-26.

WIEBE, A. H.
1933. The  Effect of High  Concentra-
  tions of Dissolved  Oxygen on Several
  Species of Pond Fishes.  Ohio Jour-
  nal of  Science, vol.  33, No.  2, pp.
  110-126.

WOODBURY,  L. A.
1942.  A  Sudden  Mortality of  Fishes
  Accompanying a  Supersaturation of
  Oxygen  in  Lake  Waubesa,  Wiscon-
  sin.  Transactions  of  the American
  Fisheries  Society, vol. 71, pp. 112-
  117.

WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN
1958.   Comparative   Stream   Bottom
  Fauna Studies in  fhe  Pocono  Moun-
  tains Relative to Floods.  Proceedings
  of the Pennsylvania Academy of Sci-
  ences,  vol. 32, pp.  229-232.

WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN
1960. A Biological  Method Used in the
  Evaluation of  Effects  of  Thermal
  Discharge in the  Schuylkill  River.
  Proceedings  of the 15th Industrial
  Waste  Conference,  Purdue  Univer-
  sity,  Engineering  Bulletin,  vol.  45,
  No. 2, pp. 461-472.
 RADIOACTIVITY AND ITS EFFECT
 UPON  AQUATIC LIFE
 CURRY, L. L.
 1960.  Midge  Larvae  as Indicators  of
   Radioactive Pollution. Proceedings of
   the 15th Industrial Waste Conference,
   Purdue University,  Engineering Bul-
   letin, vol. 45, No. 2,  pp. 269-280.

 DAVIS, J. J. and R. F. FOSTER
 1958.  Bioaccumulation of Radioisotopes
   Through Aquatic Food Chains.  Ecol-
   ogy, vol. 39, No. 7, pp. 530-535.

 DAVIS, J. J.
 1965.  Accumulation of Radionuclides by
   Aquatic Insects. In: Biological Prob-
 24

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
  lems  in  Water  Pollution—Transac-
  tions of the 1962 Seminar, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U.  S.  Public  Health Service,
  Publication No, 999-WP-25, pp. 211-
  215.

FOSTER, R.  F. and R.  E. ROSTENBACH
1954.  Distribution of Radioisotopes  in
  Columbia River. Journal of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 46,
  No. 7, pp. 633-640.

FOSTER, R.  F.
1959.  The Need for Biological Monitor-
  ing of Radioactive Waste  Streams.
  Sewage  and Industrial Wastes, vol.
  31, No. 12, pp. 1409-1415.

FOSTER, R.  W. and D. McCoNNON
1965.  Relationships  Between the Con-
  centration of Radionuclides in Colum-
  bia River Water and  Fish.  In: Bio-
  logical Problems in Water Pollution—
  Transactions  of the  1962  Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary  Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U.  S. Pub-
  lic  Health Service,  Publication  No.
  999-WP-25, pp. 216-224.

HARRIS, E. K.
1959. Estimating the Uptake of Radio-
  activity in  Streams.  Sewage and In-
  dustrial  Wastes, vol.  31, No. 6,  pp.
  719-728.

HENDERSON,  C.,   G.  G. ROBECK  and
R. C. PALANGE
1956.  Effects of Low-Level Radioactiv-
  ity in the Columbia  River.  Public
  Health Reports, vol.  71, No. 1,  pp.
  6-14.

HOOFER, F.  F., H.  A.  PODOLIAK  and
S. F. SNIESZKO
1961.  Use of Radioisotopes  in  Hydro-
  biology and Fish  Culture.  Transac-
  tions of  the  American Fisheries  So-
  ciety, vol. 90, No, 1, pp. 49-57.

 LIKENS, G. E. and A. D. HASLER
 1960.  Movement  of Radiosodium in a
  Chemically Stratified  Lake.  Science,
  vol.  131, pp. 1676-1677.

 NELSON, D. J.
 1962.  Clams as Indicators of Strontium-
  90.  Science, vol. 137, pp. 38-39.

 PALANGE,  R. C., G.  G.  ROBECK  and
 C.  HENDERSON
 1956. Radioactivity in Stream Pollution.
   Industrial and  Engineering  Chem-
   istry, vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1847-1850.
STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GIX>YNA
1955.  Concentration of Radioactivity in
  Oxidation Ponds.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941-
  956.

TSIVOGLOTJ, E. C., E.  D. HARWARD and
W.  M. INGRAM
1957.   Stream Surveys for  Radioactive
  Waste Control. American Society of
  Mechanical  Engineers,  New  York;
  Paper No. 57-NESC-21,  Second Nu-
  clear Engineering and Science Con-
  ference,  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
  pp.  1-12.

TsrvoGLOU, E. C., A. F. BARTSCH, D. E.
RUSHING and D. A.  HOLADAY
1958.  Effects of Uranium Ore  Refinery
  Wastes on Receiving Waters. Sewage
  and  Industrial Wastes, vol. 30,  No. 8,
  pp.  1012-1027.

WATSON, D. G. and J. J. DAVIS
1957.  Concentration of Radioisotopes in
  Columbia River Whitefish in the  Vi-
  cinity of the Hanford Atomic  Products
  Operation.  HW-48523   (Del.),  pp.
  1-133.
TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS


ALDERDICE, D.  F.
1963.   Some  Effects  of Simultaneous
   Variation  in Salinity,  Temperature
   and Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis-
   tance of  Young Coho Salmon to  a
   Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish-
   eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
   20, No. 2, pp. 525-550.

 ANDERSON, B.  G.
 1944.  The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari-
   ous Substances Found  in Industrial
   Wastes as Determined by the  Use of
   Daphnia magnet. Sewage Works Jour-
   nal, vol. 16,  No. 6, pp. 1156-1165.

 ANDERSON, B. G.
 1948.  The  Apparent  Thresholds  of
   Toxicity to Daphnia magna for Chlo-
   rides  of Various Metals when Added
   to Lake Erie Water.  Transactions of
   the American Fisheries  Society,  vol.
   78, pp. 96-113.

 ANGELOVIC,  J. W., W.  F.  SIGLER  and
 J. M. NETJHOLD
 1961-  Temperature  and Fluorosis in
                                                                            25

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  Rainbow Trout. Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 33, No, 4, pp. 371-
  381.

APPLEGATE,  V. C., J. H. HOWELL and
A. E. HALL, JR.
1957.  Toxicity of 4,346  Chemicals  to
  Larval Lampreys and Fishes. U.  S.
  Department of the Interior, Special
  Scientific  Report, Fisheries No.  207,
  pp. 1-157.

APPLEGATE,  V. C. and E. L. KING, JR.
1962.  Comparative Toxicity of 3-Tri-
  fluormethyl-4-Nitrophenol  (TFM)  to
  Larval Lampreys and  Eleven Species
  of Fishes. Transactions of the Ameri-
  can  Fisheries Society,  vol.  91, No. 4,
  pp. 342-345.

AUDUS, L. J.
1964.  The Physiology and Biochemistry
  of Herbicides. Academic Press, Incor-
  porated, New York, pp. 1-555.

BURDICK, G. E.,  M.  LIPSCHUETZ, H. J.
DEAN  and E.  J. HARRIS
1954. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for
  Trout and  Smallmouth Bass.   New
  York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1,
  No.  1, pp. 84-97.

BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1955.  Toxicity of Emulsifiable Rotenone
  to Various Species of Fish.  New York
  Fish and Game Journal, vol.  2, No. 1,
  pp. 36-67.

BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1957.  Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for
  Yellow Perch.  New  York Fish and
  Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 92-
  101.

BURDICK, G. E.
1957.  A Graphical Method for  Deriving
  Threshold Values of Toxicity and the
  Equation  of the Toxicity Curve.  New
  York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 4,
  No.  1, pp. 102-108,

BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1958.  Toxicity of Cyanide  to Brown
  Trout and  Smallmouth Bass.  New
  York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 5,
  No.  2, pp. 133-163.

BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1964. Toxicity of Aqualin to Fingerling
  Brown Trout and Bluegills. New York
  Fish and Game Journal, vol. 11, No. 1,
  pp. 106-114.

CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1958.  The Relationship of Bluegill Sun-
  fish Body Size to Tolerance for  Some
  Common  Chemicals.  Proceedings  of
  the 13th Industrial Waste Conference,
  Purdue University, Engineering Bul-
  letin, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 243-252.

CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1963.  Environmental Effects upon Cya-
  nide   Toxicity  to  Fish.   Notulae
  Naturae of  the Philadelphia Academy
  of Natural Sciences, No. 361, pp. 1-11.

CAIRNS, J., JR., A. SCHEIER and N. E.
HESS
1964.   The Effects  of Alkyl  Benzene
  Sulfonate on Aquatic Organisms.  In-
  dustrial Water and Wastes, vol. 9, No.
  1, pp. 22-28.

CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1964.  The Effects of  Sublethal Levels
  of Zinc and of  High  Temperature
  Upon the Toxicity of a  Detergent to
  the   Sunfish   Lepomis    Gibbosus
  (Linn.).  Notulae  Naturae  of  the
  Philadelphia  Academy  of  Natural
  Sciences, No. 367, pp, 1-3.

CHANIN, G. and R.  P. DEMPSTER
1958.  A Complex Chemical  Waste and
  Its  Toxicity  to  Fish.   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.

CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES
1954.  Toxicity of  Brine Water from Oil
  Wells. Transactions of the American
  Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109.

COLE,  A. E.
1935.  Water Pollution Studies in Wis-
  consin.  Effects of  Industrial  (Pulp
  and  Paper Mill) Wastes  on  Fish.
  Sewage Works  Journal, vol. 7, No. 2,
  pp. 280-302.

CRANDALL, C. A.  and C.  J.  GOODNIGHT
1959.  The Effect  of Various Factors on
  the  Toxicity of Sodium Pentachloro-
  phenate  to  Fish.   Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 53-56.

DOOLEY, T. P. and J.  CAVIL
1964.  Minimum  Lethal  Concentration
  of  15  Common  Detergents on  the
  Mosquito Minnow (Gambusia affinis).
  Texas Journal of Science, vol. 16,  No.
  2, pp. 202-209.
26

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950.  Critical Review of Literature on
  the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
  Their Components to Fish: I. Alkalies,
  Acids and  Inorganic  Gases.  Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11,
  pp.  1432-1458.

DOUDOROFF, P.
1951.  Biological Observations and Tox-
  icity Bioassays in  the Control of In-
  dustrial Waste Disposal.  Proceedings
  of the Sixth Industrial Waste Confer-
  ence, Purdue University, pp. 88-108.

DOUDOROFF, P., B. G. ANDERSON,  G. E.
BURDICK, et al.
1951.  Bio-Assay Methods for the Evalu-
  ation of Acute Toxicity  of  Industrial
  Wastes to  Fish. Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 11, pp.  1380-
  1397.

DOUDOROFF, P. and M.  KATZ
1953.  Critical Review of Literature on
  the  Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
  Their Components  to  Fish.  II.  The
  Metals, as  Salts. Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 25,  No. 7, pp. 802-
  839.

DOUDOROFF,  P.,  M.  KATZ  and  C. M.
TARZWEIA
1953.  Toxicity of Some Organic  Insec-
  ticides to Fish. Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 840-844.

DOUDOROFF, P.
1956.  Some Experiments on the Toxicity
  of Complex Cyanides to Fish.  Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28,  No. 8,
  pp.  1020-1040.

DOWDEN, B. F.
1962.  Toxicity of Commercial Waste-
  Oil  Emulsifiers  to Daphnia  magna.
  Journal of  the Water Pollution Con-
  trol Federation,  vol.  34, No. 10, pp.
  1010-1014.

DOWNING, K. M. and J. C. MERKENS
1955.  The  Influence  of Dissolved-Oxy-
  gen Concentrations on  the Toxicity
  of Un-ionized Ammonia to Rainbow
  Trout  (Salmo  gairdnerii   Richard-
  son).   Annals  of  Applied Biology,
  vol. 43, No. 2, pp.  243-246.

ELLIS, M. M.
1937.  Detection  and Measurement of
  Stream  Pollution.  U. S.  Bureau of
  Fisheries,  Bulletin No.  22, pp. 365-
  437.
ELLIS, M.  M.,  B.  A.  WESTFALL and
M. D. ELLIS
1946.  Determination of Water Quality.
  U. S. Fish and Wildlife  Service, Re-
  search  Report No. 9, pp. 1-122.

FREEMAN, L.
1953.  A Standardized  Method for Deter-
  mining Toxicity for Pure Compounds
  to   Fish.   Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 845-848.

FREEMAN, L and I. FOWLER
1953.  Toxicity of Combinations of Cer-
  tain Inorganic Compounds to Daphnia
  magna Straus. Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol.  25,  No. 10,  pp.  1191-
  1195.

FROMM, P. O. and R.  H. SCHIFFMAN
1958.   Toxic  Action  of  Hexavalent
  Chromium on Largemouth Bass. Jour-
  nal  of  Wildlife Management, vol. 22,
  No. 1, pp. 40-44.

FROMM, P. 0. and R. M. STOKES
1962.  Assimilation  and Metalobism  of
  Chromium  by Trout.  Journal of the
  Water  Pollution Control Federation,
  vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 1151-1155.

GAUFIN,   A.   R.,  L.   JENSEN  and
T. NELSON
1961.   Bio-assays  Determine  Pesticide
  Toxicity  to  Aquatic  Invertebrates.
  Water  and Sewage Works, vol. 108,
  No. 9, pp. 355-359.

GILLETTE, L.  A.,  D.  L.  MILLER and
H. E. REDMAN
1952.  Appraisal of a Chemical Waste
  Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests.  Sew-
  age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No.
  11, pp. 1397-1401.

GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C.  CARTER
1965.  An Investigation by Rapid Car-
  bon-14 Bioassay of  Factors Affecting
  the  Cultural  Eutrophication of  Lake
  Tahoe,  California.   Journal of the
  Water  Pollution Control Federation,
  vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059.

GRENIER, F.
1960.  A  Constant Flow Apparatus for
  Toxicity Experiments on Fish.  Sew-
  age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No.
  10, pp. 1117-1119.

HARP, G. L. and R. S. CAMPBELL
1964.  Effects of the Herbicide Silvex on
  Benthos of a Farm Pond.  Journal of
  Wildlife Management, vol. 28, No. 2,
  pp. 308-317.
                                                                           27

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HARRY, H. W. and J. B. SENTURIA
1964.  The  Effect of  Nitrogen, Oxygen
  and Carbon Dioxide in Producing the
  Distress Syndrome in Tapkits glabra-
  tus  (Gastropoda,  Pulmonata).  Bio-
  logical Bulletin, vol.  127, No. 2, pp.
  271-279.

HART, W. B., R. F.  WESTON and J. G.
DEMANN
1945.  An Apparatus for  Oxygenating
  Test Solutions in which Fish are Used
  as Test Animals for Evaluating  Tox-
  icity.   Transactions of the American
  Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 228-236.

HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1953. The  Lethality of  Methyl Mercap-
  tan to King Salmon as Influenced by
  Variation of the Volume of Test Solu-
  tion.   Technical  Association  of  the
  Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No.
  3, pp. 131-133.

HENDERSON, C.  and  Q.  H. PICKERING
1957.  Toxicity  of Organic Phosphorus
  Insecticides to Fish,  Transactions of
  the American  Fisheries Society,  vol.
  87, pp. 39-51,

HENDERSON, C.  and  C.  M. TARZWELL
1957. Bio-assays for Control  of Indus-
  trial Effluents. Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 1002-1017.

HENDERSON, C.
1958. Bio-assay of Chemical Wastes Pre-
  vents Serious Fish Kills.  Wastes En-
  gineering,  vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 482-484.

HENDERSON, C.,  Q.  H. PICKERING and
C. M. TARZWELL
1959. Relative Toxicity of Ten Chlori-
  nated  Hydrocarbon  Insecticides  to
  Four Species of Fish. Transactions of
  the American  Fisheries Society, vol.
  88, No. 1, pp. 23-52.

HENDERSON, C.,  Q.  H. PICKERING  and
J. M. COHEN
1959. The Toxicity of Synthetic Deter-
  gents and  Soaps to Fish.  Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 3,  pp.
  295-306.

HENDERSON,  C., Q.  H.  PICKERING  and
A. E. LEMKE
1960. The  Effect of  Some Organic Cya-
  nides (Nitriles) on Fish.  Proceedings
  of the 15th Industrial Waste Confer-
  ence, Purdue University, Engineering
  Bulletin, vol.  45, No. 2, pp.  120-130.
HERBERT, D. W. M. and D. S. SHTJRBEN
1964.  The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures
  of Poisons. I. Salts of  Ammonia and
  Zinc,  Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
  53, No. 1, pp. 33-41.

HERBERT, D. W. M. and J. M. VANDYKE
1964.  The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures
  of Poisons. II.  Copper-Ammonia and
  Zinc-Phenol Mixtures.  Annals of Ap-
  plied Biology, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 415-
  421.

HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.)
1953.  Toxic Effects of  Sulfite Waste
  Liquor on  Spring  Salmon.  State  of
  Washington, Department of Fisheries
  Research Bulletin,  No.  1, pp. 1-111.

HOWARD, T. E., H. N. HALVORSON and
C. C. WALDEN
1964.  Toxicity of  Copper Compounds to
  the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of
  Schistpsome Dermatitis in Waters  of
  Differing  Hardness.  American Jour-
  nal of Hygiene, vol. 79,  No. 3, pp.
  33-44.

HUGHES, J.  S. and J. T.  DAVIS
1963.  Variations in Toxicity to Bluegill
  Sunfish   of   Phenoxy   Herbicides.
  Weeds, vol. 11,  No. 1,  pp. 50-53.

KNOLL,  J. and P.  O.  FROMM
1960. Accumulation and  Elimination  of
  Hexavalent Chromium in  Rainbow
  Trout. Physiological Zoology, vol. 33,
  No. 1, pp. 1-8.

LAMMERING, M. W. and N. C. BURBANK
1960. The Toxicity of Phenol, O-Chlorp-
  phenol, and 0-Nitrophenol to Bluegill
   Sunfish.  Proceedings of the 15th In-
  dustrial  Waste Conference,  Purdue
  University, Engineering Bulletin, vol.
   45, No. 2, pp. 541-555.

LAWRENCE, J. M.
1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De-
   partment  of  Agriculture,  Research
   Service, Handbook No.  231, pp. 1-133.

LEMKE, A. E. and D. I.  MOUNT
1963.  Some Effects of  Alkyl  Benzene
   Sulfonate  on the  Bluegill  Lepomis
  macrochirus.   Transactions  of  the
  American  Fisheries Society,  vol. 92,
   No. 4, pp. 372-378.

LEWIS,  W. M. and C. PETERS
1956.  Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Tox-
  icity to Representative  Fishes. Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147.
28

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
LLOYD, R.
1961.  The  Toxicity of  Ammonia to
  Rainbow  Trout   (Salmo  gairdnerii
  Richardson).  The Water and Waste
  Treatment Journal, vol. 8, No. 6, pp.
  278-279.

MCDONALD,  S.
1962.  Rapid Detection of  Chlorinated
  Hydrocarbon Insecticides  in Aqueous
  Suspension with Ga.mma.ms lacustris
  lacustris  (Sars).  Canadian Journal
  of Zoology, vol. 40, pp.  719-723.

McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
  tion.  The Resources Agency of  Cali-
  fornia.  State Water  Quality Board,
  Publication No. 3-A,  1-548. pp.

MorNT, D. I.
1964. An Autopsy Technique for Zinc-
  Caused  Fish  Mortality.  Transactions
  of the American Fisheries  Society, vol.
  93, No. 2,  pp. 174-182.

PARKHURST, Z. E. and H. E. JOHNSON
1955. Toxicity of Malathion 500 to Fall
  Chinook  Salmon   Fingerlings.  Pro-
  gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3,
  pp. 113-116.

PATTERSON,  R.  S.  and  D.  L.  VON
WlNDEGUTH
1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some
  Aquatic Organisms.  Mosquito News,
  vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49.

SAILA, S.  B.
1953.  Bio-assay Procedures for  the
  Evaluation  of  Fish  Toxicities  with
  Particular   Reference  to  Rotenone.
  Transactions of  the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 83, pp. 104-114.

SKULBERG, O.
1964.  Algal  Problems  Related  to the
  Eutrophication of  European  Water
  Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to
  Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pollu-
  tion on Inland Waters. In: Algae and
  Man, Plenum Press,  New York, pp.
  262-299.

SNOW, J. R.
1963. Simazine as an Algicide for  Bass
  Ponds.  Progressive  Fish Culturist,
  vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 34-36.

SPRAGUE, J.  B.
1964. Avoidance of  Copper-Zinc Solu-
  tions by Young Salmon in the Labora-
  tory.  Journal of the Water Pollution
  Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp.
  990-1004.

SPRAGUE, J. B. and B. A. RAMSAY
1965. Lethal  Levels of Mixed Copper-
  Zinc  Solutions for Juvenile Salmon.
  Journal  of the  Fisheries  Research
  Board of Canada, vol. 22, No. 2, pp.
  425-432.

SFRINGEK, P. F.
1957. Effects of Herbicides  and Fungi-
  cides  on  Wildlife.  North  Carolina
  Pesticide  Manual.  North  Carolina
  State  College, Raleigh, North Caro-
  lina, pp. 87-106.

SPROUL, 0. J. and D. W. RYCKMAN
1963. Significant Physiological Charac-
  teristics of Organic Pollutants. Jour-
  nal of the  Water Pollution  Control
  Federation, vol.  35, No. 9, pp. 1136-
  1145.

ST. AMANT, J. A., W.  C. JOHNSON and
M. J. WHALLS
1964. Aqualin as a Fish Toxicant.  Pro-
  gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 26, No. 2,
  pp. 84-88.

SURBER, E. W. and Q. H. PICKERING
1962. Acute Toxicity of Endothal, Di-
  quat,  Hyamine,  Dalapon,  and  Silvex
  to Fish.   Progressive Fish Culturist,
  vol. 24, No. 4, pp. 164-171.

SURBER, E. W. and T.  0. THATCHER
1963. Laboratory Studies of the Effects
  of Alkyl  Benzene Sulfonate  (ABS)
  on  Aquatic Invertebrates.  Transac-
  tions  of  the American  Fisheries So-
  ciety,  vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 152-160.

TARZWELL, C. M.
1958. The Toxicity of Some Organic In-
  secticides  to Fishes.  Proceedings of
  the Twelfth Annual Conference of the
  Southeastern Association of Game and
  Fish Commissioners, pp. 233-239.

TRAMA,  F. B. and R. J. BENOIT
1960. Toxicity of Hexavalent Chromium
  to Bluegills.  Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 32, No. 8, pp. 868-877.

WALKER, C. R.
1963. Endothal  Derivatives as Aquatic
  Herbicides  in   Fishery   Habitats.
  Weeds, vol. 11, No. 3, pp.  226-232.

WALKER, C. R.
1964. Toxicological  Effects  of Herbi-
                                                                           29

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  cides on the Fish Environment.  Part
  I. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 11]
  No. 3, pp. 113-116.

WALKER, C. R.
1964.   Toxicological Effects  of  Herbi-
  cides on the Fish Environment.  Part
  II.  Water and Sewage Works, vol.
  Ill, No. 4, pp. 173-175.

WALLEN,  I.  E.,  W.  C. GREEK  and
R. LASATER
1957.  Toxicity to  Gambusia affinis of
  Certain  Pure  Chemicals  in  Turbid
  Waters.    Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes,  vol. 29,  No. 6, pp. 695-711.

WEISS, C.  M.
1955. A Constant Temperature Tank for
   Fish Bioassay Aquaria. Sewage and
   Industrial Wastes, vol.  27, No. 12, pp.
   1399-1401.

WEISS, C.  M. and J. L. BOTTS
1957.  Factors Affecting the Response of
   Fish to Toxic Materials.  Sewage and
   Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No.  7, pp.
   810-818.

 WEISS, C.  M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER
 1964.  Detection  of Pesticides in Water
   by Biochemical Assay.  Journal  of the
   Water Pollution  Control  Federation,
   vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253.
 TECHNIQUES


 ANDERSON, R. 0.
 1959.  A Modified Flotation Technique
   for  Sorting Bottom Fauna Samples.
   Limnology  and  Oceanography,  vol.
   4, No. 2, pp. 223-225.

 BAYLESS, J. R. and H. H.  GERSTEIN
 1929.  Micro-Organisms in the  Lake
   Michigan Water at  Chicago,  Their
   Effect on Filtration and Method for
   Counting.   Municipal    News   and
   Water Works, vol.  76, pp. 291-296.

 BICK,  H.
 1963.  A Review of  Central  European
   Methods  for the  Biological Estima-
   tion  of Water  Pollution  Levels. Bul-
   letin  of the World Health Organiza-
   tion, No. 29, pp. 401^113.

 CHANG, S.  L,
 1960.  Proposed Method for  Examina-
   tion  of Water for Free-Living Nema-
  todes.   Journal  of  the  American
  Water Works  Association, vol.  52,
  No. 6, pp. 695-698.

CLARK,  W. J. and W. E. SIGLER
1963. Method of Concentrating Phyto-
  plankton  Samples  Using  Membrane
  Filters.   Limnology and  Oceanogra-
  phy, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 127-129.

COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY
1948. An  Automatic Proportioning  Ap-
  paratus  for Experimental Study of the
  Effects   of  Chemical  Solutions  on
  Aquatic  Animals.   Science, vol.  107.
  pp. 576-577.

 COPE, O. B.
1960.  Collection and  Preservation of
  Fish  and Other Materials Exposed to
  Pesticides. Progressive Fish Culturist,
  vol. 22, No. 3,  pp.103-108.

 COWELL, B. C.
1960. A Quantitative Study of the Win-
  ter  Plankton   of   UrscheFs  Quarry.
  The Ohio Journal  of Science, vol. 60,
  No. 3. pp. 183-191.

 CUMMINS, K. W.
 1962.  An  Evaluation  of Some  Tech-
   niques for the Collection and Analysis
   of Benthic Samples with Special  Em-
   phasis  on  Lotic  Waters.   American
   Midland Naturalist, vol. 67, No. 2, pp.
   477-504.

 DAMANN, K. E.
 1950.  A  Simplified  Plankton Counting
   Method.  Transactions  of  the  Illinois
   Academy  of   Sciences,  vol. 43,  pp.
   53-60.

 EDMUNDS, G. F.
 1963.  A  Method for Obtaining Intersti-
   tial Water from Shallow Aquatic Sub-
   strates  and Determining the Oxygen
   Concentration. Ecology,  vol. 44, No.
   1, pp. 191-193.

 FJERDINGSTAD,  E.
 1965.  Some Remarks on a New Saprobic
   System. In:  Biological  Problems  in
   Water Pollution—Transactions of the
   1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
   tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
   Ohio.  U.  S.  Public  Health Service,
   Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232-
   235.

 FREMLING, C. R. and J. J. EVANS
 1963.  A  Method for  Determining the
 30

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
  Dissolved-Oxygen Concentration near
  the Mud-Water Interface.  Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 3, pp.
  363-364.

GRENIER,  F.
1960.  A Constant Flow Apparatus for
  Toxicity Experiments on  Fish.  Sew-
  age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No.
  10, pp. 1117-1119.

GRZENDA, A. R. and M. L. BREHMBR
1960.  A  Quantitative Method for the
  Collection   and   Measurement   of
  Stream Periphyton.  Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol.  5, No. 2, pp. 190-
  194.

GUYER, G. and R. HUTSON
1955. A Comparison of Sampling Tech-
  niques Utilized in an Ecological Study
  of Aquatic  Insects.  Journal of Eco-
  nomic Entomology, vol.  48, No. 6, pp.
  662-665.

HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING
1963.  Use of Fish  in the Detection of
  Contaminants  in   Water  Supplies.
  Journal of the American Water Works
  Association, vol. 55, No.  6, pp. 715—
  720.

HOOPER, F. F., H. A. PODOLIAK and
S. F. SNIESZKO
1961.  Use of Radioisotopes  in  Hydro-
  biology  and Fish Culture,  Transac-
  tions  of   the  American   Fisheries
  Society, vol. 90, No.  1, pp.  49-57.

INGRAM, W. M. and C. M. PALMER
1952. Simplified Procedures  for Collect-
  ing, Examining, and Recording Plank-
  ton in Water.  Journal of  the  Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 44,
  No. 7, pp. 617-624.

JACKSON,  H.  W. and L. G. WILLIAMS
1962.  Calibration and Use  of Certain
  Plankton  Counting   Equipment.
  Transactions of the American Micro-
  scopical Society, vol. 81,  No. 1, pp.
  96-103.

KING, D. L. and R.  C.  BALL
1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure
  of Stream  Pollution.  Journal of the
  Water Pollution  Control  Federation,
  vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 650-653.

KOCH, L. F.
1957. Index of Biotic  Dispersity.  Ecol-
  ogy, vol. 38, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 145-148.
 KUTKUHN, J. H.
 1958. Notes on the Precision of Numeri-
  cal and Volumetric  Plankton  Esti-
  mates   from  Small-Sample  Concen-
  trates.  Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83.

 LACKEY, J, B.
 1938. The Manipulation and Counting
  of River  Plankton and Changes in
  Some  Organisms  Due to  Formalin
  Preservation.  Public  Health Reports,
  vol. 53, No. 47, pp. 2080-2093.

 LAMMERS, W. T.
 1962. Density Gradient Separation of
  Plankton and Clay from River Water.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
  No. 2,  pp. 224-229.

 LANGELIER, W. F.
 1928. The Quantitative  Examination of
  Plankton.   Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 19, No.
  4, pp. 408-415.

 LUND, J.  W. G. and J.  F.  TALLING
 1957. Botanical  Limnological  Methods
  with Special Reference to the Algae.
  Botanical Review, vol. 23, No. 849, pp.
  489-583.

 LUND, J. W.  G.
 1959. A  Simple Counting Chamber for
  Nannoplankton. Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 57-65.

 McKEOWN, J. J.
 1963.  The   Control  of  Sphaerotilus
  natans. Part 1. Industrial Water and
  Wastes, vol. 8, No. 3, pp.  19-22.

 McKEOWN, J. J.
 1963.  The   Control  of  Sphaerotilus
  natans. Part.  2.  Intermittent  Dis-
  charge of Strong Wastes.  Industrial
  Water  and Wastes, vol. 8,  No. 4, pp.
  30-33.

 MCNABB, C. D.
 1960.  Enumeration  of  Freshwater
  Phytoplankton  Concentrated on the
  Membrane   Filter. Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 5, No, 1, pp. 57-61.

MOORE, E. W.
1952. The  Precision   of  Microscopic
  Counts of Plankton in  Water. Journal
  of the  American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 208-216.

NORTHCOTE,  T.  G.
1964. Use of a High-Frequency  Echo
                                                                          31

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
   Sounder to Record  Distribution  and
   Migration   of  Chaoborus  Larvae.
   Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
   No.  1, pp. 87-91. '

OLSON, T. A.
1936.  Microscopic  Methods  Used  in
   Biological Investigations of Lake and
   Stream Pollution,  and  Interpretation
   of Results. Sewage  Works Journal,
   vol. 8, No.  5, pp. 759-765.

PALMER, C. M. and T. E. MALONEY
1954. A New Counting Slide for Nanno-
   plankton. American Society of Limn-
   ology and  Oceanography, Publication
   No. 21, pp. 1-6.

PARSONS, T. R. and J. D.  H. STRICK-
LAND
1963. Discussion of Spectrophotometric
   Determination of Marine-Plant  Pig-
   ments, with Revised Equations for As-
   certaining  Chlorophylls  and Carote-
   noids.  Journal of Marine  Research,
   vol. 21, No, 3, pp. 155-163.

PETERSON, A.
1953. A Manual of Entomological Tech-
   niques. Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann
   Arbor, Michigan, 367 pp.

PWNGSHEIM, E. G.
1964. Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner
   Publishing Company, New York, 119
   pp.

PURDY,  W. C.
1935.  Algae and Their  Enumeration.
   15th  Annual   Ohio  Conference  on
   Water Purification, pp. 43-47.

RICHARDS, F. A. with T. G. THOMPSON
1952. The Estimation and Characteriza-
   tion of Plankton Populations by Pig-
   ment  Analysis.  II.  A  Spectrophoto-
   metric Method for the Estimation of
   Plankton Pigments.  Journal of  Ma-
   rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp.  156-
   175.

SLADECKOVA, A.
1962. Limnological Investigation Meth-
   ods for the Periphyton  (Aufwuchs)
   Community.  Botanical Review,  vol.
   28, No. 2, pp. 286-350,

TUCKER, A.
1949. Pigment Extraction as a Method
   of Quantitative Analysis  of  Phyto-
   planktpn.  Transactions of the Ameri-
   can Microscopical Society, vol. 68, No.
   1, pp. 21-23.
WILSON, J. N.,  R. A. WAGNER,  G. L.
TOOMBS and A. E. BECHER, JR.
1960. Methods for the Determination of
  Slimes in Rivers. Journal of the Water
  Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
  No. 1, pp. 83-89.

ZURBUCH, P. E.
1963,  Dissolving  Limestone  from  Re-
  volving  Drums  in  Flowing Water.
  Transactions of the American  Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 173-
  177.
SAMPLERS


COOKE, W. B.
1956.  Colonization of  Artificial Bare
  Areas  by Micro-organisms,  The  Bo-
  tanical Review, vol. 22, No. 9, pp. 613-
  638.

GLEASON, G. R. and F, G.  GOFF
1963.  A  Multi-Level  Water  Sampler.
  Progressive "Fish Culturist, vol.  25,
  No. 2, pp. 104-105.

GRZENDA, A. R.  and L.  BREHMER
1960.  A  Quantitative Method for  the
  Collection and Measurement of Stream
  Periphyton.  Limnology  and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 190-194.

GUYER, G. and  R.  HUTSON
1955. A  Comparison of Sampling Tech-
  niques Utilized in an Ecological  Study
  of Aquatic Insects.   Journal of Eco-
  nomic Entomology, vol. 48,  No.  6, pp.
  662-665.

HESTER, F. E. and J.  S. DENDY
1962. A  Multiple-Plate  Sampler  for
  Aquatic  Macroinvertebrates. Trans-
  actions of the American  Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 420-421.

MAClNTYRE, R.  J.
1964. A Box Dredge for Quantitative
  Sampling  of  Benthic  Organisms.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
  No. 3, pp. 460-461.

NEEDHAM, P. R. and  R. L. USINGER
1956. Variability in the Macrofauna of
  a Single Riffle in  Prosser Creek, Cali-
  fornia,  as  Indicated  by the Surber
  Sampler.  Hilgardia, vol. 24, No. 14,
  pp, 383-409.

PATRICK,  R., M. H. HOHN and  J. H.
WAIXACE
32

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
1954,  A New Method  for  Determining
  the Pattern  of  the  Diatom Flora.
  Notulae  Naturae, Academy  of  Nat-
  ural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 259,
  pp. 1-12.

QADRI, S. V.
1960.  A Small Drag Net for Capture of
  Bottom Fish and Invertebrates.  Pro-
  gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 22, No. 2,
  pp. 90-91.

SLADECKOVA, A.
1962.  Limnological Investigation Meth-
  ods for the Periphyton  (Aufwuchs)
  Community.  Botanical Review,  vol.
  28,  No. 2, pp. 286-350.

THOMAS, M. L. H.
1960.  A Modified  Anchor Dredge for
  Collecting Burrowing Animals. Jour-
  nal of the Fisheries Research Board
  of Canada, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 591-594.

TINDALL, D. R. and W. L. MINCKLEY
1964.  An  Integrated   Application  of
  Three  Kinds of Sampling Techniques
  to Stream Limnology. Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp.  270-
  274.

USINGER, R. L. and P.  R. NEEDHAM
1956.  A Drag-Type Riffle-Bottom Samp-
  ler. Progressive  Fish Culturist, vol.
  18,  No. 1, pp. 42-44.

WALKER, C. R.
1955.  A Core  Sampler for  Obtaining
  Samples of Bottom Muds. Progressive
  Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3, p.  140.
CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC  LIFE
ANON.
1955. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. First
  Progress Report, Aquatic Life Advis-
  ory Committee of the Ohio River Val-
  ley  Water  Sanitation  Commission.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  27, No. 3, pp. 321-331.

ANON.
1956. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. Sec-
  ond  Progress  Report, Aquatic  Life
  Advisory Committee of the Ohio River
  Valley Water Sanitation  Commission.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  28, No. 5, pp. 678-690.

ANON.
1960. Aquatic Life Water Quality Cri-
  teria. Third Progress Report, Journal
  of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
  eration, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 65-82.

BENNFTT, G. W.
1965.  The Environmental Requirements
  of Centrarchids with  Special Refer-
  ence to Largemouth Bass.  In: Biolog-
  ical  Problems in  Water  Pollution—
  Transactions of  the  1962  Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Pub-
  lic  Health Service,  Publication  No.
  999-WP-25, pp. 156-159.

BULLARD, W. E.
1965. Role of Watershed Management in
  the Maintenance of Suitable Environ-
  ments for Aquatic Life. In: Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25,
  pp. 265-269.

CAIRNS, J., JR.
1965.  The Environmental Requirements
  of Fresh Water Protozoa.  In: Biolog-
  ical  Problems in  Water  Pollution—
  Transactions of  the  1962  Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health Service, Publication  No. 999-
  WP-25, pp. 48-52.

CURRY, L. L.
1965.  A Survey of Environmental Re-
  quirements for the Midge (Diptera:
  Tendipedidae). In:  Biological  Prob-
  lems  in  Water  Pollution—Transac-
  tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, Publication  No. 999-WP-25,
  pp. 127-140.

DOUDOROFF, P.  and  C. E. WARREN
1965.   Dissolved Oxygen Requirements
  of Fishes.  In: Biological Problems in
  Water Pollution—Transactions  of  the
  1962  Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U.  S.  Public  Health Service,
  Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 145-
  155.

GAUFIN, A. R.
1965.  Environmental  Requirements of
  Plecoptera. In:  Biological  Problems
  in Water  Pollution—Transactions of
  the  1962  Seminar,  Robert A. Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
                                                                           33

-------
           WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
   nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
   ice, Publication  No, 999-WP-25, pp.
   105-110.

HlTET, M.
1965. Water Quality Criteria for Fish
   Life.   In:  Biological  Problems  in
   Water Pollution—Transactions of the
   1962  Seminar,  Robert A. Taft Sani-
   tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
   Ohio.  U. S. Public  Health  Service,
   Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 160-
   167.

JACOBS, H. L., I. N.  GABRIELSON, R. K.
HORTON, W. A.  LYON,  E. C. HUBBARD
and  G. E. McCALLUM
1965. Water Quality Criteria—Stream
   Vs. Effluent Standards. Journal of the
   Water Pollution Control  Federation,
   vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 292-315.

LEONARD, J. W.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
   Ephemeroptera.  In: Biological Prob-
   lems  in  Water Pollution—Transac-
   tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
   Taft  Sanitary  Engineering  Center,
   Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S.  Public Health
   Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25,
   pp. 110-117.

McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
   tion.  The Resources Agency  of Cali-
   fornia, State Water  Quality  Board,
   Publication No. 3-A, pp. 1-548.

ROBACK, S.  S.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
   Trichoptera. In: Biological Problems
   in  Water Pollution—Transactions of
   the 1962  Seminar, Robert  A.  Taft
   Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
   nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
   ice, Publication No.  999-WP-25, pp.
   118-126.

SILVER,   S.  J.,  C.  E.  WARREN   and
P. DOUDOROFF
1963. Dissolved Oxygen  Requirements
   of  Developing  Steelhead Trout  and
   Chinook Salmon Embryos at Different
   Water Velocities.  Transactions of the
   American  Fisheries Societv,  vol. 92,
   No. 4, pp. 327-343.

SINCLAIR, R. M.
J964. Water Quality Requirements for
   Elmid  Beetles, with Larval and Adult
   Keys to the Eastern Genera.  Tennes-
   see Department of Public Health, pp.
   1-14.
THOMPSON, D. H.
1925. Some Observations on the Oxygen
  Requirements of Fishes in the Illinois
  River. Illinois  Natural History Sur-
  vey, Bulletin 15, No. 7, pp. 423-437.

WHITWORTH, W.  R. and  W, H. IRWIN
1961. The  Minimum Oxygen Require-
  ments of  Five  Species of Fish under
  Quiescent Conditions. Proceedings of
  the loth  Annual  Conference  of the
  Southeastern Association of the Game
  and Fish Commissioners, pp. 226—235.
INDUSTRIAL WASTES

GENERAL REFERENCES
ANDERSON, B. G.
1944. The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari-
  ous Substances  Found  in  Industrial
  Wastes as  Determined by the  Use of
  Daphnia   magna.   Sewage   Works
  Journal,  vol.  16,  No.  6,  pp.  1156-
  1165.

ANDERSON, B. G.
1948. The Apparent Thresholds of Tox-
  icity to Daphnia, magna for Chlorides
  of  Various Metals  when  Added  to
  Lake  Erie  Water.   Transactions  of
  the American  Fisheries  Society, vol.
  78, pp. 96-113.

BEAK, T. W.
1959. Biological  Survey of the St. Clair
  River.  Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No.
  5, pp. 107-109.

CAWLEY, W.  A.
1958. An Effect  of Biological Imbalance
  in  Streams.  Sewage and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182.

CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER
1958. A Complex  Chemical Waste and
  Its Toxicity  to  Fish.  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.

COLE, V. W.
1957. Lime Treatment of  Lake Reduces
  Acid  Mine  Waste Pollution.  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 100-103.

COLMER, A.  A.
1962.  Relation  of  the Iron Oxidizer,
  Thiobacillus ferro-oxidans, to  Thio-
  sulphate.   Journal  of  Bacteriology,
  vol. 83, pp. 761-765.

DAVIS, C.  C.
1955. Plankton and Industrial Pollution
34

-------
                       WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
  in Cleveland Harbor. Sewage and In-
  dustrial  Wastes, vol. 27, No.  7,  pp.
  835-850.

DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950. Critical  Review of  Literature on
  the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
  Their Components to Fish. I. Alkalies,
  Acids, and Inorganic Gases. Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11,
  pp. 1432-1458.

DUNSTAN, G. H.  and L. L. SMITH
1960. Experimental Operation of Indus-
  trial Waste  Stabilization Ponds.  Pub-
  lic Works, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 9S-95.

GILLETTE,  L.  A., D.  L,   MILLER  and
H. E. REDMAN
1952. Appraisal  of a Chemical Waste
  Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests.  Sew-
  age Works Journal, vol. 24, No. 11, pp.
  1397-1401.

HAWKES, H. A.
1963. Effects of Domestic and Industrial
  Discharge on the Ecology of Riffles in
  Midland Streams. International Jour-
  nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
  7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 565-586.

LACKEY, J. B.
1938.   Flora  and  Fauna of  Surface
  WTaters Polluted by Acid Mine Drain-
  age. Public Health  Reports, vol.  53,
  pp. 1499-1507.

LACKEY, J. B.
1939.  Aquatic  Life in Waters Polluted
  by Acid Mine Waste.  Public  Health
  Reports, vol. 54, pp. 740-746.

MKHSEN, J.  J.
1953.   Microbiological  Study  of  Acid
  Mine  Waters:   Preliminary Report.
  Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 53, No.
  2, pp. 123-127.

OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L.
TRESSLER
1941. Studies of the Effects of Industrial
  Pollution  in  the  Lower  Patapsco
  River Area,  1:  Curtis  Bay Region,
  1941.  Board of  Natural Resources,
  State of Maryland Department of Re-
  search and  Education,  Chesapeake
  Biological  Laboratory,   Publication
  No, 43, pp. 1-40,

PARSONS, J. W.
1952.  A  Biological Approach  to the
  Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol-
  lution.   Journal  of  the  Tennessee
  Academy of  Sciences, vol.  27, No.  4,
  pp. 304-309.
COOLING WATER
AGERSBORG, H. F. K.
1930. The Influence of Temperature on
  Fish. Ecology, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 136-
  144.

ARNOLD, G.  E.
1962. Thermal Pollution of Surface Sup-
  plies. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 54, No. 11, pp.
  1332-1346.

BRETT, J. R.
1944.  Some Lethal  Temperature Rela-
  tions of Algonquin Park Fishes. On-
  tario  Fisheries Research Laboratory,
  Publication No. 52, pp. 1-49.

BRETT, J. R.
1956. Some Principles in the Thermal
  Requirements  of   Fishes.  Quarterly
  Review of Biology, vol. 31, No. 2, pp.
  75-87.

COUTANT, C. C.
1963.  The Effect  of a Heated  Water
  Effluent Upon the Macroinvertebrate
  Riffle Fauna of the  Delaware River.
  Proceedings   of   the   Pennsylvania
  Academy  of  Sciences,  vol.  36,  pp.
  58-71.

DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON
1957. Observations  on the Influence of
  the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on
  Fish and Plankton Populations.  In:
  Proceedings  of the 10th Annual Con-
  ference of the Southeastern Associa-
  tion of Game and Fish Commissioners,
  pp. 85-91.

HOAK, R. D.
1961. The Thermal  Pollution Problem.
  Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
  trol Federation,  vol. 33, No.  12, pp.
  1267-1276.

LABERGE, R. H.
1959. A Critical Problem in Stream Pol-
  lution  Comes  from  Thermal  Dis-
  charges.  Water  and Sewage  Works,
  vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540.

MARKOWSKI, S.
1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta-

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT
  tions.  A New Factor in the Environ-
  ment of Marine and Freshwater In-
  vertebrates.  Journal of Animal Ecol-
  ogy, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258.

MARKOWSKI, S.
1960.  Observations on the Response of
  Some  Benthonic Organisms  to Power
  Station  Cooling Water.  Journal  of
  Animal  Ecology, vol. 29, No. 2, pp.
  349-357.

SPRAGUE, J. B.
1963.  Resistance  of  Four Freshwater
  Crustaceans to Lethal High Tempera-
  ture and Low Oxygen.  Journal of the
  Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
  vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 387-415.

TREMBLEY,  F. J.
1965.  Effects of  Cooling  Water from
  Steam-Condenser  Power  Plants  on
  Stream Biota. In: Biological Problems
  in Water  Pollution—Transactions of
  the 1962  Seminar, Robert  A.  Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center,  Cincin-
  nati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication  No. 999-WP-25, pp.
  334-345.

VAN VLIET, R.
1958.  Effect  of Heated Condenser Dis-
  charge Upon Aquatic Life.  American
  Society   of   Mechanical  Engineers,
  Paper No. 57, PWR-4, pp.  1-10.
FOOD, DRUGS, AND FERMENTATION


INGOLS, R. S.
1960.  Studies on the Toxicity and De-
  composition of Fluosilicic Acid. Jour-
  nal of the American Water Works As-
  sociation, vol. 52, No. 7, pp. 927-929.

KELLING, E. E.
1963.  Minnow Population  of  Grimes
  Creek in Relation to Pollution.  Pro-
  ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sci-
  ences, vol. 70, pp. 236-239.

LACKEY,  J.  B., W. T.  CALAWAY  and
G. B. MORGAN
1956.  Biological  Purification of Citrus
  Wastes.   Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546.

LUNSFORD, J. V.
1957.  Effect of Cannery Waste Removal
  on Stream Conditions. Sewage and In-
  dustrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp.
  428-431.
MALONEY, T, E., H. F. LUDWIG, J.  A.
HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK
1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabili-
  zation Ponds. Journal of the Water
  Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
  No. 12, pp. 1283-1299.

SANBORN, N. H.
1941.  Nitrate  Treatment  of  Cannery
  Waste.  Fruit Products Journal, vol.
  20, pp. 207, 215, 221.

SANBORN, N. H.
1945.  The  Lethal  Effect  of  Certain
  Chemicals to  Fish.  Canning  Trade,
  vol. 67, No. 49, pp. 10, 12, 26.

SHAW, P. A.
1937. Pollution of the Mokelumne River
  by Winery  Wastes.  Sewage  Works
  Journal, vol.  9, No. 4, pp. 599-606.

WALKER, C. L., et al.
1923. Studies on the Treatment and Dis-
  posal  of  Dairy Wastes.  Effects  on
  Fish  Life.  Cornell University Agri-
  cultural   Experiment  Station,  Bul-
  letin  425, pp. 1-171.

WISNIEWSKI, T. F.
1948. The  Chemistry and Biology  of
  Milk  Waste Disposal.  Journal of Milk
  and Food Technology, vol. 11,  No. 5,
  pp. 293-300.
METALS AND MANUFACTURING
 ALLEN, L. A., N.  BLEZARD and A. B.
 WHEATLAND
 1948. Formation  of Cyanogen Chloride
   During   Chlorination   of   Certain
   Liquids—Toxicity of Such Liquids to
   Fish. Journal of Hygiene, vol. 46, pp.
   184-193.

 CARPENTER, K. E.
 1925.  On  the Biological  Factors  In-
   volved  in  the  Destruction  of River-
   Fisheries by Pollution Due to Lead-
   Mining.  Annals  of  Applied Biology,
   vol. 12, No. 1,  pp. 1-13.

 CARPENTER, K. E.
 1926.  The  Lead Mine as  an  Active
   Agent in River Pollution.  Annals of
   Applied Biology,  vol. 13,  No. 3, pp.
   395-401.
36

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
CAWUSY, W. A. and C. C. WELLS, JR.
1959. Lagoon System  for Chemical Cel-
  lulose. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No.
  5, pp. 37-39.

CORCORAN, A. N.
1950,   Treatment  of   Cyanide  Wastes
  from the Electroplating Industry. Sew-
  age  and Industrial  Wastes, vol.  22,
  No.  2, pp. 228-238,

DAVIS, C. C.
1948  Studies  of the  Effects  of Indus-
  trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
  River Area, 2: The  Effect of Copperas
  Pollution on Plankton.  Board of Na-
  tural Resources, Department of  Re-
  search   and  Education,  Chesapeake
  Biology Laboratory,  University  of
  Maryland,   Publication  No.  72,  "P-
  3-12.

 DECANI, J. B.
 1943.  Studies  of  the Toxicity  of  Am-
  munition  Plant  Waste  to  Fishes.
  Transactions  of the American  *isn-
   eries Society, vol.  73, pr>. 45-51.

 DOBSON,  J. G.
 1947.  Disposal of  Cyanide Wastes. Metal
   Finishing, vol.  45,  No. 2,  pp. 78-81;
   No. 3, pp. 68-71.

 DODGE, B. F. and D.  C. REAMS
 1949.  Disposal of Plating Room Wastes.
   American Electroplating Society, Re-
   search  Report  Serial No. 14, Jenkm-
   town, Pa.,  pp.  1-48.

 DOVDOKOFF, P.
 1956. Some Experiments on the Toxicity
   of Complex Cyanides to Fish. Sewage
   and Industrial  Wastes, vol. 28, No. 8,
   pp.  1020-1040.

 GOLLMAN, H. A.
 1947    Industrial Wastes.  Coke   and
   Gas Industry.  Industrial Engineering
   Chemistry, vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 596-601.

  GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON
  1963. Some Effects of Smelter Pollution
    Upon Aquatic Vegetation Near Sud-
    bury, Ontario. Canadian Journal or
    Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378.

  GRINDLEY, J.
  1945  Treatment and Disposal of Waste
    Waters Containing Chromate.  Jour-
    nal of the Society of the Chemical In-
    dustry, vol. 64, pp. 339-344.
HlGGINS, E,
1933  Mine Pollution in Coeur d' Alene
  District in Idaho.  Progress in Bio-
  logical Inquiries  1932.  Appendix II
  to  Report.  Commissioner  of Fish-
  eries for Fiscal Year 1933, p.  143.


JONES, J. R. E.
1940. The Fauna of the River Melindwr,
  a   Lead-Polluted  Tributary  of   the
  River  Rheidol,  in  North Cardigan-
  shire,  Wales.   Journal  of  Animal
  Ecology, vol. 9, pp. 188-201.


JONES, J- R. E.
1940.  A Study  of  the Zinc-Polluted
  River  Ystwyth,  in  North  Cardigan-
  shire,  Wales. Annals of Applied Biol-
  ogy, vol.  27, pp. 368-378.

 KLASSEN,  C. W.,  W.  A. HASFTJRTHER
 and M.  K. YOUNG
 1949.  The  Toxicity  of   Hexavalent
   Chromium to  Sunfish  and Bluegills.
   Proceedings  of  the  Fourth Industrial
   Waste Conference,  Purdue  Univer-
   sity,  Engineering Bulletin. Extension
   Series No. 68, pp. 229-237.

 KROMBACH, H. and J. BAKTHEL
 1963. Investigation of a Small Water-
   course   Accidentally   Polluted   by
   Phenol    Compounds.    International
   Journal of Air  and Water Pollution,
   vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 39-46,

 KRTJMHOLZ, L. A., and W. L. MINCKLEY
 1964. Changes in the  Fish Population in
   the   Upper  Ohio   River  Following
   Temporary   Pollution   Abatement.
   Transactions of the American  Fish-
    eries Society, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 1-5.


  LAURIE, R. D. and J. R. E. JONES
  1938. The Faunistic Recovery of a Lead
    Polluted  River  in  North Cardigan-
    shire,  Wales.    Journal  of  Animal
    Ecology, vol.  7, pp. 272-286.

  LEWIS, W. M. and C. PETERS
  1956. Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Toxicity
    to Representative  Fishes. Industrial
    Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147.

  MALANEY, G. W., W.  D. SHEETS and
  R,  QUILLIN
  1959.  Toxic Effects  of Metallic Ions on
     Sewage   Micro-organisms.    Sewage
     and  Industrial  Wastes, vol. 31, No.
     11, pp.  1309-1315.

                                     37

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
NEWTON, L.
1944.  Pollution of the  Rivers  of  West
  Wales by Lead and Zinc Mine Efflu-
  ent.  Annals of Applied  Biology, vol.
  31,  No.  1, pp.  1-11.

OEMING, L. F.
1946.   Stream  Pollution  Problems  of
  the  Electroplating Industry-  Sewage
  Works  Journal, vol. 18, No. 4,  pp.
  678-685.

PARSONS,  J. W.
1952.   A  Biological  Approach  to  the
  Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol-
  lution.   Journal  of  the  Tennessee
  Academy of Science, vol.  27, No. 4,
  pp.  304-309.

PAUTZKE,  C. F.
1937.   Studies on  the  Effect  of  Coal
  Washings  on   Steelheads  and  Cut-
  throat   Trout.   Transactions  of  the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol.  67,
  pp.  232-233.

SHAW, P.  A. and J, A.  MAGA
1943.  The Effects  of  Mining Silt  on
  Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawning
  Beds. California Fish and  Game, vol.
  9t No. 1, pp. 29-41.

SHEETS, W. D.
1957.  Toxicity Studies of Metal-Finish-
  ing  Wastes.  Sewage  and Industrial
  Wastes,  vol.  29, No. 12,  pp.  1380-
  1384.

SMITH, O. R.
1939.  Placer Mining Silt and Its  Rela-
  tion to  Salmon and Trout on the Pa-
  cific Coast. Transactions of the Amer-
  ican Fisheries  Society,  vol. 69,  pp.
  225-230.

SMITH, R. T.
1938.  Cyanide Bearing Ore Mill Refuse
  as a Menace to Fish Life.  Science,
  vol. 87,  pp. 552-553.

SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1933.  Coke Oven  Effluents.  Investiga-
  tions of Their Toxicity.  Gas Journal,
  vol.  202, pp. 216-218.

SPRAGUE,  J. D. and W.  V. CARSON
1964.  Changes  in  Mining  Pollution of
  the  Northwest Mirimichi River  from
  June 30, 1960  to the End  of  1963.
  Fisheries Research  Board of Canada,
  Biological Station, St. Andrews, New
  Brunswick.  General  Series  Circular
  No.  42,  pp. 1-4.
StFRBER, E. W.
1959.  Cricotopus bicinctus, a Midgefly
  Resistant  to Electroplating  Wastes.
  Transactions of the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, pp. 111-
  116.

TUPHOLME,  C. H. S.
1933.  Death of Fish  from Cyanides  in
  Coke-Oven Effluents.  Industrial  and
  Engineering  Chemistry,  News Edi-
  tion, vol. 11, No. 14, p. 211.

TURNER, W. R.
1958.  The Effects of  Acid Mine  Pollu-
  tion on the  Fish Population of Goose
  Creek, Clay County, Kentucky. Pro-
  gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 20, No. 1,
  pp.  45-46.

WALLEN,  I.   E.,  W. C. GREER  and
R. LABATER
1957.  Toxicity to Gambusia affinis  of
  Certain Pure  Chemicals  in  Turbid
  Waters.   Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711.

WARD, H. B.
1938.  Placer Mining  and the  Anadro-
  mous Fish of the Rogue River.  Sci-
  ence, vol.  88. pp. 441^443.

WASHBURN, G. N.
1948.  The Toxicity  to   Warm  Water
  Fishes  of  Certain  Cyanide Plating
  and Carburizing  Salts Before  and
  After Treatment by the Alkali-Chlori-
  nation Method. Sewage Works Jour-
  nal, vol. 20, No. 6, pp. 1074-1083.

WISE, W. S., B. F. DODGE and H. BLISS
1947.  Industrial Wastes.  Brass and Cop-
  per Industry.  Industrial  and  Engi-
  neering Chemistry,  vol. 39, No. 5, pp.
  632-636.
PETROLEUM


CHIPMAN, R. K.
1959. Studies of Tolerance  of  Certain
  Freshwater Fishes  to  Brine  Water
  from Oil Wells. Ecology, vol. 40, No.
  2, pp. 299-302.

CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES
1954. Toxicity of Brine Water from Oil
  Wells. Transactions of the American
  Fisheries  Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109.
38

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
CLEMENS, H. P.  and J. C. FINNELL
1956. Biological Conditions in a Stream
  Receiving Refinery Effluents.  Texas
  Journal of Science, vol. 8, No.  12, pp.
  392-398.

COPELAND, B. J.,  K. W.  MlNTER and
T. C. DORRIS
1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or-
  ganic Matter in  Oil Refinery Effluent
  Holding   Ponds.   Limnology    and
  Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp.  500-
  506.

DOUGLAS, N. H. and W. H. IRWIN
1963.  Relative  Resistance  of Fish  to
  Petroleum Refinery Wastes.  Part 3.
  Industrial Water and Wastes,  vol. 8,
  No. 2,  pp. 22-25.

EDMISON, M. T.
1959. Mobile Laboratory for Assaying
  Refinery Wastes. Industrial and En-
  gineering Chemistry, vol. 51,  No. 8,
  pp. 69A-70A.

ENGLISH, J. N., G. N. MCDERMOTT and
C. HENDERSON
1963.  Pollutional Effects  of Outboard
  Motor  Exhaust—Laboratory Studies.
  Journal of the  Water Pollution  Con-
  trol  Federation, vol. 35,  No.  9, pp.
  1121-1132.

GOULD, W. R. and T. C. DORRIS
1961.  Toxicity Changes of Stored Oil
  Refinery Effluents.  Journal  of  the
  Water  Pollution  Control  Federation,
  vol. 33, No. 10, pp. 1107-1111.

LUDZACK,  F.  J., W. M.  INGRAM and
M. B. ETTINGER
1957. Characteristics of a  Stream Com-
  posed of Oil Refinery  and Activated
  Sludge  Effluents. Sewage and Indus-
  trial  Wastes,  vol.  29,  No.  10,  pp.
  1177-1189.

McCLINTOCK, J. H.
1959.  Evaluate Pollution  Control  This
  Way. Petroleum Refiner, vol. 38, No.
  3, pp.  201-206.

MILLER, J. E. and G. F. ULLRICH
1956. Goldfish are Good Sanitary Inspec-
  tors. Petroleum Engineering, vol. 28,
  No. 10, pp. C9-12.

TAGATZ,  M. E.
1961.  Reduced Oxygen Tolerance  and
  Toxicity of  Petroleum  Products to
  Juvenile American Shad.  Chesapeake
  Science, vol. 2, No. 1-2, pp. 65-71.
TUBE, R. A. and T. C. DORRIS
1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in
  Oil  Refinery Effluent  Holding Pond
  Series. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 10, No.  1, pp. 121-134.

TURNBULL,  H.,  J.  G.  DEMANN  and
R. F. WESTON
1954.   Toxicity  of   Various  Refinery
  Materials  to  Fresh  Water Fish.  In-
  dustrial and  Engineering Chemistry,
  vol. 46, No.  2, pp. 324-333.

WIEBE,  A.  H., J. G.  BURR and  H. E.
FAUBION
1934. The Problem of  Stream Pollution
  in Texas  with Special Reference to
  Salt  Water  from Oil  Fields.  Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 64, pp.  81-85.

WIEBE, A. H.
1935. The Effect of Crude Oil on Fresh-
  water  Fish,  Transactions  of  the
  American Fisheries  Society, vol. 64,
  pp. 324-350.
PULP, PAPER, AND TEXTILES


ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT
1957.  Some Effects  of Kraft Mill Efflu-
  ent  on Young Pacific Salmon.  Jour-
  nal  of the  Fisheries Research  Board
  of Canada, vol. 14, pp. 783-795.

AMBERG, H. R. and R. ELDER
1956.  Intermittent  Discharge  of  Spent
  Sulfite Liquor. Journal of the Sani-
  tary Engineering Division,  Proceed-
  ings of the American Society of Civil
  Engineers,   Proceedings  Paper  929,
  pp.  1-14.

AMBERG, H. R.,  J.  F. MCCORMACK and
M.  R. RIVERS
1962.  Slime Growth Control by  Inter-
  mittent Discharge of Spent  Sulphite
  Liquor. Technical Association  of the
  Pulp  and  Paper Industry,  vol.  45,
  pp.  770-779.

BALDWIN,  R. E.,  D.  H.  STRONG  and
J. H. TORRIE
1961.  Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken
  from   Four  Fresh-water   Sources.
  Transactions  of  the American  Fish-
  eries  Society,  vol. 90, No. 2,  pp.  175-
  180.
                                                                           39

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BEAK, T.  W.
1963. Water  Pollution of the Pulp and
  Paper  Industry. ,  Pulp  and  Paper
  Magazine of Canada, vol. 64, pp. 527-
  531.

BLOSSER, R. O,
1960.  Oxidation  Lagoons.   Technical
  Association of the  Pulp  and  Paper
  Industry, vol. 43, No.  5, pp. 454-458.

COLE, A. E.
1935. Water  Pollution Studies in Wis-
  consin.   Effects of  Industrial  (Pulp
  and  Paper Mill)  Wastes  on  Fish.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 7,  No. 2,
  pp. 280-302.

COOKE, W. B.
1963. Fungi Associated with  Spent Sul-
  fite  Liquor  Disposal  in   a  Natural
  Sand Bed.  Technical  Association  of
  the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46,
  pp. 573-578.

CORMACK, J.  F.  and H. R. AM BERG
1959.  The Effect of  Biological  Treat-
  ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the
  Growth of Sphaerotilus natans. Pro-
  ceedings of the 14th Industrial  Waste
  Conference, Purdue University, vol.
  44, No. 5,  pp.  16-25.

EXTROM, J. A. and D. S. FARNER
1943. Effect of Sulfate Wastes on Fish
  Life.  Paper Trade  Journal, vol. 117,
  pp. 27-32.

FUJIYA, M.
1961. Effects of Kraft Pulp Mill Wastes
  on Fish. Journal of the  Water  Pol-
  lution Control Federation, vol. 33, No.
  9, pp. 968-977.

GOODNIGHT, C. J.
1942. Toxicity  of Sodium  Pentachloro-
  phenate  and   Pentachlorophenol   to
  Fish.   Industrial   and  Engineering
  Chemistry, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 868-872.

HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1952. The Effects of  Kraft  Mill  Waste
  Components  on  Certain   Salmonid
  Fishes  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,
  Technical Association of the Pulp and
  Paper Industry, vol. 35, No. 12, pp.
  545-549.

HOLLAND, G. A.  (ed.)
1953. Toxic  Effects of  Sulfate  Waste
  Liquor  on  Young Salmon. State of
  Washington, Department of Fisheries,
  Research Bulletin, No. 1, pp.  1—111.

JONES,  B. F.,  C.  E.  WARREN,  C.  E.
BOND and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
  Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage
  and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol.  28, No.
  11, pp. 1403-1413.

MALONEY, T. E.
1959.  Utilization  of Sugars in  Spent
  Sulfite  Liquor  by  a  Green  Alga,
  Chlorococcum macrostigmatum.  Sew-
  age  and Industrial  Wastes,  vol. 31,
  No. 12, pp. 1395-1400.

MALONEY, T. E. and E. L. ROBINSON
1961.  Growth  and  Respiration   of  a
  Green  Alga in Spent  Sulfite Liquor.
  Technical Association of the Pulp and
  Paper  Industry,  vol. 44, No.  2, pp.
  137-141.

NIGHTINGALE, H. W. and V. LOSSANOFF
1928. The Effects  of  Waste  Sulphite
  Liquor  on  the Early  Stages of the
  Chinook Salmon, and Means of Pre-
  vention by Disposal  Methods. Trans-
  actions  of the  American  Fisheries
  Society, vol. 58, pp. 232-238;  (discus-
  sion, pp. 238-244).

SMITH, L. L., JR.,  R.  H. CRAMER and
J. C. MACLEOD
1965. Effects  of Pulpwood  Fibers  on
  Fathead  Minnows and  Walleye Fin-
  gerlings. Journal of the  Water Pol-
  lution  Control  Federation,  vol. 37,
  No.  1, pp.  130-140.

VAN HORN, W.  M.
1949. A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes
  in Relation to the Aquatic Environ-
  ment.  In:  Limnological  Aspects  of
  Water Supply  and  Waste  Disposal.
  American Association  for  the  Ad-
  vancement  of  Science,  Washington,
  D. C.,  pp. 49-55.

VAN  HORN,  W. M., J. B. ANDERSON
and  M. KATZ
1949. The  Effect  of Kraft  Pulp Mill
  Wastes on  Some  Aquatic Organisms.
  Transactions  of  the  American  Fish-
  eries Society, vol.  79, pp.  55-63.

VAN HORN, W. M.  and R. BALCH
1955. Stream  Pollutional  Asnects  of
  Slime  Control   Asrents.   Technical
  Association of the Pulp and Paper In-
  dustry, vol. 38, pp. 151-153.
40

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
WESTFALL, B. A.
1950.   Stream  Pollution  Hazards  of
  Wood Pulp Mill Effluents.  U. S. Fish
  and Wildlife Service, Fishery Leaflet,
  No. 174, pp. 1-8.

WHITNEY, A. N. and J. C. SPINDLEK
1959. Effects  of Kraft Paper Wastes on
  a Montana Stream.  Transactions  of
  the  American  Fisheries Society, vol.
  88, No. 2, p. 153.

WILSON, J. N.
1953.  Effect  of Kraft Mill  Wastes on
  Stream  Bottom Fauna.  Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes,  vol. 25,  No. 10, pp.
  1210-1218.

WOODWARD,  F. E.,  O. J. SPROUL and
P. F. ATKINS, JR.
1964.  The Biological  Degradation  of
  Lignin from Pulp  Mill Black Liquor.
  Journal  of  the Water Pollution  Con-
  trol Federation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp.
  1401-1410.
ORGANISM  IDENTIFICATION

GENERAL REFERENCES
EDDY, S. and A. C, HODSON
1955.  Taxonomic Keys to the Common
  Animals of the North Central  States,
  Exclusive  of  the  Parasitic Worms,
  Insects, and Birds.  Burgess Publish-
  ing  Company,  Minneapolis,  Minne-
  sota, 141 pp.

GARNETT, W. J.
1953.  Freshwater Microscopy. Constable
  and Company, Ltd., 10—12 Orange St.,
  London, 300 pp.

MORGAN, A.  H.
1930.  Fieldbook of Ponds  and Streams.
  G. P. Putnam's Sons, New  York, 448
  PP.

NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. R. NEEDHAM
1962.  A Guide to the Study  of  Fresh-
  Water Biology. Fifth Edition. Holden-
  Day, Inc.,  San Francisco, 89 pp.

PENNAK, R.  W.
1953.  Fresh-Water Invertebrates  of the
  United  States.  The  Ronald  Press
  Company,  New York, 769 pp.

WARD,  H.   B.  and G.   C.  WHIFFLE
(Edited by W. T. Edmondson)
1959. Fresh Water Biology. John Wiley
  and Sons,  New York, 1,248 pp.
INSECTS


BERNER, L.
1950.  The Mayflies of Florida.  Univer-
  sity of Florida Press, Gainesville, 267
  pp.

BURKS,  B. D.
1953.  The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera,
  of  Illinois.  Bulletin  of  the Illinois
  Natural History Survey,  vol. 26, 216
  pp.

CHU,  H. F.
1949.  How to  Know the Immature In-
  sects.  Wm.  C. Brown Company, Du-
  buque, Iowa, 234  pp.

COMSTOCK, J.  H.
1940.  An  Introduction to Entomology.
  Comstock  Publishing Company, Itha-
  ca,  New York. 1,083 pp.

EDMONDS, G.  F., R.  K.  ALLEN  and
W.  L. PETERS
1963.  An Annotated Key to  the Nymphs
  of the Families  and Sub-families of
  Mayflies  {Ephemeroptera).   Univer-
  sity of Utah Biological Series 13, No.
  1, pp. 1-55.

FRISON, T. H.
1935.  The Stoneflies,  or  Plecoptera, of
  Illinois. Bulletin  of the  Illinois Na-
  tural  History Survey, vol.  20,  pp.
  281-471.

FRISON, T. H.
1942.  Studies  of North  American  Ple-
  coptera, With  Special Reference  to
  the  Fauna  of  Illinois.  Bulletin  of
  the  Illinois  Natural History  Survey,
  vol. 22,  No.  2, pp. 235-355.

GARMAN, P.
1927.  The  Odonata or  Dragonfiies  of
  Connecticut. Guide  to the Insects of
  Connecticut.  Part  V.   Connecticut
  Geological  Natural  History  Survey
  Bulletin, vol. 39, pp. 1-331/

HARDEN, P. H. and  C. E. MICKEL
1952.  The Stoneflies of Minnesota.  Uni-
  versity  of  Minnesota,  Agricultural
  Experiment  Station, pp.  1-84,

HUNT, B. P.
1953.  The Life History and Economic
  Importance  of  a  Burrowing Mayfly
  Hexagenia limbata in Southern Mich-
  igan Lakes.  Bulletin No.  4 of the In-
                                                                         41

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT
  stitute for Fisheries Research, Ann
  Arbor, Michigan, pp. 1-151.


JEWETT, S. G., JR.
1959.  The Stoneflies (Plecoptera)  of the
  Pacific  Northwest.   Oregon  State
  Monographic Studies in  Entomology,
  No. 3, pp. 1-95.


JOHANNSEN, 0. A.
1934.  Aquatic  Diptera. Part I. Nemo-
  cera, Exclusive of Chironomidae  and
  Ceratopogonidae.  Cornell University
  Agricultural Experiment Station,
  Memoir 164, pp. 1-71.


JOHANNSEN, O. A.
1935.  Aquatic  Diptera.  Part  II.  Or-
  thorrhapha-Brachycera and Cyclorrha-
  pha. Cornell  University  Agricultural
  Experiment Station,  Memoir  177, pp.
  1-62.


JOHANNSEN, O. A.
1937.  Aquatic Diptera. Part III. Chiro-
  nomidae :  Subfamilies  Tanypodinae,
  Diamesinae,  and Orthocladinae.  Cor-
  nell University Agricultural  Experi-
  ment Station, Memoir 205, pp. 1-84.


JOHANNSEN, O. A. and L. C. THOMSEN
1937.  Aquatic Diptera.  Part IV. Chiro-
  nomidae :  Subfamily  Chironominae.
  Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Cornell Uni-
  versity Agricultural  Experiment Sta-
  tion, Memoir 210, pp. 1-80.


JOHANNSEN,  O.  A.,  H.  K. TOWNES,
F. R. SHAW and  E. G. FISHER
1952.  Guide to the Insects  of Connecti-
  cut. IV. The Diptera or True  Flies.
  Fifth  Fascicle: Midges  and  Gnats.
  State Geological Natural Historv Sur-
  vey, Bulletin 80, pp.  1-255.


LAFFOON, J. L.
1960. Common Names of Insects.  Bulle-
  tin  of the  Entomological Society of
  America, vol. 6, No.  4, pp. 175-211.


Ltrrz, F. E.
1927.  Field Book  of Insects. G. P. Put-
  nam's Sons, New York, 562 pp.


NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. W. CLASSEN
1925. A  Monograph of  the Plecoptera or
  Stoneflies of America North of  Mexi-
  co.  (Publications Vol. 2)  Thomas  Say
  Foundation of Entomological Society
  of America,  Lafayette, Indiana, pp.
  1-397.

NEEDHAM,  J.  G.,  J. R.  TRAVER and
Y. Hsu
1935.  The  Biology  of Mayflies.  Corn-
  stock Publishing  Company,  Ithaca,
  New York, 759 pp.


NEEDHAM,  J. G. and M. J.  WESTFALL,
JR.
1955.  A Manual of  the Dragonflies  of
  North America Including the Greater
  Antilles  and  the  Provinces of  the
  Mexican  Border.  University of Cali-
  fornia Press, Berkeley,  615 pp.

PETERSON,  A.
1951. Larvae of Insects. Part II. Coleop-
  tera,  Diptera,  Neuroptera,  Siphonap-
  tera, Mecoptera, and Trichoptera. Ed-
  wards Brothers  Incorporated,  Ann
  Arbor, Michigan, 416 pp.


PETERSON,  A.
1959,  Larvae of Insects.   Part I. Lepi-
  doptera  and  Plant Infesting  Hyme-
  noptera.  Fourth   Edition,   Edwards
  Brothers  Incorporated,  Ann  Arbor,
  Michigan, 315 pp.


ROBACK, S. S.
1957. The Immature  Tendipedids  of the
  Philadelphia  Area.  Monographs  of
  the  Academy of Natural Sciences  of
  Philadelphia, 180 pp.


Ross, H. H.
1944. The Caddis Flies, or Trichoptera,
  of Illinois.  Illinois Natural History
  Survey Bulletin, vol.  23,  No.  1, pp.
  1-326.


USINGER, R. L.
1956. Aquatic Insects of California with
  Keys to North American Genera and
  California Species.  University of Cali-
  fornia Press,  Berkelev,  California,
  508 pp.


WOOD, D. M., B. V. PETERSON, D. M.
DAVIES and H. GYORKOS
1963.  The Black Flies  (Diptera:  Simu-
  lidae)  of Ontario. Part  II.  Larval
  Identification,  with Descriptions and
  Illustrations.  Proceedings of the En-
  tomological  Society of  Ontario, vol.
  93, pp. 99-129.
42

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
FISH


BAILEY, R. M., E. A.  LACHNER,  C.  C.
LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, P. M. ROEDEL,
W, B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS
1960. A List of Common and Scientific
  Names  of  Fishes  from the United
  States  and Canada.  American  Fish-
  eries Society, Special Publication No.
  2, pp.  1-102.


EDDY, S. and T. SURBER
1947.  Northern  Fishes.  University  of
  Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 276 pp.


FORBES, S. A. and R. E. RICHARDSON
1920.  The  Fishes of  Illinois. Natural
  History  Survey, Illinois, vol.  3,  pp.
  1-357.


HARLAN, J. R. and E. B. SPEAKER
1955, Iowa Fish and Fishing  (3rd Ed.).
  Iowa  State Fish Commission, 377 pp.


HUBBS,  C.  L. and K. F. LAGLER
1964. Fishes of the Great Lakes Region.
  University  of Michigan Press,  Ann
  Arbor, 135 pp.


JORDAN, D, S.
1929. Manual of the Vertebrate Animals
  of the  Northeastern United  States.
   World Book Company, New York, 446
  PP-


KVHNE, E. R.
1939. A Guide to the Fishes of Tennes-
   see and  the Mid-South. Division of
   Game and Fish, Nashville, Tennessee,
   pp. 1-124.


LAGLER, K. F.
1956.   Freshwater  Fisheries  Biology.
   Wm.  C. Brown Company, Dubuque,
   Iowa, 421 pp.


SCHRENKEISEN, R.
1938. Editors  J. T. Nichols  and F. R.
   LaMonte. Fieldbook of Fresh-Water
   Fishes  of North America North of
   Mexico.  G. P. Putnam's  Sons, New
   York, 312 pp.


TRAUTMAN, M. B.
1957. The  Fishes of Ohio.  Ohio State
   University Press. 683 pp.
ALGAE AND  FLOWERING

AQUATIC PLANTS


HOTCHKISS,  N.
1964.   Pondweeds   and  Pondweedlike
  Plants of  Eastern  North  America.
  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir-
  cular 187, pp.  1-30.

HOTCHKISS,  N.
1965.  Bulrushes  and Bulrushlike Plants
  of Eastern North America. U. S. Fish
  and  Wildlife  Service,  Circular 221,
  pp.  1-19.

FASSETT, N. C.
1960.   A  Manual   of  Aquatic  Plants
  (With Revision  Appendix by Eue-ene
  C. Ogden).  University of Wisconsin
  Press, Madison,  405 pp.

FOREST, H. S.
1954.  Handbook  of Algae. The Univer-
  sity  of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennes-
  see,  467 pp.

MUENSCHER, W. C.
1944.   Aquatic   Plants of  the  United
  States.  Comstock  Publishing  Com-
  pany, Ithaca,  New York, 374 pp.

PRESCOTT, G. W,
1951.  Algae  of the Western Great Lakes
  Area. Cranbrook Institute of Science,
  Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, 946 pp.

PRESCOTT, G. W.
1954.  How  to Know the Fresh  Water
  Algae. Wm. C.  Brown Company, Du-
  buque, Iowa, 211 pp.

SMITH, G. M.
1950.   The  Fresh-Water Algae of the
  United  States.   McGraw-Hill   Book
  Company, New  York, 719 pp.

TIFFANY, L. H.  and M. E. BRITTON
1952.  The Algae  of Illinois.  The Uni-
  versity of  Chicago Press,   Chicago,
  Illinois, 407 pp.
 OTHER ORGANISMS
 BAKER, F. C.
 1928.  The  Fresh-Water  Mollusca   of
   Wisconsin. Pt. I. Gastropoda, 507 pp.;
   Pt. II.  Pelecypoda, 495  pp.; Bulletin
   70, Wisconsin Geological and Natural
   History Survey, Madison,  Wisconsin.
                                                                          43

-------
            WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
 CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
 1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa,  Flag-
   ellata.  University of Florida, College
   of Engineering,  Florida Engineering
   Series No. 3,  pp. 1-140.

 COOKE, W. B.
 1963. A Laboratory Guide to Fungi  in
   Polluted  Waters,  Sewage, and  Sew-
   age Treatment Systems.  Their  Iden-
   tification and Culture.  U.  S.  Public
   Health Service, Publication No, 999-
   WP-1, pp. 1-132.

 GALLOWAY, T. W.
 1911. The Common Fresh Water Oligo-
   chaeta of the  United States. Transac-
   tions of the  American Microscopical
   Society, vol. 30, No. 4,  pp. 285-317.

 GOODRICH, C.
 1932. The Mollusca of Michigan. Michi-
   gan Handbook Series No. 5, Univer-
   sity of Michigan, Ann  Arbor, Michi-
   gan, pp. 1-120.

 GOODRICH, C. and H. VAN DER SCHALIE
 1944. A  Revision of the Mollusca of In-
   diana. American Midland  Naturalist,
   vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 257-326.

 JAHN, T. L. and F.  F. JAHN
 1949. How to Know the Protozoa.  Wm.
   C.  Brown  Company,  Dubuque, Iowa,
   234 pp.

 KUDO, R.
 1950. Protozoology.  Charles C. Thomas,
   Publisher,  Springfield,  Illinois,  778
   pp.
ASPECTS  OF WATER QUALITY


BOOKS


ALLEE, W. C., A. E. EMERSON, O. PARK,
T. PARK and K. P. SCHMIDT
1949. Principles  of  Animal  Ecology.
  Saunders  Publishing Company, Phila-
  delphia, Pennsylvania, 837 pp.

ANON.
1939. Problems of  Lake Biology. Amer-
  ican Association for the Advancement
  of Science, Washington, D. C.,  142 pp.

ANON.
1941. A  Symposium  on Hydrobiology.
  University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
  son, Wisconsin, 405 pp.
 ANON.
 1957. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
  lution.  Transactions of the  1st Semi-
  nar  on  Biological  Problems, Robert
  A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
  Cincinnnati, Ohio, pp.  1-272.

 ANON.
 1960. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
  lution. Transactions of the 1959 Semi-
  nar, Robert  A.  Taft Sanitary Engi-
  neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. Pub-
  lication No. W60-3,  pp. 1-285.

 ANON.
 1965. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
  lution.  Transaction of  the 1962 Semi-
  nar, Robert  A.  Taft Sanitary Engi-
  neering  Center,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health  Service, Publica-
  tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424.

 ANON.
 I960. Standard Methods for the Exami-
  nation  of  Water  and  Wastewater.
  Eleventh  Edition,  American Public
  Health Association, Incorporated, New
  York, 626 pp.

 CAMP, T.  R.
 1963. Water  and  Its Impurities. Rein-
  hold  Publishing  Corporation,  New
  York, 355 pp.

 CARSON, R.
 1962. Silent  Spring. Houghton Mifflen
  Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 368
  PP-

 FOGG, G. E.
 1953. The  Metabolism of Algae. Methuen
  & Company, Ltd., London, 149 pp.

 FOGG, G. E.
 1965. Algal Cultures and Phytoplankton.
  University  of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
  son, Wisconsin, 136 pp.

 FREY, D. G. (ed.)
 1963.   Limnology  in  North   America.
  University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
  son,  752 pp.

HAWKES,  H. A.
1963.  The Ecology of  Waste Water
  Treatment.   Pergamon  Press,  New
  York, 206 pp.

HAZEN, W. E. (ed.)
1964. Readings in Population  and Com-
  munity  Ecology.  W.   B.   Saunders
  Company, Philadelphia, 388  pp.
44

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
HEUKELEKIAN,  H.   and  N.  BONDERS
(eds.)
1964.  Principles  and  Applications  in
  Aquatic Microbiology.  John Wiley &
  Sons, New York, 470 pp.

HOBBS, A. T.
1950.  Manual of  British Water  Supply
  Practice.  The  Institution  of Water
  Engineers, W.  Heffer & Sons  Ltd.,
  Cambridge, England, 910 pt>.

HUTCHINSON, G.  E.
1957.  A  Treatise on Limnology.  John
  Wiley  &   Sons  Incorporated,  New
  York, vol. 1,  1,015 pp.

HYNES, H. B. N.
1963.  Tha Biology of Polluted Waters.
  Liverpool  University  Press,  Liver-
  pool, England, 202 pp.

JACKSON, D. F. (ed.)
1964.  -Algae  and  Man.  Plenum Press,
  New York, 434 pp.

JONES, J. R. E.
1964.  Fish  and  River Pollution.  But-
  terworth  &  Company, Ltd.  London,
  202 pp.

KLEIN, L.
1957.  Aspects of  River  Pollution.  Aca-
  demic Press, Incorporated, New York,
  621 pp.

LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962.  Physiology and  Biochemistry  of
  Algae. Academic Press, Incorporated,
  New York, 929 pp.

MACAN, T. T.
1963. Fresh-Water Ecology. John Wiley
  & Sons, New York, 348 pp.

MACKENTHUN,  K. M., W. M.  INGKAM
and R. FORGES
1964.  Limnological Aspects of Recrea-
  tional  Lakes.  U.  S.  Department  of
  Health, Education, and Welfare,  Pub-
  lic  Health Service,  Publication No.
  1167.  167  pp.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1965.   Nitrogen  and   Phosphorus  in
  Water, An Annotated  Selected  Bib-
  liography  of Their Biological Effects.
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health Service, Publication No.  1305,
  111 pp.

McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963.  Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
  tion.  The Resources Agency of Cali-
  fornia.  State  Water Quality Board,
  Publication No. 3-A, 548 pp.

MOULTON, F. R. and F. HITZEL (eds.)
1949.  Limnological Aspects  of  Water
  Supply  and Waste  Disposal. Ameri-
  can Association for the Advancement
  of Science, Washington, D. C., 87 pp.

ODUM,  E. P.  (In Collaboration  with
H. T. 0-iun)
1959.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.  2nd
  Edition,  Saunders  Publishing  Com-
  pany, Philadelphia,  546 pp.

PRINGSHEIM, E.  G.
1964.  Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner
  Publishing Company, New  York, 119
  pp.

RtJDD, R. L.
1964.  Pesticides  and  the Living  Land-
  scape. University of Wisconsin  Press,
  Madison, 320 pp.

RUTTNER, F.
1963. Fundamentals of Limnology. Uni-
  versity  of  Toronto Press,  Toronto,
  Ontario, Third Edition, 242 pp.

SPARROW, F. K.
1960. Aquatic  Phycomycetes. University
  of Michigan Press,  Ann Arbor, 1214
  PP.

SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948.  Treatment and Disposal of Indus-
  trial Waste Waters. Published by Her
  Majesty's Stationery Office,  London,
  327 pp.

SUCKLING, E.  V.
1943.  The Examination of Waters and
  Water Supplies.  Fifth  Edition.  The
  Blakiston  Company, Philadelphia, 849
  pp.

TRYON, C.  A.  and  R.  T.  HARTMAN
(eds.)
1960.   Ecology of Algae. Pymatuning
  Special  Publication No. 2,  Pymatun-
  ing Laboratory of Field Biology, Uni-
  versity  of  Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,
  96 pp.

UDALL, S. L.
1963.  The Quiet Crisis. Holt, Rinehart
  and   Winston,  Incorporated,   New
  York, 209 pp.

WELCH, P. S.
1948.  Limnological Methods.  Blakiston
  Company, Philadelphia, 381 pp.
                                                                          45

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
 WELCH, P. S.
 1952.  Limnology.   McGraw-Hill  Book
   Company, New York, 471 pp.

 WHIFFLE, G.  C. (Revised by G. M. Fair
 and M. C. Whipple)
 1948. The Microscopy of Drinking Wa-
   ter.  Fourth  Edition,  John Wiley &
   Sons, Incorporated, New York, 586 pp.

 YAPP, W. B.
 1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma-
   terials.  The Institute of  Biology,  41
   Queen's Gate, London, England, 154
   PP.
JOURNALS


AMERICAN  FISHERIES SOCIETY TRANS-
ACTIONS
  Allen Press,  Lawrence, Kansas
  (Quarterly)

THE AMERICAN  MIDLAND NATURALIST
(Title  Varies)
  University  of  Notre  Dame,  Notre
  Dame, Indiana (Bimonthly)

CALIFORNIA FISH  AND GAME
  California  Division  of   Fish  and
  Game,  Berkeley,  California (Quar-
  terly)

THE CONSERVATIONIST
  State of New York Conservation De-
  partment,  Albany, New  York  (Bi-
  monthly)

ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS
  Official Publication of the  Ecological
  Society of America, Duke  University
  Press,   Durham,   North   Carolina
  (Quarterly)

ECOLOGY
  Official Publication of the  Ecological
  Society of America, Duke  University
  Press,   Durham,   North   Carolina
  (Bimonthly)

INDUSTRIAL AND  ENGINEERING CHEM-
ISTRY (Title Varies)
  Washington, D. C. (Monthly)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF  Am AND
WATER POLLUTION
  Pergamon Press,  New  York (Seven
  Issues Per Volume)
JOURNAL  OF  THE  AMERICAN  WATER
WORKS ASSOCIATION
  Baltimore, Maryland (Monthly)

JOURNAL  OF THE  OHIO  ACADEMY  OF
SCIENCE
  Ohio  State  University, Department
  of Botany & Plant Pathology, 1735
  Neil  Avenue,  Columbus  10,  Ohio
  (Bimonthly)

JOURNAL OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER-
ING DIVISION
  Proceedings  of the American  Society
  of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Mich-
  igan  (Bimonthly)

JOURNAL  OF THE  WATER  POLLUTION
CONTROL FEDERATION
  Washington, D. C.  (Monthly)
  Formerly:  Sewage  Works Journal,
  vol. 1-21, 1928-1949.  Sewage & In-
  dustrial  Wastes,  vol.  22-31,  1950-
  1959.

LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
  American Society  of Limnology  &
  Oceanography, Baltimore,  Maryland
  (Quarterly)

LOUISIANA CONSERVATIONIST
  Wildlife  and Fisheries'  Commission,
  New Orleans, Louisiana (Monthly)

NEW  ENGLAND WATER  WORKS  ASSO-
CIATION JOURNAL
  Boston,  Massachusetts (Quarterly)

NEW YORK FISH AND  GAME JOURNAL
  New York Conservation Department,
  Albany, New York  (Semiannually)

PROGRESSIVE FISH CULTURIST
  U.  S. Department  of  the Interior,
  Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing-
  ton, D. C. (Quarterly)

PUBLIC   HEALTH   ENGINEERING  AB-
STRACTS
  Public Health Service, Washington,
  D. C. (Monthly)

PUBLIC  WORKS  (Title  Varies  Previ-
ously)
  Public Works J.  Corporation, Ridge-
  wood, New Jersey (Monthly)

SANITALK
  Massachusetts Department of Public
  Health,  Division of  Sanitary  Engi-
  neering,  Boston,  Massachusetts
  (Quarterly)
46

-------
                     WATBB POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER

SPORT FISHERIES ABSTRACTS            WATER AND SEWAGE WORKS
  U.  S.  Department  of the Interior,    E.  Seranton Gillette, 185 N. Wabash
  Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing-    Ave., Chicago, Illinois, Seranton Pub-
  ton, D. C. (Quarterly)                  lishing Company (Monthly)

TRANSACTIONS  OF   THE   WISCONSIN
ACADEMY  OF   SCIENCES,  ARTS,  AND  WATER POLLUTION  ABSTRACTS
LETTERS                                 Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon-
  Madison, Wisconsin                    don, England (Monthly)
                                                                         47

-------
                                            INCREASING
                                            TURBIDITY
                 NURTURING UNDESIRABLE
                       GROWTHS
                 TAINTING  FLESH
                 CAUSING EXTREME
                   pH CHANGES
LOWERING DISSOLVED
     OXYGEN
      INCREASING
     TEMPERATURE
 CAUSING TOXICfTY
                                      DEPOSITING SETTLEABLE
                                             SOLOS
                 Ways in which wastes  may affect aquatic life.
                                          Industrial waste source
                                          Municipal
                                          waste
                                          source
Plate II—Water Pollution Control Aspects:  Marine Waters

-------
                              PART II

   WATER  POLLUTION  CONTROL ASPECTS: MARINE  WATERS

ACCELERATED ATTENTION to the control and abatement of pollution in
fresh waters, expanding  populations and industries on lands adjacent
to the oceans, and recognition of the potential role of the oceans as
sources of food have generated increased  concern toward the defile-
ment of marine waters.
   Bacterial contamination of shellfish resources by municipal wastes
is well documented,  as is  similar  pollution of  recreational beaches.
Elsewhere pollution  and decimation of  shellfish "and  other  food re-
sources is associated  with  drainage and filling of tidal  marshes, or
diversion  of water that  is essential to maintain  conditions suitable
to the organisms. "Natural" amounts  of nutrients, chiefly inorganic
nitrogen and phosphorus, have been supplemented  by sources  from
some coastal cities and industries.  The  combined nutrient  load  has
been implicated in the development of massive quantities of unwanted
marine plant growths that become deposited by waves or tides on shore
reaches wrhere they decay and emit  foul odors.
   Discoloration and  tainting of animal  foodstuffs have been noted
in estuaries and bays burdened with strong wastes.  Toxic materials,
including pesticides,   can comprise  a  major threat to  the  loss  of
desirable marine life  if not carefully controlled.   A relatively recent
concern is  the disposal  of  radioactive wastes  and their long-term
effects on marine as  well as fresh water organisms.
   As in fresh waters, multiple use of marine waters is paramount to
any single use; control and abatement of pollution in  marine waters
is requisite to provide a maximum variety  of uses beneficial to all.

WATER POLLUTION  CONTROL

GENERAL REFERENCES

AYERS, J. C.                         BOWDEN, K. J.
1955.  Ocean  Currents, Pollution—and   1963.  The Mixing  Process  in a Tidal
  Fish. New York Conservationist, vol.    Estuary. International Journal of Air
  9, No. 4, pp. 2-3.                     and Water Pollution, vol.  7, Nos. 4
                                    and 5, pp. 343-356.
AYERS, J. C.
1959. The Hydrography of Barnstable
  Harbor,  Massachusetts.  Limnology   BURT, W. V. and J. QUEEN
  and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 4, pp.   1957.  Tidal Overmixing in  Estuaries.
  211-225.                            Science, vol. 126, pp. 972-973.

                                                                 51

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BURT, W. V.
1959.  Oxygen  Anomalies  in  the  Surf
  Near Coos Bay, Oregon.  Ecology, vol.
  40, No. 2, pp. 305-306.

BURT, W. V. and W. B. McAusTER
1959.  Recent  Studies  in  the Hydro-
  graphy of Oregon  Estuaries.   Fish
  Commission   of   Oregon,   Research
  Briefs, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 14-27.

CARRITT, D. E.
1956. Recent Developments  in the Chem-
  istry and Hydrography of Estuaries.
  Transactions   21st  North  American
  Wildlife  Conference,  Published  by
  Wildlife  Management Institute, Wire
  Building, Washington 5,  D. C.

EBERMAN, J, W.
1956. Disposal of Wastes at Sea.  Sew-
  age and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol. 28,
  No. 11, pp. 1365-1370.

ELDRIDGE, E. F. and R. O. SYLVESTER
1957. Silver Bay Water Pollution  Con-
  trol  Studies   Near   Setka,  Alaska.
  Alaska   Water   Pollution   Control
  Board, Report No. 10, pp. 1-121.

ERIKSEN, A. and L. D. TOWNSEND
1940. The Occurrence and Cause of Pol-
  lution in  Grays Harbor.  State Pollu-
  tion  Commission, State of Washing-
  ton, Pollution  Series, Bulletin No. 2,
  pp. 1-100.

GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A.  CHIPMAN, J. B.
ENGLE and H. N. Calderwood
1947. Ecological & Physiological Studies
  of the Effect of  Sulfate Pulp  Mill
  Wastes on Oysters in the York River,
  Virginia. U. S. Fish & Wildlife Serv-
  ice,  Fishery   Bulletin No.  43,  pp.
  59-186.


GOTAAS, H. G.
1949. The  Effects of Sea Water on the
  Biochemical   Oxidation  of   Sewage.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5,
  pp. 818-839.


GUNTER, G.
I960. Pollution Problems Along the Gulf
  Coast.  In:  Biological   Problems  in
  Water Pollution—Transactions of the
  1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
  184-188,
HOOD, D. W.
1958. Waste Disposal in Marine Waters.
  Proceedings,   Sixth   Conference  on
  Coastal Engineering, Florida, Decem-
  ber 1957, pp. 607-624.

HULL, C. H. J.
1963. Photosynthetic Oxygenation of a
  Polluted Estuary.  International Jour-
  nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
  7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 669-696.

JACKSON, C. F.
1944. A Biological Survey of Great Bay,
  New Hampshire: No.  1, Physical and
  Biological Features of Great Bay and
  the Present Status of Its Marine Re-
  sources.   New  Hampshire  Marine
  Fisheries Commission, pp. 1-61.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1951. The Flushing of Tidal  Estuaries.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  23, No. 2, pp. 198-209.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1951. The Exchanges of Fresh and Salt
  Waters in Tidal Estuaries. Journal of
  Marine Research,  vol.  10, No. 1, pp.
  18-38.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1954. Relation  Between Circulation and
  Planktonic Populations  in  Estuaries.
  Ecology, vol.  35, No. 2, pp. 191-200.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1955. Distribution of Coliform Bacteria
  and Other  Pollutants in Tidal  Estu-
  aries.  Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 27, No. 11, pp, 1288-1296.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1960. Marine Pollution Problems In the
  North  Atlantic Area.  In:  Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S, Public Health
  Service, pp. 212-217.

LIEBMAN, E.
1939  (1940).   River  Discharges  and
  Their Effect on the Cycles and Produc-
  tivity of the  Sea.  Proceedings of the
  Sixth Pacific  Science Congress, vol. 3,
  pp. 517-523.

LYNN, W. R. and W. T. YANG
1960. The Ecological Efforts of Sewage
  in Biscayne  Bay.  Oxygen Demand
  and Organic Carbon Determinations.

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
  Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf
  and Caribbean, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 491-
  509.

MARVIN, K. T., L.  M. LANSFORD and
R. S. WHEELER
1961.  Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol-
  ogy of  a Lagoon.  U.  S.  Fish and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin 184,
  vol. 61, pp. 1-8.

McNuLTY,  J. K,, E. S. REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1960.  Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
  lution in Biscayne Bay,  Florida: Dis-
  tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
  ical Nutrients, and Volumes  of Zoo-
  plankton.  In: Biological Problems in
  Water Pollution—Transactions of the
  1959  Seminar,  Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
  189-202.

McPHERSON, M. B.
1960.  Diffusion in a Sectionally Homo-
  geneous Estuary.  Proceedings of the
  American Society of Civil Engineers,
  Sanitary  Engineering  Division,  vol.
  86, No. SA-5, pp. 69-79.

MILLS, K. E.
1952.  Some Aspects of Pollution Control
  in Tidal Waters.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 9, pp. 1150-
  1158.

NELSON, T. C.
1960.  Some Aspects of  Pollution, Para-
  sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
  New Jersey Estuaries.  In: Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary  Engineering   Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.  Public Health
  Service, pp. 203-211.

NUSBAUM, I. and H. E. MILLER
1952.  The  Oxygen Resources of  San
  Diego Bay.  Sewage and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 1512-1527.

O'CONNOR, D. J.
1960. Oxygen  Balance of an Estuary.
  Proceedings of the American Society
  of  Civil  Engineers,  Sanitary Engi-
  neering  Division,  vol. 86, No. SA-3,
  pp. 35-55.

OLSON, R. A.,  H. F. BRUST and W. L.
TRESSLER
1941.  Studies  of the Effects of  Indus-
  trial  Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
  River Area,  1:  Curtis Bay Region,
  1941.   Board  of Natural  Resources
  State of Maryland Department of Re-
  search  and  Education,  Chesapeake
  Biological Laboratory Publication No.
  43, pp. 1-40.

PARKHURST, J. D., W. E. GARRISON and
M. L. WHITT
1963. Effect of Wind, Tide and Weather
  on Nearshore  Ocean  Conditions. In-
  ternational Journal of Air and Water
  Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 813-827.


PEARSON, E. A.
1956. An Investigation of the  Efficacy
  of  Submarine  Outfall  Disposal  of
  Sewage and Sludge.  California  State
  Water  Pollution Control Board, Sac-
  ramento,  Publication  No. 14, pp. 1—
  154.

PEARSON,  E. A., R. D. POMEROY and
J. E. McKEE
1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
  posal Research Program in California.
  California State Water Pollution Con-
  trol Board, Sacramento,  Publication
  No. 22, pp. 1-77.

PRITCHARD, D. W.
1956.  The Dynamic  Structure  of  a
  Coastal  Plain  Estuary.   Journal of
  Marine Research,  vol. 15, No.  1, pp.
  33-42.

REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
1959. Marine Pollution.  Water and Sew-
  age Works, vol. 106,  No. 6, pp. 259-
  262.

ROMER, H.
1956. The  Health Departments Role in
  New York Harbor Pollution Control.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28,
  No. 12, pp. 1495-1503.

RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1942. Raritan  River Pollution Studies.
  Comparison  of  Results  Obtained  in
  1927-28,   1937-38,  1940-41.   Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 839-
  865.

SHUSTER, C. N., JR.
1959.  A  Biological Evaluation  of the
  Delaware River Estuary.  University
  of Delaware, Marine  Laboratories, In-
  formation Series, Publication  No. 3,
  pp. 1-77.
                                                                           53

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SIBLING, F. W.
1947. Effects  of Pollution at Baltimore
  on pH and Oxygen Content of Water.
  Papers of the National  Shellfisheries
  Association, pp. 50-54.


SIMMONS, H. B.
1955. Some Effects of Upland Discharge
  on Estuarine Hydraulics. Proceedings
  of the American Society of Civil En-
  gineers, Hydraulics Division, vol. 81,
  No. 792, pp. 1-20.


THOMPSON, S. H.
1961. What is Happening to Our Estu-
  aries?  Transactions  of  the  North
  American Wildlife  Conference,  vol.
  26, pp. 318-322.


TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD
1963.  Some   Physical  and  Biological
  Characteristics of  Open  Coastal Wa-
  ters and Their Relationship  to Waste
  Discharge.   International Journal of
  Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8,
  pp. 865-S88.


TULLY,  J. P.
1948. Pollution Research in Alberni In-
  let.   Fisheries Research Board  of
  Canada, Pacific Progress Report, No.
  76, pp.  66-71.


TYLER, R. G.
1950. Disposal of Sewage Into Tidal Wa-
  ters.  Sewage  and  Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 22, No.  5, pp.  685-696.


ZoBELL, C. E.
1960.  Marine  Pollution  Problems  in
  Southern California.  In:  Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering Center,
  Cincinnati,  Ohio. U. S. Public Health
  Service, pp.  177-183.
BACTERIA
BUCK, T. C., JR.,  C.  E. KEEFER  and
H. HATCH
1952.  Viability of Coliform Organisms
  in Estuary Waters.  Sewage and In-
  dustrial Wastes,  vol. 24,  No. 6, pp.
  777-784.
CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER
1959.  Microbiological  Process Report.
  Factors  Affecting Survival  of  Bac-
  teria  in  Sea Water.  Applied Micro-
  biology, vol. 7, No. 6, pp. 388-392.

CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER
1960. An Evaluation of Factors Affect-
  ing the Survival of Escherichia coli
  in Sea Water.  I-IV.  Applied Micro-
  biology, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 243-256.

ERDMAN, J. E. and A. D. LENNONT
1956. The Self-Cleansing of Soft-Shell
  Clams;   Bacteriological  and  Public
  Health Aspects.  Canadian Journal of
  Public Health, vol. 47, No. 5, pp. 196-
  202.

FELDMAN, G. and C. WINSLOW
1941. The Influence of Sewage Treat-
  ment  Upon the Bacterial Pollution of
  New Haven Harbor. American Jour-
  nal of Hygiene, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 91-
  101.

GREENBERG, A. E.
1956. Survival of Enteric Organisms in
  Sea Water.  Public  Health  Reports,
  vol. 71, No.  1, pp. 77-86.

GUNNERSON, C. G.
1958. Sewage Disposal in Santa Monica
  Bay,  California.  Proceedings of the
  American Society of Civil Engineers,
  Sanitary Engineering Division,  vol.
  84, No. SA-1, pp. 1-28.

HARRIS, E. K.
1958. On the Probability of  Survival of
  Bacteria in Sea  Water.  Biometrics,
  vol. 14, pp. 195-206.

HOOD, D, W.,  B. STEVENSON and  L. M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal  of Industrial
  Wastes.  Industrial and Engineering
  Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888.

JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E.  JONES
1959. Bacterial Populations  in Sea Wa-
  ter as Determined  by Different  Meth-
  ods of Enumeration.  Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 4, No.  2, pp. 128-
  139.

KELLY, C. B. and W.  ARCISZ
1954. Survival of Enteric  Organisms in
  Shellfish.  Public Health Reports, vol.
  69, No. 12, pp. 1205-1210.

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
KELLY, C. B.
1956.  Public Health Service  Research
  on Shellfish Bacteriology. Proceedings
  of the  National  Shellfisheries  Associ-
  ation, vol. 46, No.  1, pp. 21-26.

KELLY, C. B., W. ARCISZ, ML W. PRES-
NELL and E. K. HARRIS
1960.  Bacterial Accumulation  by the
  Oyster, Crassostrea  virginica, on the
  Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Robert A.  Taft  Sanitary Engi-
  needing  Center,  Technical   Report
  F60-4, pp. 1-45.

KETCHUM, B. H., J. C. AYERS and R. F.
VACCARO
1952.  Processes Contributing to the De-
  crease of Coliform Bacteria in  a Tidal
  Estuary.  Ecology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp.
  247-258.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1955.  Distribution of Coliform Bacteria
  and Other Pollutants in Tidal Estu-
  aries.   Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1288-1296.

KNOWLTON,  W. T.
1929.  Bacillus Coli Surveys, Los Ange-
  les Ocean  Outfall. California  Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 2, pp. 150-152.

LEAR, D. W.
1962.  Growth of Coliform Bacteria in
  Estuarine Waters.  Chesapeake  Sci-
  ence, vol. 3, No.  3, pp. 160-165.

McNuLTY, J. K., E.  S.  REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1960.  Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
  lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
  tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
  ical Nutrients,  and  Volumes of Zoo-
  plankton.  In: Biological Problems in
  Water  Pollution—Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering  Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
  189-202.
NUSBAUM, I. and R. M. GARVER
1955. Survival of Coliform Organisms
  in Pacific Ocean Coastal Waters. Sew-
  age and Industrial  WTastes, vol. 27,
  No. 12, pp. 1383-1390.

ORLOB, G. T.
1956. Viability of  Sewage  Bacteria in
  Sea  Water.  Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 28, No.  9, pp. 1147-1167.
REUSZER, H. W.
1933. Marine Bacteria and their Role in
  the Cycle of Life in the Sea. III.  The
  Distribution of Bacteria in the Ocean
  Waters  and  Muds  About  Cape Cod.
  Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol.
  65, No. 3, pp. 480-497.

RITTENBERG,  S.  C.,  T.  MiTTWER  and
D.IVLER
1958.  Coliform  Bacteria  in  Sediments
  Around Three Marine  Sewage Out-
  falls. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 101-108.

STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES
1957.  The  Effect  of Copper  on the
  Growth  of  Bacteria  Isolated  from
  Marine Environments. Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol.  2, No.  1, pp. 33-
  36.

VACCARO,  R.  F., M.  O.  BRIGGS, C. L.
CAREY and B. H. KETCHTJM
1950.  Viability  of  Escherichia  coli in
  Sea Water. American Journal of Pub-
  lic Health,  vol. 40,  No.  10, pp. 1257-
  1266.

WAKSMAN, S. A. and M. HOTCHKISS
1938, On the Oxidation of Organic Mat-
  ter in Marine Sediments by Bacteria.
  Massachusetts,  Woods   Hole   and
  Massachusetts Bay.  Journal of Marine
  Research, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.  101-118.

WARD, B. Q. and B. J. CARROLL
1965. Presence of Clostridium botulinum
  Type E in Estuarine Waters. Applied
  Microbiology,  vol. 13,  No. 3,  p.  502.

WEISS, C. M.
1951. Adsorption of E. coli on River and
  Estuarine Silts.  Sewage and  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 227-
  237.

WILSON, T. E. and C. S. McCLESKEY
1951.  Indices of Pollution in  Oysters.
  Food Research, vol. 16, pp. 313-319.

WOOD, E. J. F.
1958. The Significance of Marine Micro-
  biology.  Bacteriological Review, vol.
  22, No. 1, pp. 1-19.

ZoBELL, C. E.
1960.  Marine Pollution Problems in the
  Southern  California Area. In:  Bio-
  logical Problems in Water  Pollution—
  Transactions  of  the  1959 Seminar,
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health  Service, pp. 177-183.
                                                                           55

-------
           WATER POIXCTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ALGAE  AND  PLANKTON
BANDY, O, L., 3. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964. Foraminifera, Los Angeles County
  Outfall Area, California.  Limnology
  and  Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp.
  124-137.

BARLOW, J. P.
1955.  Physical and Biological Processes
  Determining the  Distribution of Zoo-
  plankton in a Tidal Estuary. Biolog-
  ical  Bulletin, Woods Hole,  vol. 109,
  No.  2, pp. 211-225.

 BARLOW, 3, P., C. J. LARENZEN and R. T.
 MYREN
 1963.  Eutrophication of a Tidal Estu-
  ary. Limnology  and Oceanography,
  vol.  8, No. 2, pp. 251-262.

 CLENDENNING, K. A. and W. J. NORTH
 1960.  Effects  of Wastes on the Giant
  Kelp Macrocystisjpyrifera. In: Pear-
  son, E. A., (ed.) Waste Disposal in the
  Marine  Environment.  Pergamon
   Press, N. Y., pp.  82-91.

 FROLANDER, H. F.
 1964.  Biological and Chemical Features
   of  Tidal Estuaries.  Journal of the
   Water Pollution Control Federation,
   vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1037-1048.

 HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M.
 JEFFREY
 1958.  Deep  Sea Disposal of Industrial
   Wastes.  Industrial and Engineering
   Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888.

 HOLL, C. H. J.
 1961.  Algae and Organic Waste Assimi-
   lation in Tidal Estuaries. Proceedings
   34  Annual  Conference,  Maryland-
   Delaware Water and Sewage Associa-
   tion, pp. 37-52.

 HULL, C. H. J.
 1963.  Oxygenation of Baltimore Harbor
   by  Planktonic Algae. Journal of the
   Water Pollution Control Federation,
   vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 587-606.

 JEFFRIES, H. P.
 1962.  Environmental Characteristics of
   Raritan  Bay, A  Polluted  Estuary.
   Limnology  and Oceanography, vol. 7,
   No. 1, pp. 21-31.

 JOHANNES, B. E.
 1965.  Influence of Marine Protozoa  on
   Nutrient  Regeneration.   Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp.
  434-442.


KETCHUM, B. H.
1951.  Plankton Algae and Their Biolog-
  ical Significance.   In:  Smith,  G. M.
  (ed.)  Manual  of  Phycology—An In-
  troduction  to  the Algae and Their
  Biology, Chapter 17, pp. 335-346.

KRISHNAMOORTHY,  K. P. and G.  Vis-
WESWARA
1963.  Hydrobiological Studies with Ref-
  erence to  Sudden Fish  Mortality.
  F^drobiologia, vol. 21, Nos. 3 and 4,
  pp". 275-303.

McNuLTY,  J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS  and
S. M. MILLER
1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
  lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
  tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
  ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
  plankton. In: Biological Problems in
  Water Pollution—Transactions of the
  1959  Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
  tary  Engineering  Center,  Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
  189-202.

NASH, C. B.
1947. Environmental Characteristics of
   a River  Estuary- Journal of Marine
   Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174.


NORTH, W. J.
1959. Studies  of the Influence Which
   Water Clarity May Have on the Giant
   Kelp Macrocystis pyrifera and its As-
   sociated    Organisms.  International
   Oceanographic Congress (Preprints),
   American  Association  for  the  Ad-
   vancement of Science, pp. 347-348.


 NORTH, W. J.
 1963. Ecology of the Rocky  Nearshore
   Environment in  Southern  California
   and Possible Influences of Discharged
   Wastes.  International Journal of Air
   and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6 and
   7,  pp. 721-736.

 ODUM,  H. T., R. P, C.  Du REST, R. J.
 BEYERS and  C.  ALLBAUGH
 1963. Diurnal Metabolism, Total Phos-
   phorus,  Ohle  Anomaly, and Zooplank-
   ton  Diversity of Abnormal  Marine
   Ecosystems of Texas. Publications of
   the Institute of Marine Science of the
   University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404-
   453.
 66

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTHOL: MARINE WATERS
RYTHER, J. H.
1954.   The  Ecology of Phytoplankton
  Blooms  in Moriches Bay and  Great
  South Bay, Long Island,  New  York.
  Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole,  vol.
  106, No. 2, pp. 198-209.

SAWYER, C. N.
1965.  The Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos-
  ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol-
  lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No.
  8, pp. 1122-1133.

TOLLEFSON, R.
1963. Basic Biological Productivity in a
  Marine  Industrial Area.  Journal of
  the Water Pollution Control Federa-
  tion, vol. 35, No. 8, pp. 989-1005.
TOXIC  ALGAE
 ABBOTT, B. C. and D. BALLANTINE
 1957.  The  Toxin  from  Gymnodinium
   veneficum Ballantine.  Journal of the
   Marine Biological Association of the
   United  Kingdom,  vol. 36,  No. 1, pp.
   169-189.

 ALDBICH, D. V. and  W. B. WILSON
 1960.  The Effect of Salinity on Growth
   of Gymnodinium breve Davis. Biolog-
   ical Bulletin, Woods  Hole,  vol.  119,
   No. 1, pp. 57-63.

 BALLANTINE,  D.
 1956.   Two   New  Marine   Species  of
   Gymnodinium Isolated from the  Ply-
   mouth  Area.  Journal of the Marine
   Biological Association  of  the United
   Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 467^74.

 BARTSCH, A. F. and E. F. MCFARREN
 1962.   Fish  Poisoning: A  Problem  in
   Food Toxication.   Journal of Pacific
   Science, vol. 16, pp. 42-56.

 BEIN, S. J.
 1957.  The Relationship of Total Phos-
   phorus Concentration in Sea Water to
   Red Tide Blooms. Bulletin of Marine
   Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
   vol. 7,  No. 4, pp. 316-329.

 BERGMANN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH
 1963. Observations  on the Mechanism of
   Action and on the Quantitative Assay
   of  Ichthyotoxin   from  Prymnesium
   parvum.   Toxicology  and  Applied
   Pharmacology, vol. 5, pp. 637-649.
CHEW, F.
1953.   Results  of  Hydrographic  and
  Chemical Investigations in the Region
  of the "Red Tide" Bloom on the West
  Coast of Florida in  November 1952.
  Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf
  and Caribbean, vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 610-
  625.

COLLIER, A.
1958.  Some Biochemical Aspects of Red
  Tides  and  Related  Oceanographic
  Problems.  Limnology  and   Ocean-
  ography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 33-39.

CONNELL, C, H. and J. B. CROSS
1950.  Mass Mortality of Fish Associated
  with the Protozoan Gonyaulax in the
  Gulf of Mexico. Science, vol. 112, pp.
  359-363.

CONOVER,  S.
1954.   Observations on the Structure of
  Red Tides in  New  Haven  Harbor,
  Connecticut.  Journal of  Marine Re-
  search, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 145-155.

DAVIS, C.  C.
1948.   Gymnodinium brevis sp. Nov.,  A
  Cause of Discolored Water and Ani-
  mal Mortality  in the Gulf of Mexico.
  Botanical Gazette, vol. 109, No. 3, pp.
  358-360.

 DRAGOVICH,  A.,  J. H. FINUCANE  and
 B.  Z. MAY
 1961.  Counts  of  Red Tide Organisms,
  Gymnodinium  breve, and Associated
  Oceanographic  Data  from  Florida
   West Coast. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
   Service,  Special  Scientific  Reports,
   Fisheries No. 369, pp. 1-175.

 FEINSTEIN, A.
 1956.  Correlations of Various Ambient
   Phenomena  with Red Tide Outbreaks
   on the  Florida West Coast. Bulletin
   of  Marine Science  of  the Gulf and
   Caribbean, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 209-232.

 FINUCANE, J. M. and A. DRAGOVICH
 1959.  Counts of Red Tide Organisms,
   Gymnodinium  breve,  and Associated
   Oceanographic Data  from  Florida
   West Coast.  U. S.  Fish and Wildlife
   Service,   Special  Scientific Reports,
    Fisheries No. 289, pp. 1-220.

 FINUCANE, J. H.
 1964. Distribution and Seasonal Occur-
    rence of  Gymnodinium breve on the
    West Coast of Florida. U. S. Fish and
    Wildlife  Service,   Special  Scientific
    Reports, Fisheries No. 487, pp. 1-14.
                                                                            57

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1948.  Red Tide, Progress Report on the
  Investigations of the Cause of Mortal-
  ity of Fish Along the West Coast of
  Florida conducted by the U. S. Fish
  and Wildlife Service and Cooperating
  Organizations.  U. S.  Fish and Wild-
  life  Service,  Special  Scientific  Re-
  ports, Fisheries No. 46, pp. 1-44.

GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON
1960.   The  Toxicity  of  Gonyaulax
  monilata,  Howell to Mugil  cephalus.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
  No. 2, pp. 171-174.

GUNTER, G., R.  H.  WILLIAMS,  C.  C.
DAVIS and F. G. W. SMITH
1948.  Catastrophic  Mass  Mortality of
  Marine Animals  and Coincident
  Phytoplankton Bloom on the West
  Coast of  Florida, November 1946 to
  August 1947. Ecological  Monographs,
  vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 309-324.

HELA, I.
1955.  Ecological  Observations  on  a
  Locally Limited Red Tide Bloom. Bul-
  letin  of Marine Science of  the Gulf
  and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 269-
  291.

HOWELL, F. J.
1953. Gonyaulax monilata, sp.  Nov., The
  Causative  Dinoflagellate of  a  Red
  Tide on the East Coast of Florida in
  August-September, 1951. Transactions
  of  the  American  Microscopical  So-
  ciety, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 153-156.

HUTTON, R. F.
1956.  An  Annotated Bibliography of
  Red Tides Occurring in  the  Marine
  Waters of Florida.  Quarterly Journal
  of the Florida Academy of Science,
  vol. 19, Nos. 2 and 3, pp. 123-146.

KETCHUM, B. H. and J. KEEN
1948.  Unusual  Phosphorus Concentra-
  tions  in the Florida "Red Tide" Sea
  Water.  Journal of Marine  Research,
  vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 17-21.

KIERSTEAD, H. and L. B. SLOBODKIN
1953. The Size of Water  Masses Con-
  taining Plankton Blooms. Journal of
  Marine Research, vol. 12, No. 1, pp.
  141-147.

LASKER, R. and F. G. W. SMITH
1954.  Red  Tide.  In:  Galtsoff,  P.  S.,
  (ed.). Gulf of Mexico Its Origin, Wa-
  ters, and Marine Life, U. S. Fish and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
  89, pp. 173-176.

MCFARREN, E. F., M. L. SCHAFER, J. E.
CAMPBELL, K.  H. LEWIS, E.  T. JENSEN
and E. 3. SCHANTZ
1957.   Public  Health  Significance  of
  Paralytic Shellfish Poison.  A Review
  of Literature  and Unpublished  Re-
  search.  Proceedings  of the National
  Shellfisheries Association, vol. 47, pp.
  114-141.

MEDCOF, J. C., A. H. LEIM, A. B. NEED-
LER, A. W. H. NEEDLER, J. GIBBARD and
J. NAUBERT
1947.  Paralytic  Shellfish Poisoning on
  the Canadian Atlantic Coast.  Bulletin
  of the Fisheries  Research Board of
  Canada, No. 75, pp. 1-32.

MEDCOF, J. C.
1960.  Shellfish Posioning—A n o t h e r
  North  American  Ghost.   Canadian
  Medical Association Journal, vol. 82,
  No. 2, pp. 87-90.

NEEDLER, A. B.
1949.  Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning and
  Goniaulax tamarensis.  Journal of the
  Fisheries Research Board  of  Canada,
  vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 490-504.

ODUM, H. T.,  J. B. LACKEY, J. HYNES
and N. MARSHALL
1955.  Some  Red  Tide Characteristics
  During 1952-1954. Bulletin of Marine
  Science of the Gulf and  Caribbean,
  vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258.

RAGOTZKIE, R. A. and L. R. POMEROY
1957.  Life History of a  Dinoflagellate
  Bloom. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 62-69.

RAY, B. B., R. JOHNSON and J. A. ADAMS
1965. The Incidence of Dead and Dying
  Fish  in the Moray Firth,  September
  1963. Journal  of the Marine Biolog-
  ical Association of the United  King-
  dom, vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 29-47.

RAY, S. M. and W. B. WILSON
1957. The Effects of Unialgal and Bac-
  teria-Free  Cultures of  Gymnodinium
  brevis on  Fish and Notes on Related
  Studies with Bacteria.  U.  S. Fish and
  Wildlife  Service, Special  Scientific
  Reports, Fisheries No. 211, pp. 1-50.

REISH, D. J.
1963. Mass Mortality of Marine Orga-
  nisms Attributed to the "Red Tide" in
58

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
   Southern California.  California Fish
   and Game, vol. 49, No. 4, pp. 265-270.

 ROUNSEFELL, G. A. and J. E. EVANS
 1958.  Large-Scale Experimental Test of
   Copper Sulfate as  a  Control for  the
   Florida  Red  Tide.  U. S.  Fish  and
   Wildlife  Service,  Special  Scientific
   Reports, Fisheries No. 270, pp. 1-57.

 RYTHER, J. H.
 1955.  Ecology  of  Autotrophic  Marine
   Dinoflagellates with Reference to  Red
   Water Conditions. In: F. H. Johnson,
   (ed.), The Luminescence of  Biological
   Systems.  Publication  of the  American
   Association  for the Advancement of
   Science, pp. 387-414.

 SLOBODKIN,  L. B.
 1953.  A Possible Initial  Condition for
   Red Tides on  the Coast of Florida.
   Journal of Marine Research, vol.  12,
   No. 1, pp. 148-155.

 SMITH, F. G. W.
 1949.  Probable Fundamental Causes of
   Red Tide off the  West   Coast  of
   Florida.  Quarterly  Journal  of  the
   Florida Academy of  Science, vol.  11,
   No. 1, pp. 1-6.

 SOMMER, H. and K. F. MEYER
 1937.  Paralytic   Shellfish  Poisoning.
   Archives of  Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5,
   pp. 560-598.

 SOMMER,  H.,  W. F. WHEDON, C.  A.
 KOFOID and  R. STOHLER
 1937.  Relation  of  Paralytic  Shellfish
   Poisoning to Certain  Plankton Orga-
   nisms of the Genus Gonyaulax.   Ar-
   chives of Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5, pp.
   537-559.

 SOMMER, H. and F.  N. CLARK
 1946.  Effect of Red Water on Marine
   Life in Santa Monica  Bay, California.
   California Fish and Game, vol. 32,  No.
   2,  pp. 100-101.

TENNANT, A. D.,  J. NAUBERT and H. E.
CORBEIL
1955. An  Outbreak of Paralytic Shell-
  fish Poisoning.  Canadian Medical  As-
  sociation Journal, vol. 72, No. 6,  pp.
  436-439.

WILSON, W. B. and S. M. RAY
1956. The Occurrence of Gymnodinium
  brevis in the Western  Gulf of Mexico.
  Ecology, vol. 37, No. 2, pp. 1-388.
 YARIV, J. and S. HESTRIN
 1961.   Toxicity  of the  Extracellular
   Phase of  Prymnesium parvum Cul-
   tures. Journal of General Microbiol-
   ogy, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 165-175.
 FUNGI
 COUCH, J. N.
 1942.  A  New Fungus on Crab Eggs.
  Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scien-
  tific Society, vol. 58, No. 2, pp. 158-
  162.

 JOHNSON, T. W. and F. K. SPARROW
 1961.  Fungi in Oceans and  Estuaries.
  Hafner  Publishing  Company,  New
  York, 668 pp.

 MEYERS, S. P.
 1954.  Marine  Fungi  in Biscayne Bay,
  Florida.  II.  Further Studies of Oc-
  currence and Distribution.  Bulletin of
  Marine Science of the Gulf and Carib-
  bean, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 307-327.

 VISHNIAC, H. S.
 1960.  Salt   Requirements of   Marine
  Phycomcyetes.  Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 362-365.
BOTTOM ORGANISMS


AMOS, W. H.
1954.  Biological Survey of the Delaware
  River Estuary.  Report of the Marine
  Laboratory, University  of Delaware,
  vol. 2, pp. 21-31.

AYERS, J. C.
1956.   Population  Dynamics   of  the
  Marine Clam My a aerenaria.  Limn-
  ology and Oceanography, vol. 1, No. 1,
  pp.  26-34.

BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964.   Foraminiferal  Trends,  Laguna
  Beach Outfall Area, California. Limn-
  ology and  Oceanography,  vol. 9,  No.
  1, pp. 112-123.

BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964.    Foraminifera,   Los  Angeles
  County Outfall  Area.  Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 9, No.  1, pp. 124-
  137.
                                                                          59

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1965.  Foraminiferal  Trends, Hyperion
  Outfall,  California.  Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol.  10, No. 3, pp. 314-
  332.

BANDY, O. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1965. Modification of Foraminiferal Dis-
  tribution by the Orange County Out-
  fall Area,  California.  Transactions
  of the Marine Technological Society,
  pp. 54-76.

BURBANK, W. D., M. E. PIERCE and G. C.
WHITELEY, JR.
1956.  A Study of the Bottom Fauna of
  Rand's Harbor,  Massachusetts:   An
  Application of the Ecotone Concept.
  Ecological Monographs, vol. 26, No. 3,
  pp. 213-243.

DEAN, D. and H. H. HASKIN
1964.  Benthic Repopulation of the Rari-
  tan River  Estuary Following  Pollu-
  tion   Abatement.    Limnology   and
  Oceanography, vol. 9,  No. 4, pp. 551-
  563.

FILICE, F. P.
1954a.  An Ecological   Survey  of  the
  Castro Creek Area  in  San Pablo Bay.
  Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12,
  pp. 1-24.

FILICE, F. P.
1954b. A Study of Some Factors Affect-
  ing the Bottom Fauna of a Portion of
  the  San Francisco   Bay Estuary.
  Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12,
  pp. 257-292.

FILICE, F. P.
1958.  Invertebrates from the Estuarine
  Portion of  San  Francisco Bay and
  Some Factors Influencing Their  Dis-
  tributions.  The Wasmann Journal of
  Biology, vol. 16, pp. 159-211.

FILICE, F. P.
1959.  The  Effect of Wastes on the Dis-
  tribution of Bottom Invertebrates in
  the San Francisco Bay Estuary.  The
  Wasmann Journal of  Biology, vol. 17,
  pp. 1-17.

HARTMAN,  O.
1956. Contributions to a Biological Sur-
  vey of Santa Monica  Bay, California.
  Final  Report  Submitted to Hyperion
  Engineers,  Inc., by Geology Depart-
  ment,  University of   Southern  Cali-
  fornia, pp. 1-161.
HARTMAN, 0.
1960.  The Benthonic Fauna of Southern
  California in Shallow Depths and Pos-
  sible Effects of Wastes on the Marine
  Biota. In: E. A. Pearson (ed.). Waste
  Disposal  in the Marine Environment.
  Pergamon Press,  New York, pp.  57-
  81.

HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and  L.  M.
JEFFREY
1958.  Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
  Wastes.  Industrial  and  Engineering
  Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6,  pp. 885-888.

HUME, N, B. and C. E, GUNNERSON
1962.   Characteristics  and  Effects  of
  Hyperion Effluent. Journal of the Wa-
  ter  Pollution  Control  Federation, vol.
  34,  No. 1, pp. 15-35.

McNuLTY, J. K.
1961.  Ecological Effects of  Sewage Pol-
  lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Sedi-
  ments and the Distribution of Benthic
  and  Fouling  Macroorganisms.  Bul-
  letin of Marine  Science  of  the  Gulf
  and Caribbean, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 394-
  447.

NELSON, T. C.
I960.  Some Aspects of Pollution,  Para-
  sitism, and Inlet Restriction in  Three
  New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
  Problems  in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, pp. 203-211.

REISH, D. J. and H. A. WINTER
1954.   The  Ecology of Alamitos  Bay,
  California, with Special Reference to
  Pollution. California Fish and Game,
  vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 105-121.

REISH, D. J.
1955.  The Relation  of Polychaetous
  Annelids to Harbor Pollution.  Public
  Health Reports,  U. S. Department of
  Health, Education,  and Welfare, vol.
  70, No. 12, pp. 1168-1174.

REISH, D. J.
1956.  An  Ecological  Study of Lower
  San Gabriel River,  California, with
  Special Reference to  Pollution.  Cali-
  fornia Fish and Game, vol. 42,  No. 1,
  pp. 51-61.

REISH, D. J.
1957.   The  Relationship of  the  Poly-
60

-------
                     WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
  chaetous  Annelid  Capitella capitata,
  (Fabricius)  to Waste Discharges of
  Biological  Origin.   In:   Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 1959  Seminar,  Robert
  A. Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Cen-
  ter, Cincinnati,  Ohio. U.  S.  Public
  Health Service, pp. 195-200-

REISH, D. J.
1959. An  Ecological  Study of Pollu-
  tion  in  Los  Angeles—Long  Beach
  Harbors, California.  Allan Hancock
  Foundation  Publications,  Occasional
  Paper No. 22, pp.  1-19.

RESIG, J. M.
1960. Foraminiferal Ecology  Around
  Ocean  Outfalls off  Southern  Cali-
  fornia.   In:   E.   A.  Pearson   (ed).
  Waste Disposal in  the  Marine  En-
  vironment,  pp. 104-121.

RlTTENBERG,  S.  C., T. MlTTWER  and
D. IVLEB
1958. Coliform Bacteria in Sediments
  Around  Three Marine Sewage Out-
  falls.   Limnology  and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No.  1, pp. 101-108.

SANDERS, H.  L.
1958. Benthic Studies in Buzzards Bay.
  I.  Animal-Sediment   Relationships.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3,
  No. 3, pp.  245-258.

SMITH, R.  I.
1953.  The Distribution  of  the  Poly-
  ehaete Neanthes lighti in the Salinas
  River  Estuary, California. Biological
  Bulletin, vol.  105, No. 2, pp. 335-347.

TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R.
GIVEN
1965.  Survey of the  Marine Environ-
  ment  Offshore of San Eli jo  Lagoon,
   San  Diego County.  California  Fish
   and Game, vol. 51, No. 2,  pp. 81-112.

WALDICHUCK,  M. and  E. L.  BOUSFIELD
 1962.  Amphipods  in  Low-Oxygen  Ma-
   rine  Waters  Adjacent to a Sulphite
   Pulp  Mill.  Journal of  the Fisheries
   Research  Board  of  Canada,  vol.  19,
   No. 6, pp. 1163-1165.
 FISH  AND  SHELLFISH


 BIDWELL, M. H. and  C. B. KELLY
 1949. A Study of  Duck Farm Pollution
   of  a Shellfish Area.  Papers of  the
  National  Shellfisheries  Association,
  pp.  78-85.

BULLER, R. J. and H. S.  SPEAR
1950,  Survey of  the  Sport Fishery of
  the  Middle  Atlantic Bight in 1948.
  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe-
  cial Scientific  Reports, Fisheries  No.
  7, pp. 1-20.

BURDICK,  G. E.
  1954. An Analysis of the Factors, In-
  cluding  Pollution,  Having  Possible
  Influence on the Abundance  of Shad
  in the Hudson River. New York Fish
  and Game  Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.
  188-205.

ELLIS, M. M., B.  A. WESTFALL, D. K.
MEYER and W. S.  PLATNER
1947.   Water Quality Studies of the
  Delaware  River with  Reference to
  Shad  Migration.   U.  S.  Fish  and
  Wildlife  Service,  Special  Scientific
  Reports, Fisheries No.  38, pp. 1-19.

FISHER;  L. M.
1938.  Effects of Industrial Wastes and
  Sewage on Shellfish and Fin  Fish.
  Civil  Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp.
  454-456.

GALTSOFF, P. S.
1946.  Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina-
  tion.  U. S.  Fish and Wildlife Service,
  Research Report No. 11, pp. 1-28.

GALTSOFF, P.. S.
1964.  Environmental Factors  Affecting
  Oyster Populations. In: The Ameri-
  can  Oyster   Crassostrea   virginica
  Gmelin.  U.  S.  Fish and Wildlife
   Service,  Special   Scientific  Reports,
   Fisheries No. 64, pp.  397-456.

 GLUD, J. B.
 1951.  The Effect of Man on Shellfish
   Populations.   Transactions  of  the
   North  American Wildlife Conference,
   vol. 16, pp. 397-403.

 GUNTER, G. and J.  McKEE
 1961.  On  Oysters  and Sulfite Waste
   Liquor. Part I. Industrial Water and
   Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186.

 GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE
 1962.  On  Oysters  and Sulfite Waste
   Liquor.  Part  II.  Industrial Water
   and  Wastes,  vol.  7, No. 1, pp. 7-9.

 HALL, F. G.
 1929. The Influence of Varying Oxygen
   Tensions  Upon  the  Rate of  Oxygen
                                                                            61

-------
            WATER POLLUTION CONTKOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
   Consumption in Marine Fishes.  The
   American Journal of Physiology, vol.
   88, pp. 212-218.


 HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD
 1964.  The  Susceptibility  of Salmonid
   Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con-
   ditions.  I.  Zinc Sulphate.  Interna-
   tional Journal of Air and Water  Pol-
   lution, vol. 8, No. 3-4, pp. 251-256.

 HOURSTON, A. S. and E. H. HERLIVEAUX
 1957.  A "Mass Mortality" of Fish in
   Alberni  Harbor,  British  Columbia.
   Journal  of  the Fisheries Research
   Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re-
   port No. 109, pp. 3-6.

 KELLY, C. B., W.  ARCISZ, M. W. PRES-
 NELL and E.  K. HARRIS
 1960.  Bacterial  Accumulation  by  the
   Oyster, Crassostrea  virginica on the
   Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv-
   ice, Robert A.  Taft Sanitary Engi-
   neering  Center,  Technical   Report
   F60-4, pp.
 LEBOSQUET, M., JR.
 1956. Sewage Treatment Protects Shell-
   fish  Growing  Areas.  Proceedings of
   the  National  Shellfisheries Associa-
   tion, vol. 46, pp. 35-38.

 MANSUETI, R. J.
 1961. Effects of Civilization on Striped
   Bass  and Other  Estuarine Biota in
   Chesapeake   Bay   and  Tributaries.
   Proceedings of the Gulf and Carib-
   bean Fisheries Institute, 14th Annual
   Session, pp.  110-136.

 NELSON, T. C.
 I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
   sitism, and Inlet Restrictions in Three
   New Jersey Estuaries.  In :  Biological
   Problems in Water  Pollution — Trans-
   actions of the 1959 Seminar,  Robert
   A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
   Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
   Service, pp. 203-211.

 PAUL, R. M.
 1951.  San  Diego Bay Water Pollution
   Survey,  Appendix  II  (pp. 67-80).
   Project  No. 52-9-1, Department  of
   Fish and Game. In : Report Upon the
   Extent,  Effects and Limitations  of
   Waste Disposal into San Diego  Bay —
   1951.  San Diego Regional Water Pol-
   lution  Control Board, San Diego, Cali-
   fornia, pp. 1-95.
 SYKES, J. E. and B. A. LEHMAN
 1957,  Past and  Present Delaware River
   Shad Fishery and Considerations for
   Its Future. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
   Service, Research Report No. 46, pp.
   -L—^O.

 WISE,  R.  I.,   J.  W.   WINSTON  and
 G. CULLI
 1948.  Factors  of Sewage Pollution  of
   Oyster  Beds in Galveston Bay. Ameri-
   can Journal of Public  Health, vol. 38,
   No. 12, pp. 1109-1117.

 YOUNG, P. H.
 1964.  Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on
   Marine Life.  California  Fish  and
   Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41.
FLOWERING AQUATIC PUNTS


COTTAM, C, and D. A. MUNRO
1954.  Eelgrass  Status  and  Environ-
  mental Relations. Journal of Wildlife
  Management, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 449-
  460.

DEXTER, R. W.
1944. Ecological Significance of the Dis-
  appearance of Eelgrass at Cape Ann,
  Massachusetts.   Journal of  Wildlife
  Management, vol.  8, No. 3, pp. 173-
  176.
NUTRIENTS
ANDERSON, D. R.
1940. Distribution of Organic Matter in
  Marine Sediments and Its Availability
  to Further Decomposition. Journal of
  Marine Research, vol. 2,  No. 3, pp.
  225-235.

ANDERSON, G. C.
1964. The Seasonal and Geographic Dis-
  tribution of Primary Productivity Off
  the Washington and  Oregon  Coasts.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
  No. 3, pp. 284-302.

ATKINS, W. R. G.
1923. Phosphate  Content of Waters in
  Relationship  to  Growth   of   Algal
  Plankton. Journal of the Marine Bi-
  ological  Association  of  the   United
  Kingdom, vol. 13, No. 1, pp.  99-150.
62

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
 BARLOW, J. P., C. J. LORENZEN and R. T.
 MYREN
 1963.  Eutrophication of a  Tidal Estu-
   ary.   Limnology and  Oceanography,
   vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 251-262.

 BEIN, S. J.
 1957.  The Relationship of  Total Phos-
   phorus Concentrations in Sea  Water
   to Red Tide Blooms.  Bulletin of Ma-
   rine Science of the  Gulf and  Carib-
   bean, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 316-329.

 BURKHOLDER, P. R. and  L. M.  BURK-
 HOLDER
 1956.  Vitamin B12 in Suspended  Solids
   and Marsh Muds Collected Along the
   Coast  of  Georgia.  Limnology  and
   Oceanography, vol. 1, No, 3, pp. 202-
   208.

 CONOVER, R. J.
 1961.  A  Study  of  Charlestown  and
   Green  Hill Ponds, Rhode Island. Ecol-
   ogy, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 119-140.

 COOPER, L. H. N.
 1941.  The Rate of Liberation of Phos-
   phates in Sea Water by Breakdown of
   Plankton Organisms.  Journal of  the
   Marine Biological  Association of  the
   United Kingdom, vol. 20, No.  2,  pp.
   197-220.

 CURL, H.
 1962.  Effect of Divalent  Sulphur  and
   Vitamin  B12 in Controlling the Distri-
  bution    of  Skeletonema   costatum.
   Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
   No. 4,  pp. 422-424.

 DAISLEY. K. WT. and L. R. FISHER
 1958.  Vertical Distribution  of Vitamin
   Bis in the Sea. Journal of the Marine
  Biological  Association of  the United
  Kingdom, vol.  37, No. 3, pp. 383-385.

DROOP, M. R.
1957. Vitamin B-12 in  Marine Ecology.
  Nature, vol. 180, pp. 1041-1042.

EDMONDSON,  W. T. and Y. H. EDMOND-
SON
1947.  Measurements of  Production in
  Fertilized Sea Water.  Journal of Ma-
  rine Research, vol. 6, pp. 228-246.

EDMONDSON,  W.  T.
1955. Factors Affecting Productivity in
  Fertilized Salt Water. Papers in Ma-
  rine Biology and Oceanography, Sup-
  plement to  Deep Sea  Research, vol. 3,
  pp. 451-464.
 GRAHAM, H.  W.,  J.  M. AMISON  and
 K. T. MARVIN
 1954.  Phosphorus  Content of  Waters
   Along the  West Coast  of  Florida.
   U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,  Spe-
   cial Scientific Reports, Fisheries No.
   122, pp. 1-43.

 GRILL, E. V. and F. A. RICHARDS
 1964.   Nutrient   Regeneration   from
   Phytoplankton Decomposing  in  Sea
   Water.  Journal of Marine Research,
   vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 51-69.

 GUILLARD, R. R. L. and  P. J. WANGER-
 SKY
 1958.  The Production of Extracellular
   Carbohydrates by Some Marine Flag-
   ellates. Limnology and Oceanography,
   vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 449-454.

 HARRIS, E. and G. A.  RILEY
 1956.  Oceanography  of Long Island
   Sound,  1952-1954.   VIII. Chemical
   Composition of the Plankton.  Bulletin
   of the Bingham  Oceanographic  Col-
   lection, vol. 15, pp. 315-323.

 HARVEY, H.  W.
 1933. On the Rate of Diatom  Growth.
   Journal of the Marine Biological As-
   sociation  of the United Kingdom, vol.
   19, No. 1, pp. 253-276.

 GEST, H. and M. D. KAMEN
 1948. Studies on the Phosphorus Metab-
   olism of Green Algae and Purple Bac-
   teria  in  Relation to Photosynthesis.
  Journal of Biological Chemistry,  vol.
   176, pp. 299-318.

 HULBURT, E. M.
 1956.  Distribution of  Phosphorus in
   Great Pond,  Massachusetts.  Journal
   of Marine Research, vol. 15, No. 3,
   pp. 181-192.

 HUME, N. B. and C. E. GUNNERSON
 1962.  Characteristics  and  Effects of
   Hyperion Effluent. Journal of  the Wa-
  ter Pollution  Control Federation,  vol.
   34, No. 1,  pp. 15-35.

 HUTNER, S. H.
 1948.  Essentiality  of Constituents of
   Sea Water for Growth of a Marine
   Diatom.  Transactions  of  the  New
  York Academy of Science, Series No.
  2, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 136-141.

JEFFRIES, H. P.
1962. Environmental Characteristics of
  Raritan Bay, A  Polluted Estuary.
                                                                          63

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
  No. 1, pp. 21-31.

JOHANNES, R. E.
1964. Phosphorus Excretion  and Body
  Size in Marine Animals:  Microzoo-
  plankton and  Nutrient Regeneration.
  Science, vol. 146, pp. 923-924.

JOHANNES, R. E.
1965. Influence  of Marine Protozoa on
  Nutrient   Regeneration.  Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp.
  434-442.

KETCHUM, B. H., R. F. VACCAEO and
N.  COEWIN
1958. The Annual Cycle of Phosphorus
  and Nitrogen in New England Coastal
  Waters.  Journal of Marine Research,
  vol. 17, No. 3, pp.  282-301.

MARRIAGE, L. D.
1959. Relation of the Estuary to Marine
  Production.  Proceedings of  the  6th
  Symposium on  Water Pollution  Re-
  search, Department of Health, Educa-
  tion, and Welfare,  U. S. Public Health
  Service, Portland,  Oregon, pp. 1-33.

 McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS  and
 S.  M. MILLER
 1959. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
  lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
  tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chemi-
-  cal Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
   plankton.  In:  Transactions of  the
   Second Seminar on Biological Prob-
  lems  in Water Pollution,  Robert A.
   Taft  Sanitary Engineering Center,
   U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
  tion No. W60-3, pp. 189-202.

 MENZEL, D. W.  and J. P. SPAETH
 1962. Occurrence of Ammonia in Sar-
   gasso Sea Waters and in Rain Water
   at Bermuda,  Limnology and Ocean-
   ography, vol.  7, No, 2, pp.  159-162.

 MUNK, W, H. and G. A. RILEY
 1952.  Absorption  of  Nutrients  by
   Aquatic Plants.  Journal  of Marine
   Research, vol. 11,  No. 2, pp. 215-240.

 NASH, C. B.
 1947. Environmental Characteristics of
   a River Estuary.  Journal of Marine
   Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174.

 NEWCOMBE,  C.  L.,  W.  A. HORNE  and
 B.  B. SHEPHERD
 1939, Studies on the Physics and Chem-
  istry of Estuarine Waters  in Chesa-
  peake Bay.  Journal of  Marine  Re-
  search, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 87-116.


NEWCOMBE, C. L. and H. F. BRUST
1940. Variations in the Phosphorus Con-
  tent of Estuarine Waters of the Chesa-
  peake Bay  Near  Solomons Island,
  Maryland.  Journal  of Marine  Re-
  search, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 76-88.


ODUM,  H. T., J. B. LACKEY,  J. HYNES
and N. MARSHALL
1955.   Some  Red  Tide  Characteristics
  During 1952-1954. Bulletin  of Marine
  Science  of the  Gulf and  Caribbean,
  vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258.


ODUM,  H. T., R.  P, CUZON  DU  REST,
R. J. BEYERS and  C.  ALLBAUGH
1963.  Diurnal Metabolism, Total  Phos-
  phorus, Ohle Anomaly, and Zooplank-
  ton  Diversity  of  Abnormal Marine
  Ecosystems of Texas.  Publication of
  the Institute of  Marine Science of the
  University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404-
  453.


PARK,  K., W. T. WILLIAMS, J. M.  PRES-
COTT and D. W. HOOD
1962.  Amino Acids in Deep-Sea Water.
  Science, vol. 138, pp. 531-532.


PATTEN, B. C. and J. R. LACEY
1961.  Distribution of Ammonia Nitro-
  gen  in  the Lower  York River, Vir-
  ginia, Spring 1961. Virginia Institute
  of Marine Science, Special  Scientific
  Report, vol. 25, No. 1-3, pp. 4-13.


 POMEROY, L. R., E. E. SMITH and C. M.
 GRANT
 1965.  The Exchange of  Phosphate Be-
   tween Estuarine Water and Sediment.
   Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10,
   No.  2, pp. 167-172.


 PRATT, D. M.
 1950.  Experimental Study of the Phos-
   phorus Cycle in Fertilized Salt Water.
   Journal  of Marine Research, vol.  9,
   No.  1, pp. 29-54.


 RAKESTRAW, N. W. and  T. VON BRAND
 1947.  Decomposition and Regeneration
  of Nitrogenous  Organic Matter  in Sea
  Water.  VI.  The  Effect of Enzyme
  Poisons.   Biological  Bulletin,  Woods
  Hole, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 110-114.
 64

-------
                       WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
 REDFIELD, A. C.
 1958. The Biological  Control of Chem-
   ical  Factors  in the   Environment.
   American Scientist,  vol. 46. No. 3, pp
   205-221.

 RICE, T. R.
 1953. Phosphorus  Exchange in Marine
   Phytoplankton.  U. S. Fish and Wild-
   life Service, Fishery Bulletin 54, pp.
   77-89.                            ^

 RILEY, G.  A.
 1946.  Factors Controlling Phytoplank-
   ton Populations  on Georges  Bank.
   Journal  of Marine  Research,  vol.  6,
   No. 1, pp. 54-73.

 RILEY, G. A.
 1951.  Oxygen, Phosphate, and  Nitrate
   in the Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of the
   Bingham  Oceanography  Collection,
   vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 1-126.

 RYTHER, J. H. and  D. D. KRAMER
 1961.  Relative  Iron  Requirement of
   Some Coastal  and Offshore  Plankton
   Algae.  Ecology,  vol. 42, No.  2, pp.
   444-446.

 RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH
 1958.  Primary  Production  of  Conti-
   nental  Shelf Waters off New York.
   Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3,
   No. 3,  pp. 327-335.

 SAWYER, C. N.
 1965. The  Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos-
   ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol-
   lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No.
   8, pp. 1122-1133.

 STARR, T. J.
1956. Relative Amounts of Vitamin B1S
  in Detritus from  Oceanic and Estu-
  arine Environments  Near Sapelo Is-
  land, Georgia.  Ecology, vol. 37. No. 4,
  pp. 658-664.

STEVENSON, R. E. and J. R. GRADY
1956. Plankton  and Associated  Nutri-
  ents in  the Waters Surrounding Three
  Sewer  Outfalls  in  Southern   Cali-
  fornia.  University of Southern  Cali-
  fornia,   Allan   Hancock Foundation
  Report, pp. 1-48.

 TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD
1963. Some  Physical  and Biological
   Characteristics of  Open  Coastal Wa-
   ters and  Their Relationship to Waste
   Discharge.  International  Journal of
   Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8,
   pp. 365-388.


 VACCARO, R. F.
 1963.  Available  Nitrogen  and Phos-
   phorus and  the Biochemical Cycle in
   the Atlantic off New England. Jour-
   nal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No, 3,
   pp. 284-301.


 VISHNIAC, H. S. and G. A. RILEY
 1961.  Cobalamin and Thiamine in Long
   Island  Sound.  Patterns of Distribu-
   tion   and   Ecological   Significance.
   Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6,
   No. 1, pp. 36-41.


 WHEATLAND, A. B., M. J. BARRETT and
 A. M. BRUCE
 1959. Some Observations on Denitrifica-
   tion in Rivers and Estuaries. Journal
   and Proceedings  of the Institute of
   Sewage Purification, Part 2, pp. 149-
   159.


 WILKINSON, L.
 1963.  Nitrogen Transformations in a
   Polluted Estuary.  International Jour-
   nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
   No. 6, pp. 737-752.


 YENTSCH, C. S. and R. F. VACCARO
 1958.  Phytoplankton Nitrogen  in  the
  Oceans. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No. 4, pp.  443-448.


 YOUNG, E. G. and W. M. LANGILLE
 1958. The Occurrence of Inorganic Ele-
  ments in Marine Algae of the Atlantic
  Provinces of Canada.  Canadian Jour-
  nal of Botany, vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 301-
  O J_U»
RECREATIONAL WATERS
LEVINE, M.,  H.  MINETTE and  R.  H.
TANIMOTO
1960.  Characteristics and Expeditious
  Detection of Bacterial Indices of Pol-
  lution of Marine Bathing Beaches. In:
  Pearson,  E. A. {ed,)} Proceedings of
  the  First International Conference on
  Waste  Disposal in the Marine En-
  vironment,  Berkeley, California, 1959.
  Pergamon Press Inc., New York, pp.
  12-28.
                                                                          65

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
MOORE, B.
1954.  Sewage Contamination of Coastal
  Bathing Beaches. Bulletin of Hygiene,
  vol. 29, pp. 689-704.


PEARSON, E.  A.,  R.  D. POMEROY and
J. E, McKEE
1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
   posal Research Program in California.
   California State Water Pollution Con-
   trol  Board, Publication  No. 22, pp.
   1-77.

SINDERMANN, C. J. and R. F. GIBBS
1953. A Dermatitis-Producing Schisto-
   some which Causes  "Clam Diggers"
   Itch Along the  Central Maine Coast.
   Maine Department of Sea Fisheries,
   Bulletin No. 12, pp. 1-20.

 SINDERMANN, C. J.
 1956.  The Ecology of Marine  Derma-
   titis-Producing  Schistosomes.  I. Sea-
   sonal  Variation  in Infection of Mud
   Snails Nassa obsolete by Larvae  of
   Austrobilharzia  variglandis. Journal
   of Parasitology, Section 2, vol. 42, No.
   4, pp. 1-27.

 SINDERMANN, C.,  A.  ROSENFIELJD and
 L. STROM
 1957.  The Ecology of Marine Derma-
   titis-Producing  Schistosomes. II. Ef-
   fects  of Certain Environmental Fac-
   tors  on Emergence  of  Cercariae  of
   Austrobilharzia  variglandis,  Nassar-
   ius. Journal of Parasitology, vol. 43,
   No. 3, p. 382.

 SINDERMANN, C. and A. ROSENFIELD
 1957.  The Ecology of Marine Derma-
   titis - Producing  Schistosomes. III.
   Oxygen Consumption of Normal and
   Parasitized Nassarius ofcsoZetits
   (Nassa obsoleta) Under Varying Con-
   ditions of Salinity. Journal of Para-
   sitology, Section 2, vol. 43, No. 5, pp.
   1-28.

 STUNKARD, H. W.
 1951.  Causative  Agents of Swimmer's
   Itch  in  Narragansett Bay, Rhode  Is-
   land.  Journal of Parasitology,  Section
   2, vol. 37, No. 5, pp.  26-27.


 WINSLOW, C. and D. MOXON
 1928.   Bacterial  Pollution  of  Bathing
   Beach Waters in New Haven Harbor.
   American Journal  of Hygiene,  vol. 8,
   pp. 299-310.
PESTICIDES  AND  THEIR EFFECT

UPON AQUATIC  LIFE


BOYD, C. E.
1964. Insecticides Cause Mosquitofish to
  Abort. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
  26, No. 3, pp. 1-138.

BUTLER,  P. A., A.  J. WILSON and A. J.
RICK
1960.  Effect of Pesticides on  Oysters.
  Proceedings of the National Shellfish-
  eries Association, vol. 51, pp. 123-132.

BUTLER,  P. A.
1961.  Effects of Pesticides on Commer-
  cial Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf
  and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol.
  13, pp. 168-172.

BUTLER,  P. A. and P. F.  SRINGER
1963.  Pesticides—A New  Factor in
  Coastal Environments.  Transactions
  of the North American Wildlife Con-
  ference, vol. 28,  pp. 378-390.

CHIN, E. and D. M. ALLEN
1957.  Toxicity of an Insecticide to  Two
  Species of  Shrimp, Penaeus  aztecus
  and Penaeus setiferus.  Texas Jour-
  nal of Science, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 270-
  278.

CROKER, R. A. and A. J. WILSON
1965.  Kinetics and Effects of DDT in a
  Tidal  Marsh Ditch. Transactions of
  the American Fisheries Society, vol.
  94, No. 2, pp. 152-159.

 DARSIE, R. F., JR. and F.  E. CORRIDEN
 1959. The Toxicity of Malathion to Killi-
  fish  (Cyprinodontidae)  in Delaware.
  Journal of Economic Entomology, vol.
   52, No. 4, pp. 696-700.

 GEORGE, J.  L., R. F. DARSIE and  P. F.
 SPRINGER
 1957. Effects on Wildlife of Aerial Ap-
   plications  of  Strobane,  DDT,  and
   BHC to  Tidal Marshes in Delaware.
   Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
   21, No. 1, pp. 42-53.

 HARRINGTON, R. W., JR. and W. L. Bro-
 LINGMAYER
 1958. Effects of Dieldrin on Fishes and
   Invertebrates of a Salt  Marsh.  Jour-
   nal of Wildlife Management, vol. 22,
   No. 1, pp. 76-82.
 66

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
JANZEN, D. H.
1960. The Effects of Pesticides on Sport
  Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf and
  Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol. 12,
  pp. 50-55.

LOWE, J. I.
1964. Chronic Exposure of Spot, Leios-
  tomus xanthurus, to Sublethal Con-
  centrations of Toxaphene in Sea  Wa-
  ter.   Transactions  of  the  American
  Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 4, pp.
  396-399.

LOWE, J. I.
1965.  Chronic Exposure of Blue Crabs,
  Callinectes sapidns, to Sublethal  Con-
  centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46,
  No. 6, pp. 899-900.

NELSON, A. L. and E. W.  SURBER
1947.  DDT Investigations by the  Fish
  and Wildlife  Service in  1946, U. S.
   Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Sci-
  entific Reports,  Fisheries No. 41, pp.
   1-8.

 NELSON, T. C.
 1960.  Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
   sitism,  and Inlet Restriction in Three
   New Jersey  Estuaries. In: Biological
   Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
   actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
   Taft  Sanitary  Engineering  Center,
   Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.  Public Health
   Service, pp.  203-211,

 RICHARDS, A. G. and L. K. CUTKOMP
 1946.  Correlation Between the Posses-
   sion of a Chitinous Cuticle and Sensi-
   tivity  to  DDT.  Biological  Bulletin,
   Woods Hole, vol. 90, No. 2,  pp. 97-108.

 RUBER, E.
 1963.  The Effects of Certain  Mosquito
   Larvicides on Microcrustacean Popu-
   lations.  Proceedings of the Annual
   Meeting of  the  New Jersey  Mosquito
   Exterminators   Association,  vol.  50,
   pp. 256-263.

  SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
  1951.  Biological  Effects of DDT Appli-
    cation on Tidal Salt Marshes.  Mos-
    quito News, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 67-74.

  SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
  1951. Biological  Effects of DDT Appli-
    cation on Tidal Salt Marshes. Trans-
    actions of the  North American Wild-
    life Conference, vol. 16, pp. 383-397.
SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
1951.   Effects of  DDT  on  Saltmarsh
  Wildlife: 1949. U.  S. Fish and Wild-
  life  Service,  Special  Scientific  Re-
  ports, Wildlife No.  10, pp. 1-24.


TILLER, R. E. and E. N. CORY
1947.   Effects of DDT on  Some  Tide-
  water  Aquatic Animals.  Journal  of
  Economic Entomology, vol. 40, No. 3,
  pp. 431-433.


UKELES, R.
1960.  Effects of Several Toxicants  on
  Five Genera  of  Marine Phytoplank-
  ton. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and
  Wildlife: A Review of Investigations
  During 1960.  U. S. Fish and Wildlife
  Service Circular No. 143, pp. 1-21.


WEISS, C. M.
1959.  Response of Fish to  Sub-Lethal
  Exposures of  Organic Phosphorus In-
  secticides.   Sewage  and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 580-593.


WERNER, A. E. and M. WALDICHUK
1961.  Decay  of Hexachlorocyclohexane
   in  Sea Water.  Journal of the Fish-
   eries Research Board of  Canada, vol.
   18,  No. 2, pp. 287-289.
 ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND ITS

 EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE


 ANDREWS, J. D., D. HAVEN  and D. B.
 QUAYLE
 1959.  Fresh-water   Kill  of  -Oysters
   (Crassostrea  virginica)   in  James
   River, Virginia, 1958. Proceedings of
   the  National Shellfisheries  Associa-
   tion, vol. 49,  No. 1, pp. 29-49.


 BOURN, W. S. and C. COTTAM
 1950.  Some Biological Effects  of Ditch-
   ing  Tidewater Marshes.  "U. S.  Fish
   and Wildlife Service,  Special Scien-
   tific  Reports,  Research No. 19, pp.
   1-30.

  BUTLER, P.  A.
  1952.  Effect of Floodwaters on Oysters
    in Mississippi Sound in  1950.  U. S.
    Fish  and Wildlife  Service,  Special
    Scientific  Reports,  Research No. 31,
    pp.  1-20.
                                                                              67

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
COFFEY, P. J., W. R.  SLATER and C. A.
McCULLOUGH
1955. Water  Quality and  Waste Dis-
  posal.  Appendix  F of Report to the
  Water Project Authority of the State
  of California  on Feasibility of  Con-
  struction by the State of Barriers in
  the San Francisco Bay System. Divi-
  sion of Water Resources,  Department
  of Public Works, State of California,
  pp. 1-71.

COLTON, J. B., JR.
1959. A Field Observation of Mortality
  of Marine Fish Larvae Due to Wann-
  ing.  Limnology  and  Oceanography,
  vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 219-222.

CURL, H., JR.
1957.  Changes  in  Bottom  Topography
  off  Alligator  Harbor  Since  1889.
  Quarterly   Journal  of  the Florida
  Academy of Science, vol. 20, No. 3, pp.
  205-208.

DAIBER, F. C.
1959. Tidal Marsh, Conflicts and Inter-
  actions. Estuarine Bulletin, vol. 4, No.
  1, pp. 4-16.

DICKIE, L. M. and J. C. MEDCOF
1963.  Causes of  Mass  Mortalities of
  Scallops  (Plaeopecten  magellanicus)
  ip  the  Southwestern  Gulf  of  St.
  Lawrence.  Journal of the Fisheries
  Research Board  of Canada, vol.  20,
  No. 2, pp. 451-482.

DOW, R. L.
1959.  Investigations of Past, Present,
  and  Possible  Future Status of Fish
  and  Shellfish Species in  the United
  States Area Affected by the Passama-
  quoddy Power Project.  In: Appendix
  III, Biology—United States. Interna-
  tional Passamaquoddy Fisheries
  Board, Report to International  Joint
  Commission,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  and
  Washington, D. C., pp. 1-103.

HOESB, H. D.
1960.  Biotic Changes in a  Bay Associ-
  ated  with  the  End of  a Drought.
  Limnology  and Oceanography, vol. 5,
  No. 3, pp. 326-336.

INGLE,  R. M.
1952.  Studies on the Effect  of Dredg-
  ing Operations upon Fish and Shell-
  fish.  Florida  Board of Conservation,
  Technical Series 5, pp. 1-25.
KERSWILL, C. J.
1959.   Effects  of Proposed  Passama-
  quoddy Power  Project on  Anadrom-
  ous Fishes in Canadian Waters.  In:
  Appendix  II,  Studies  in  Fisheries
  Biology   for   the   Passamaquoddy
  Power Project.  International Passa-
  maquoddy Fisheries Board, Report to
  International Joint Commission,  Ot-
  tawa,  Ontario,   and  Washington,
  D. C., pp. 1-8.

MARTIN, W. R.
1960.   Predicted  Effects  of  Proposed
  Tidal Power Structures  on  Ground-
  fish  Catches  in  Charlotte  County,
  N. B.  Journal of the Fisheries  Re-
  search Board of Canada, vol. 17, No.
  2, pp. 169-173.

NELSON, T.  C.
1960.  Some  Aspects  of Pollution, Para-
  sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
  New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the  1959  Seminar, Robert
  A. Taft  Sanitary Engineering Cen-
  ter, U. S.  Public Health Service, Cin-
  cinnati,  Ohio, pp.  203-211.

ODUM, H. T.
1963.   Productivity  Measurements  in
  Texas Turtle Grass and  the Effects
  of Dredging an Intracoastal Channel.
  Publications  of the Institute of  Ma-
  rine  Science  of  the  University of
  Texas, vol. 9, pp.  48-58.

OPPENHEIMER, C. H.
1963.  Effects of Huricane Carla  on the
  Ecology of Redfish Bay, Texas. Bul-
  letin of Marine Science of the Gulf
  and Caribbean, vol.  13,  No.  1, pp.
  59-72.

PELGEN, D. E.
1955.  The  Effect of a San  Francisco
  Salinity Control Barrier on Fisheries
  and Wildlife.  Fish and Wildlife Ap-
  pendix  C of  Report to  the  Water
  Project  Authority of  the   State of
  California  on  Feasibility   of  Con-
  struction  by the State of Barriers in
  the  San Francisco Bay System, Divi-
  sion of Water  Resources,  Department
  of Public Works,  State of California,
  pp.  1-53.

PERLMTJTTER,  A.
1959.  Our  Changing  Shoreline.  New
  York State  Conservationist, pp. 12-
  15.
68

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL : MARINE WATERS
PHILLIPS, R. C.
I960.  Ecology and  Distribution of Ma-
  rine  Algae Found in  Tampa  Bay,
  Boca  Ciega  Bay  and  at  Tarpon
  Springs, Florida.  Quarterly Journal
  of the Florida Academy of  Science,
  vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 222-260.

PHILLIPS, R. C.
1960.  Observations  on the Ecology and
  Distribution  of  the   Florida  Sea-
  grasses.  Florida State Board of Con-
  servation,  Technical   Series  2,  pp.
  1-72.

RlLEY,  G. A.
1937.  The Significance  of the Missis-
  sippi  River Drainage for  Biological
  Conditions  in the Northern Gulf  of
  Mexico. Journal of Marine Research,
  vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 60-74.

SCHULTZ,  E.  A, and H.  B. SIMMONS
1957.  Fresh Water-Salt  Water Density
  Currents, a Major Cause of Siltation
  in  Estuaries.  Nineteenth  Naviga-
  tional  Congress,  London,  England—
  1957,  Paper S-II, C-3, pp. 1-20.

SCHWARTZ, F. J.
1964.  Effects of Winter Water  Condi-
  tions  on Fifteen  Species of  Captive
  Marine  Fishes.   American Midland
  Naturalist, vol. 71, No.  2, pp.  434-
  444.

SIMMONS, E. G.
1957.   An Ecological  Survey of  the
  Upper Laguna Madre of Texas. Pub-
  lications of the  Institute of Marine
  Science of  the  University  of  Texas,
  vol. 4, No.  2, pp.  156-200.

SOLOMON, C.  H.
1965. Bait Shrimp (Penaeus duorarum)
  in Tampa  Bay,  Florida—Biology,
  Fishery  Economics,  and  Changing
  Habitat.  U.  S.  Fish and Wildlife
  Service,  Special  Scientific  Reports,
  Fisheries No. 520, pp.  1-16.

STAUFFER, R. C.
1937. Changes in the Invertebrate Com-
  munity of a Lagoon after Disappear-
  ance of the Eelgrass. Ecology, vol.
  18, No. 3, pp. 427-431.

TABB, D. C. and A. C. JONES
1962.  Effect of Hurricane Donna  on
  the Aquatic Fauna of North Florida
  Bay.  Transactions of the  American
  Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No.  4, pp.
  375-378.
ZETLER, B. D.
1953.  Some Effects of the  Diversion of
  the Santee  River  on the Waters of
  Charleston Harbor.  Transactions of
  the  American  Geophysical  Union,
  vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 729-732.
RADIOACTIVITY  AND  ITS  EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
BAPTIST, J. P. and T. J. PRICE
1962.  Accumulation  and Retention of
  Cesium1" by Marine Fishes. U. S. Fish
  and  Wildlife Service,  Special  Scien-
  tific  Reports,  Fisheries No.  62, pp.
  177-187.

BOROUGHS, H., W.  A. CHIPMAN  and
T. R. RICE
1957.  Laboratory Experiments on the
  Uptake,  Accumulation,  and  Loss of
  Radionuclides by Marine  Organisms.
  In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation
  on Oceanography and Fisheries.  Na-
  tional Academy of Science, National
  Research  Council,  Publication  No.
  551,  pp. 80-87.

BOWEN, H. J. M.
1956. Strontium and Barium in  Sea Wa-
  ter and Marine Organisms.  Journal
  of the Marine  Biological  Association
  of the United Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3,
  pp. 451-460.

BRYAN, G. W.
1963. The Accumulation of Caesium-137
  by Brackish-Water Invertebrates and
  Its  Relation to  the Regulation of
  Potassium  and  Sodium.  Journal of
  the Marine Biological  Association of
  the United Kingdom, vol.  43,  No. 3,
  pp. 541-565.

BRYAN, G. W.
1963. The Accumulation of  Radioactive
  Caesium by  Marine  Invertebrates.
  Journal of  the  Marine Biological As-
  sociation of the United Kingdom, vol.
  43, No.  3, pp. 519-539.

CARRITT, D. E.
1960.  Disposal into  the Sea and  into
  Geological  Structures of Wastes Re-
  sulting  from the  Peaceful  Uses of
  Atomic  Energy. Disposal of Radioac-
  tive  Wastes, vol. 2, Conference Pro-
  ceedings, Monaco,  November  16—21,
  1959, pp. 259-264.
                                                                           69

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
CARRITT, D. E. and J. H. HARLEY
1957.  Precipitation of Fission Product
  Elements  on the  Ocean  Bottom  by
  Physical,  Chemical,  and  Biological
  Processes. In: The Effects of Atomic
  Radiation on Oceanography and Fish-
  eries.  National Academy of Science,
  National  Research Council,  Publica-
  tion No. 551, pp. 60-68.

CARRITT, D. E.
1959.  Radioactive Waste Disposal into
  Atlantic and Gulf  Coast Waters. Na-
  tional Academy of Science, National
  Research  Council,  Publication No.
  655, pp. 1-37.

CHIPMAN, W. A., T. R. RICE and T. J.
PRICE
1958.  Uptake and   Accumulation  of
  Radioactive Zinc by Marine Plankton,
  Fish, and Shellfish. U.  S. Fish and
  Wildlife  Service,  Fisheries  Bulletin
  No. 135, pp. 279-292.

CHIPMAN, W. A.
1958. Biological Accumulation of Radio-
  active Materials. First Texas Confer-
  ence on Uses of Atomic Energy, Spe-
  cial Publication of Agricultural and
  Mechanical  College of Texas, College
  Station, Texas, pp. 36-41.

CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959.  Accumulation  of Radioactive Ma-
  terials  by Fishery Organisms.  Pro-
  ceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean
  Fisheries Institute,  vol. 11,  pp.  97-
  110, 115.

CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959.  Disposal of Radioactive Materials
  and Its Relation  to  Fisheries.  Pro-
  ceedings of the National Shellfisheries
  Association, vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 5-12.

CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959.  Accumulation  of Radioactive Pol-
  lutants by Marine Organisms and  Its
  Relation to  Fisheries.  In: Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions of the 2nd  Seminar, Robert A,
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Center,
  Publication  No. W60-3, pp. 8-14.

DEXTER, R. W.
1962.  Studies  on Marine Food Chains
  which  could  Introduce  Radioactive
  Materials to Man,  and  on  Annual
  Changes in Certain Natural  Popula-
  tions.  Final Report.  U.  S.  Atomic
  Energy Commission,  TID-17907, pp.
  1-14.
DONALDSON, L. R. and R. F. FOSTER
1957.  Effects  of Radiation on  Aquatic
  Organisms.  In: The Effects of Atomic
  Radiation on Oceanography and Fish-
  eries.  National Academy of  Science,
  National Research  Council,  Publica-
  tion No. 551, pp. 96-102.

FITZGERALD, B. W. and D. M. SKAUEN
1963.  Zinc-65  in  Oysters in  Fishers
  Island Sound and  its Estuaries.  In:
  Radioecology.  Reinhold   Publishing
  Corporation, New York, pp. 159-162.

GORBMAN, A. and M. S. JAMES
1963.  An Exploratory Study of Radia-
  tion Damage in the Thyroids of Coral
  Reef Fishes  from the Eniwetok Atoll.
  In:  Radioecology.  Reinhold Publish-
  ing  Corporation, New York, pp. 385-
  399.

GUTKNECHT, J.
1961.  Mechanism  of  Radioactive Zinc
  Uptake by Ulva lactuca.  Limnology
  and Oceanography,  vol.  6, No.  4, pp.
  426-431.

GUTKNECHT, J.
1965.  Uptake  and Retention of  Cesium-
  137 and Zinc-65  by Seaweeds.  Limn-
  ology  and Oceanography, vol. 10, No.
  1, pp. 58-66.

HATFIELD,  T.  W.,  D. M.  SKATJEN  and
J. S. RANKIN,  JR.
1963.  Gross Beta Radioactivity in  Ma-
  rine  Organisms.   In:  Radioecology.
  Reinhold   Publishing   Corporation,
  New York, pp. 141-143.

HIGGINS, E.
1951.   Atomic Radiation  Hazards for
  Fish.   Journal  of  Wildlife  Manage-
  ment, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-12.

Hoss, D. E.
1964. Accumulation of Zinc-65 by Floun-
  der of the Genus Paralichthys. Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 93, No. 4, pp. 364-368.

JAFFE, G. and  J. H. HUGHES
1953. The Radioactivity of Bottom Sedi-
  ments in Chesapeake Bay.  Transac-
  tions  of the American  Geophysical
  Union, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 539-542.

JONES, R. F.
1960.   The Accumulation  of  Nitrosyl
  Ruthenium  by  Fine  Particles  and
  Marine  Organisms.  Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol.  5, No. 3,  pp. 312-
  325.
70

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
KETCHTJM, B. H. and V. T. BOWEN
1958.   Biological  Factors Determining
  the  Distribution of  Radioisotopes  in
  the  Sea.  Proceedings of the Interna-
  tional Conference on  Peaceful Uses of
  Atomic Energy, No.  18, pp. 429-433.

KETCHUM, B. H.
1960.  Oceanographic Research Required
  in Support of Radioactive Waste Dis-
  posal. Disposal of Radioactive Wastes,
  vol.   2,    Conference   Proceedings,
  Monaco,  November 16-21,  1959,  pp.
  283-291.

KRUMHOLZ, L. A., E. D. GOLDBERG and
H. BOROUGHS
1957.  Ecological Factors Involved in the
  Uptake, Accumulation,  and Loss  of
  Radionuclides by Aquatic Organisms.
  In:  The Effects of Atomic  Radiation
  on Oceanography and Fisheries, Na-
  tional Academy of Science, National
  Research  Council,   Publication No.
  551, pp. 69-79.

KRUMHOLZ, L. A. and R. F. FOSTER
1957.  Accumulation  and  Retention  of
  Radioactivity from Fission Products
  and Other  Radiomaterials  by  Fresh-
  Water Organisms.  In: The  Effects of
  Atomic  Radiation  on  Oceanography
  and Fisheries.  National Academy of
  Science, National  Research Council,
  Publication No. 551, pp. 88-95.

NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL
1962. Disposal of Low-Level Radioactive
  Waste into  Pacific  Coastal Waters.
  National  Academy of Science, Na-
  tional Research Council, Publication
  No. 985, pp. 1-100.

MAUCHLINE, J. and A.  M. TAYLOR
1964.   The  Accumulation  of  Radio-
  nuclides by the Thornback  Ray, Raia
  clavata L., in the Irish Sea, Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol.  9,  No.  3, pp.
  303-309.


MAUCHLINE, J. and W, L. TEMPLETON
1963.  Dispersion in the Irish  Sea of the
  Radioactive   Liquid   Effluent  from
  Windscale Works of the U.  K. Atomic
  Energy Authority.  Nature, vol. 198,
  pp.  623-626.


OSTERBERG,   C.,   J.   PATTULLO  and
W. PEARCY
1964.  Zinc 65 in Euphausiids  as Related
  to  Columbia  River  Water  off  the
  Oregon Coast. Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 249-257.

OSTERBERG,  C., W.  G.  PEARCY  and
H. CURL
1964.  Radioactivity and Its Relationship
  to Oceanic Food  Chains.  Journal of
  Marine  Research, vol.  22, No.  1, pp.
  2-12.

PEARCY, W. G. and  C. L. OSTERBERG
1964.  Vertical Distribution of  Radio-
  nuclides as Measured in Oceanic Ani-
  mals.  Nature, vol. 204, pp. 440-441.

PRICE, T. J.
1962.  Accumulation  of  Radionuclides
  and the Effects of Radiation on Mol-
  luscs.  In: Biological Problems in Wa-
  ter Pollution—Transactions of the 3rd
  Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
  gineering Center.  Public Health Serv-
  ice  Publication No.  999-WP-25, pp.
  202-210.

PRITCHARD, D. W.
1960.  Problems Related  to Disposal of
  Radioactive  Wastes in  Estuarine  and
  Coastal  Waters.  In: Biological Prob-
  lems in  Water   Pollution—Transac-
  tions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary Engineering  Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, pp.  22-32.

RAY, K. M. (ed.)
1962.  Oceanographic  Studies  During
  Operation "Wigwam." Limnology  and
  Oceanography, Supplement to Volume
  7, pp.  1-91.

REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER
1957.  General  Considerations Concern-
  ing the Ocean as a Receptacle for Ar-
  tificially  Radioactive Materials.  Na-
  tional  Academy of  Science.  National
  Research  Council,   Publication  No.
  511, pp. 1-25,

REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER
1958.  Oceanic Research Needed for Safe
  Disposal of  Radioactive  Wastes at
  Sea.  Proceedings 2nd  International
  Conference   on   Peaceful Uses  of
  Atomic  Energy,  June 1958,  Session
  D-19, P/2431, pp. 364-370.

RICE, T. R.
1956.  The Accumulation and Exchange
  of  Strontium by  Marine Plankton
  Algae.  Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 1, No.  2, pp. 123-138.
                                                                          71

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
RICE, T. R. and V. M. WILLIS
1959. Uptake, Accumulation and Loss
  of Radioactive Cerium-144 by Marine
  Planktonic  Algae.   Limnology  and
  Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 277-
  290.
SABO,  J.  J.  and  P.  H.  BEDROSIAN
(Editors)
1963.  Studies of the Fate  of  Certain
  Radionuclides   in  Estuariane  and
  Other Aquatic  Environments. U. S.
  Public Health Service  Publication No.
  999-R-3, p. 1-73.


SCHAEFER, M. B.
1960.  New  Research  Required  in Sup-
  port of Radioactive Waste Disposal.
  Disposal of Radioactive Wastes, vol.
  2, Conference  Proceedings, Monaco,
  November 16-21,  1959, pp. 265-282.

SEYMOUR, A. H.
1963.  Radioactivity of   Marine Orga-
  nisms from Guam, Palau and the Gulf
  of Siam, 1958-1959. In: Radioecology.
  Reinhold   Publishing  Corporation,
  New York, pp.  151-157.

SKAUEN, D. M.
1963.  Radioactive  Zinc-65  in  Marine
  Organisms in  Fisher's Island Sound
  and  Its Estuaries.  Final Report, De-
  cember 1, 1959  through November 30,
  1963. U.  S. Atomic Energy Commis-
  sion, TID-19922,  pp. 1-52.

TAYLOR, W. R.
1960.  Some  Results of  Studies on  the
  Uptake of Radioactive Waste Mate-
  rials by Marine and Estuarine Phyto-
  plankton  Organisms  Using Continu-
  ous  Culture Techniques.  Chesapeake
  Bay Institute,  Technical Report,  No.
  21, pp.
 TOWNSLEY,  S. J., R. E. JOHANNES and
 B. T. SATHER
 1962. The Accumulation of Radioactive
  Isotopes by  Tropical  Marine Orga-
  nisms.  Annual  Report,  1961-1962.
  U. S.  Atomic Energy Commission,
  TID-19104, pp. 1-52.


 WATSON,  D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W.  C.
 HANSON
 1961.  Zinc-65  in  Marine  Organisms
  Along the Oregon and  Washington
  Coasts.  Science, vol.  133,  pp. 1826-
  1828.
WATSON, D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W. C.
HANSON
1963.  Interspecies  Differences in  Ac-
  cumulation of  Gamma  Emitters  by
  Marine Organisms near the Columbia
  River Mouth. Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 305-308.
TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS
ALDERDICE, D. F.
1963.  Some  Effects  of  Simultaneous
  Variation in  Salinity,  Temperature
  and  Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis-
  tance of Young  Coho  Salmon to a
  Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish-
  eries Research Board  of Canada, vol.
  20, No. 2, pp. 525-550.


BEAVER, G. F.,  C. K. RAWLS and G.  E.
BECKETT
1962. Field Observations upon Estuarine
  Animals  Exposed to 2,4—D.  Proceed-
  ings  of  the Northeast Weed  Control
  Conference, No. 16, pp. 449-458.


BERGMAN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH
1963.  Observations on  the Mechanism
  of Action and on the Quantitative As-
  say of Ichthyotoxin from Prymnesium
  parvum.   Toxicology   and   Applied
  Pharmacology, vol. 5,  pp. 637-649.

CHADWICK, H. K.
1960. Toxicity of Tricon  Oil Spill Eradi-
  cator to Striped Bass Roccus sexatilis.
  California  Fish and  Game,  vol.  46,
  No.  3, pp. 371-372.

CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER
1958.  A Complex Chemical Waste and
  Its  Toxicity  to Fish.  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.


COLLIER, A., S.  RAY, W.  MAGNITZKY and
J. O. BELL
1953.  Effect of Dissolved Organic Sub-
  stances  on Oysters.  U. S. Fish and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery  Bulletin,
  vol.  54,  No. 84, pp. 167-185.


COOPER, R. A., S. B. CHENOWETH and
N.  MARSHALL
1964.  Condition of the  Quahog, Merce-
  naria mercenaria, from Polluted and
  Unpolluted Waters.  Chesapeake Sci-
  ence, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 155-160.
72

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951.  A Proposed Toxicity Test for In-
  dustrial Wastes to be Discharged to
  Marine  Waters.  Sewage  and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol.  23, No. 8, pp. 1029-
  1031.

DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951.  Effects  of  Some Chemicals  Used
  in Oil Well  Drilling on Marine Ani-
  mals. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 23,  No.  10, pp. 1282-1287.

DAVIS, C.  C.
1948.  Studies  of the Effects of Indus-
  trial Pollution in  the Lower Patapsco
  River Area.  2. The Effect of Copper-
  as Pollution on  Plankton.   Publica-
  tions  of the  Chesapeake  Biological
  Laboratory,  vol. 72, No. 1, pp.  1-12.

DAVIS, H.  C. and P. E. CHANLEY
1956.  Effects  of Some Dissolved  Sub-
  stances  on Bivalve Larvae.  Proceed-
  ings of the National Shellfisheries As-
  sociation, vol. 46,  pp. 59-74.

EISLER, R.
1965,  Some Effects of a Synthetic De-
  tergent on Estuarine Fishes. Transac-
  tions of the  American  Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 94, No.  1, pp. 26-31.

GALTSOFF, P. S.
1932.  Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
  Oysters.  II.  The Effect of Sulphite
  Waste Liquor on the Rate of Feeding
  of Ostrea, lurida and Ostrea gigas. In:
  Hopkins, et  al., Effects of Pulp Mill
  Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of
  Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47, No. 6, pp.
  162-167.

GALTSOFF, P. S.
1946.  Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina-
  tion. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
  Special  Scientific  Reports,  Research
  No. 11, pp. 1-28.

GALTSOFF, P. S.,  W.  A. CHIPMAN, JR.,
J. B. ENGLE and H.  N. CALDERWOOD
1947.   Ecological   and   Physiological
  Studies  of the Effect of Sulfate  Pulp
  Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York
  River, Virginia. U. S. Fish and Wild-
  life Service,  Fishery Bulletin, vol.  51,
  No. 43, pp. 59-186.

GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON
1960.  The Toxicity  of Gonyaulax moni-
  lata Howell to Mugil cepkalus. Limn-
  ology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No.
  2, pp. 171-174.
HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DlMICK
1953. The Lethality of Methyl Mercap-
  tan to King Salmon as Influenced by
  Variation of the Volume of Test Solu-
  tion.   Technical  Association  of the
  Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No.
  3, pp. 131-133.

HENDERSON, W. L.
1959. Studies on the Use of Membrane
  Filters for the Estimation of Coliform
  Densities in Sea Water. Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes, vol.  31, No. 1, pp.
  78-91.

HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD
1964.  The  Susceptibility of  Salmonid
  Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con-
  ditions—I. Zinc  Sulphate.   Interna-
  tional  Journal  of  Air  and  Water
  Pollution, vol. 8,  Nos.  3 and 4, pp.
  251-256.

HOOD,   D.  W.,   T.   W.   DUKE  and
B. STEVENSON
1960. Measurement  of Toxicity of Or-
  ganic Wastes to Marine Organisms.
  Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
  trol  Federation, vol. 32, No.  9, pp.
  982-993.

LINDSAY, C. E.
1960. The Bio-assay Approach to  Estu-
  arine Pollution Problems. Journal of
  the Water Pollution Control Federa-
  tion, vol. 32,  No. 2, pp.  195-197.

LOWE, J. I.
1965. Chronic Exposure of  Blue Crabs,
  Callinectes sapidus, to Sublethal Con-
  centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46,
  No. 6, pp. 899-900.

MACKIN, J. G.
1961. Mortalities  of Oysters.  Proceed-
  ings of the National  Shellfisheries As-
  sociation, vol. 50, pp. 21—40.

MARVIN, K.  T.,  L.  M. LANSFORD and
R. S. WHEELER
1961. Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol-
  ogy  of a Lagoon.  U. S. Fish and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
  184, pp. 153-160.

NELSON, T. C.
1921. Some Aspects  of Pollution as Af-
  fecting Oyster Propagation. American
  Journal of Public Health, vol. 11, No.
  6, pp. 498-501.
                                                                            73

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
PEARSON,  E. A., R. D.  POMEROY and
J. E. McKEE
1960.  Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
  posal Research Program in California.
  State Water Pollution Control Board,
  Sacramento,  California, Publication
  No. 22,  pp. 1-77.


PULLEY, T. E.
1950.  The Effect of Aluminum Chloride
  in Small  Concentrations on  Various
  Marine  Organisms, Texas Journal of
  Science, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 405-411.


RAWLS, C. K.
1965.  Field Tests of Herbicide Toxicity
  to Certain Estuarine Animals. Chesa-
  peake Science, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 150-
  161.

RAYMONT, J. E. G, and J, SHIELDS
1963.  Toxicity of Copper and Chromium
  in the Marine Environment. Interna-
  tional Journal of Air and Water Pol-
  lution, vol. 7, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 435-443.

REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
1960.  Field  Toxicity Tests in Marine
  Waters   Utilizing  the  Polychaetous
  Annelid, Capitella capitata  (Frabic-
  ius).  Pacific  Naturalist, vol. 1, No.
  21,  pp. 1-S.

RITCHIE, L. S.} I. Fox, L.  P. FRICK and
L. A.  BERRIES-DURAN
1963.  Molluskicidal  Qualities of  Dinex
  (dinitro-o-cyclohexylphenol)  Revealed
  by  6-Hour  and 24-Hour Exposures
  Against Representative Stages and
  S:zes of Australorbis glabratus. Bul-
  letin of the World Health  Organiza-
  tion, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 545-^548.

STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES
1957.   The  Effect of Copper on  the
  Growth of Bacteria Isolated from Ma-
  rine Environments.  Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 33-36,

TAGATZ, M. E.
1961.  Reduced  Oxygen Tolerance and
  Toxicity of  Petroleum Products  to
  Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake
  Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 65-71.

UKELES, R.
1962.  Growth of Pure Cultures of Ma-
  rine Phytoplankton in the Presence of
  Toxicants.  Applied Microbiology, vol.
  10, No.  6, pp. 532-537.
WAUGH, G. D.
1964.  Observations  on the Effects  of
  Chlorine on the  Larvae  of  Oysters
  (Ostrea  edulis  L.)   and  Barnacles
  (Etminius modestus Darwin). Annals
  of Applied Biology, vol. 54, No. 3, pp.
  423-440.

YOUNG, P. H.
1964. Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on
  Marine  Life.   California  Fish and
  Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41.
TECHNIQUES
BARNARD, J. L. and G. F. JONES
1960.  Techniques in a Large Scale Sur-
  vey of Marine Benthic Biology.  In:
  Pearson,  E.  A.  (ed.),  Disposal  of
  Wastes in the Marine Environment.
  Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 413-
  447.

BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1960.  The Spread Plate as a Method for
  the  Enumeration of Marine Bacteria.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
  No. 1, pp. 78-80.

BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1961.  The  Effect of Tween 80  on the
  Enumeration of Marine  Bacteria by
  the  Spread and Pour Plate  Methods.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6,
  No. 1, pp. 42-44.

BURT, W. V. and L. D. MARRIAGE
1957.  Computation  of  Pollution in the
  Yaquina  River Estuary.  Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes, vol.  29, No. 12, pp.
  1385-1389.

CLARK,  J. R. and R. L. CLARK
1964.  Sea-Water Systems  for  Experi-
  mental Aquariums. U. S.  Fish and
  Wildlife   Service,  Research  Report,
  Fisheries No. 63, pp. 1-192.

DODSON, A. N. and W. H. THOMAS
1964.  Concentrating Plankton in a Gen-
  tle  Fashion.  Limnology  and  Ocean-
  ography, vol. 9, No. 3,  pp. 455-456.

HOHN, M. H.
1959.  The Use of Diatom Populations as
  a  Measure  of  Water  Quality  in
  Selected   Areas  of  Galveston and
  Chocolate Bay,  Texas.  Publications
  of the Institute of Marine Science of
  the University of Texas, vol.  6, pp.
  206-212.
74

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
HOLMES, R. W.
1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto-
  plankton for Microscopic Examination
  and   Enumeration   on    Molecular
  Filters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
  ice,  Special Scientific Report No. 433,
  pp. 1-6.

JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E. JONES
1959.  Bacterial Populations in Sea Wa-
  ter as Determined by Different Meth-
  ods  of Enumeration.  Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 4,  No. 2, pp.  128-
  139.

JOHNSON, M. C.
1954.  A Suggested Inorganic Fertilizer
  for Use in Brackish Water.  Quarterly
  Journal  of the Florida Academy  of
  Science, vol. 17, No. 2,  pp. 119-127.

KUTKUHN, J. H.
1958.  Notes  on the Precision of Numer-
  ical  and  Volumetric  Plankton   Esti-
  mates  from  Small-Sample  Concen-
  trates. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83.

MOORE,  J. K.
1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter-
  ing  and  Preserving  Marine Phyto-
  plankton   on  a  Membrane  Filter.
  Limnology  and Oceanography, vol. 8,
  No. 2, pp. 304-305.

ODUM, E. P. and R.  W. BACHMANN
1959.  Uptake of Zinc-65 and Primary
  Productivity in Marine Benthic Algae.
  Biological  Bulletin, Woods  Hole, vol.
  117, pp. 1-421.

ODUM, H. T.
1960.   Analyses  of   Diurnal  Oxygen
  Curves for the  Essay of  Reaeration
  Rates and Metabolism in Polluted Ma-
  rine Bays.  In: Pearson, E. A.  (ed.),
  Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
  vironment.  Pergamon  Press,   New
  York, pp. 547-555.

ORLOB,  G. T.
1956.  Evaluating Bacterial Contamina-
  tion in  Sea Water Samples.  Public
  Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 12, pp.
  1246-1252.

PARSONS, T. R. and J. D. H. STRICKLAND
1963.  Discussion of  Spectrophotometric
  Determination  of  Marine-Plant Pig-
  ments, with  Revised Equations for
  Ascertaining Chlorophylls  and Caro-
  tenoids. Journal of Marine Research,
  vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 155-163.
PRATT, D. M. and H. BERKSON
1959.  Two Sources of Error in the Oxy-
  gen Light  and Dark Bottle Method.
  Limnology  and Oceanography, vol. 4,
  No. 3, pp. 328-334.

PRESNELL, M. W., W. ARCISZ and C. B.
KELLY
1954.   Comparison  of  the Membrane
  Filter  and  Most  Probable Number
  Techniques in Examining Sea Water.
  Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 3,
  pp.  300-304.


REISH, D. J.
1961.  The Use of the Sediment Bottle
  Collector for Monitoring Polluted Ma-
  rine Waters.   California  Fish   and
  Game, vol.  47, No. 3, pp. 261-272.


RICHARDS, F. A. with T. C. THOMPSON
1952.  The Estimation and Characteriza-
  tion of  Plankton Populations by Pig-
  ment  Analysis.  II.  A  Spectrophoto-
  metric Method  for the Estimation of
  Plankton Pigments.  Journal of Ma-
  rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 156-
  175.

REISH, D. J.
1960.  The Use of Marine Invertebrates
  as Indicators of Water Quality.  In:
  Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Disposal
  in the Marine Environment.  Perga-
  mon Press, New York,  pp. 92-103.


RYTHER, J. H.
1956.   The  Measurement  of Primary
  Production. Limnology  and  Ocean-
  ography, vol. 1, No.  2, pp. 72-84.


RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH
1957.  The Estimation of Phytoplankton
  Production in the Ocean from Chloro-
  phyll and Light Data.  Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 281-
  286.

RYTHER, J. H. and R. R. L. GUILLARD
1959.  Enrichment  Experiments  as  a
  Means  of  Studying Nutrients Limit-
  ing  to  Phytoplankton  Production.
  Deep Sea Research, vol. 6, No. 1, pp.
  65-69.

SAYED, S. Z. E. and B. D. LEE
1963. Evaluation of an Automatic Tech-
  nique for Counting Unicellular Orga-
  nisms.  Journal of Marine Research,
  vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 59-73.
                                                                           75

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SIMMONS, H. B.
1960.  Application and  Limitations of
  Estuary Models in Pollution Analyses.
  In:  Pearson, E. A.  (ed.), Waste Dis-
  posal  in  the  Marine  Environment.
  Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 540-
  546.

TURNER, C.  H., E. E. EBERT and  R. R.
GIVEN
1964.  An Ecological Survey of a Marine
  Environment Prior  to Installation of
  a Submarine Outfall. California Fish
  and Game, vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 176-188.

TURNER, C.  H., E. E. EBERT and  R. R.
GIVEN
1965.  Survey of the  Marine Environ-
  ment  Off Shore of San Elijo Lagoon,
  San Diego County.  California Fish
  and Game, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 81-112.
SAMPLERS
ALLEN, D. M. and A. INGLIS
1958.  A   Pushnet  for  Quantitative
  Sampling of Shrimp in Shallow Estu-
  aries. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 239-241.

BODMAN, R. H., L.  V.  SLABAWJH  and
V. T. BOWEN
1961.  A  Multi-Purpose  Large-Volume
  Sea-Water Sampler.  Journal of  Ma-
  rine Research, vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 141-
  148.

BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1960. The Spread Plate as a Method for
  the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
  No. 1, pp. 78-80.

COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY
1948.  An Automatic Proportioning Ap-
  paratus  for  Experimental Study  of
  the Effects of Chemical  Solutions  on
  Aquatic  Animals.  Science, vol.  107,
  pp. 576-577.

GAUL, R.  D,,  D.  D. KETCHUM, J.  T.
SHAW and J. M. SNODGRASS (eds.)
1962. Marine Sciences Instrumentation.
  Plenum Press, New York, vol. 1, 354
  PP.

HOLME, N. A.
1964. Methods of Sampling the Benthos.
  In: Russell, F. S. (ed.), Advances in
  Marine  Biology,  vol.  2, Academic
  Press, Inc. (London) Ltd., 274 pp.
HOLMES, R. W.
1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto-
  plankton  for  Microscopic Examina-
  tion  and  Enumeration  on Molecular
  Filters. U.  S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
  ice,   Special Scientific Report, Fish-
  eries No. 433, pp. 1-6.

KIMBALL, J. F., JR. and E. J. F. WOOD
1964.  A Simple  Centrifuge for Phyto-
  plankton  Studies. Bulletin of Marine
  Science of  the Gulf and Caribbean,
  vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 539-544.

MAClNTYRE, R. J.
1964.  A Box Dredge for  Quantitative
  Sampling   of   Benthic   Organisms.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
  No. 3, pp. 460-461.

MERNA, J. W.
1962.  Quantitative Sampling with  the
  Orange Peel Dredge. Limnology and
  Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 432-
  433.

MILLER, D.
1962. A Modification of the  Small Hardy
  Plankton Sampler for  Simultaneous
  High-Speed Plankton Hauls.  Bulletin
  of Marine Ecology, vol. 5, No. 45, pp.
  165-172.

MOORE, J.  K.
1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter-
  ing   and  Preserving Marine  Phyto-
  plankton on a Membrane  Filter. Limn-
  ology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2,
  pp. 304-305.

MURRAY, J. W.
1962.   A New Bottom-Water  Sampler
  for Ecplogists.  Journal of the Marine
  Biological Association of the United
  Kingdom, vol.  42, No. 3, pp. 499-501.

PEARCY, W. G. and L. HUBBARD
1964.  A Modification of the Isaacs-Kidd
  Midwater Trawl for Sampling at Dif-
  ferent Depth Intervals. Deep  Sea Re-
  search, vol. 11, No.  2, pp. 263-264.

SACHS, P. L. and S. 0. RAYMOND
1965.  A   New   Unattached  Sediment
  Sampler. Journal of Marine Research,
  vol.  23, No. 1, pp. 44-53.

SOLI, G.
1964.  A  System  for  Isolating Phyto-
  plankton Organisms in  Unialgal  and
  Bacteria-Free   Culture.   Limnology
  and Oceanography, vol.  9, No. 2, pp,
  265-268.
 78

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC LIFE
BROAD, A. C.
1965.  Environmental  Requirements  of
  Shrimp.  In:  Biological Problems  in
  Water  Pollution—Transactions of the
  1962 Seminar, Robert  A.  Taft Sani-
  tary Engineering Center,  Cincinnati,
  Ohio.   U. S.  Public Health  Service,
  Publication   No.  999-WP-25,   pp.
  86-91.


COULSON, E. J., H. LEVINE  and R,  E.
REMINGTON
1932.  Oysters and Anemia.  American
  Journal of Public Health, vol. 22, No.
  11, pp. 1141-1146.
RAYMONT, J. E. G.
1959. The Respiration of some Plank-
  tonic  Copepods III. The Oxygen Re-
  quirements of some American Species.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4,
  No. 4, pp. 479-491.
INDUSTRIAL WASTES

GENERAL REFERENCES
EBERMAN, J. W.
1956.  Disposal  of Wastes at Sea.  Sew-
  age and  Industrial Wastes,  vol. 28,
  No. 11, pp. 1365-1370.
DEUBLER, E. E., JR. and G. S. POSNER
1963.  Response of Postlarval Flounders,
  Paralicthys  lethostigma, to Water of
  Low Oxygen Concentrations.  Copeia,
  No. 2, pp. 312-319.


Dow,  R. L.
1958.  Sanitary Criteria for Shellfish by
  Species and  by Area. Proceedings of
  the  National Shellfisheries Associa-
  tion, vol. 48, pp. 23-29.


GALTSOPF, P. S.
1960.  Environmental  Requirements of
  Oysters in Relation  to Pollution.  In:
  Biological Problems  in Water Pollu-
  tion—Transactions of the 1959 Semi-
  nar, Robert  A.  Taft Sanitary Engi-
  neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.
  Public Health Service, pp. 128-134.
FISHER, L. M.
1938.  Effects of Industrial Wastes  and
  Sewage on  Shellfish  and  Fin Fish.
  Civil  Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp.
  454-456.
HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L.  M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
  Wastes.  Industrial and  Engineering
  Chemistry, No. 50, pp. 885-888.
INGRAM, W. M. and P. DOUDOROFF
1953.  Selected Bibliography of Publica-
  tions on Industrial Wastes Relating
  to Fish and  Oysters.  Public  Health
  Service  Publication No. 270, (Public
  Health  Service  Bibliography  Series
  No. 10), pp. 1-28.
CAREER, W. F.
1956.   Bacteriological  Standards   for
  Bathing Waters.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 795-
  808.


HUNTER, A.  C. and C. W. HARRISON
1928.   Bacteriology and  Chemistry of
  Oysters,  with  Special   Reference to
  Regulatory  Control  of  Production,
  Handling, and Shipment.  U.  S.  De-
  partment  of  Agriculture,  Technical
  Bulletin No. 64, pp. 1-75.


LOOSANOFP, V. L., H. C. DAVIS and P. E.
CHANLEY
1955.  Food  Requirements of Some Bi-
  valve Larvae. Proceedings of the  Na-
  tional  Shellfisheries Association,  vol.
  45,  pp. 66-83.
KRISHNAMOORTHY, K.  P. and  G. Vis-
WESWARA
1963.  Hydrobiological Studies with Ref-
  erence to  Sudden  Fish  Mortality.
  Hydrbiologia, vol.  21,  Nos.  3 and 4,
  pp.  275-303.


OLSON,  R.  A., H. F. BRUST and  W. L.
TRESSLER
1941.  Studies of the Effects of Indus-
  trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
  River  Area.   Chesapeake  Biological
  Laboratory, Publication  No. 43, pp.
  1-40.
REDFIELD, A. C. and L. A. WALFORD
1951. A Study of the Disposal of Chem-
  ical Wastes at Sea. National Academy
  of Sciences—National Research  Coun-
  cil, Publication 201, pp. 1-49.
                                                                          77

-------
            WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
 COOLING  WATER
 DOUDOROFF, P.
 1938.  Reactions  of Marine  Fishes  to
   Temperature   Gradients.   Biological
   Bulletin,  Woods  Hole,  vol.  75,  pp.
   494-509.


 DOUDOROFF, P.
 1942. The Resistance and Acclimation of
   Marine  Fishes  to  Temperature
   Changes. I. Experiments with Girella
   nigricans  (Ayers).  Biological Bul-
   letin, Woods Hole, vol. 83, pp. 219-244.

 DOUDOROFF, P.
 1945.  The  Resistance and Acclimation
   of  Marine  Fishes  to  Temperature
   Changes. II.  Experiments with Fun-
   dulus   and  Atkerinops.   Biological
   Bulletin,  Woods  Hole, vol. 88, pp.
   194-206.


 GAMESON, A.  L. H., H. HALL and W.  S.
 PREDDY
 1957.  Effects of  Heated Discharges on
   the Temperature of the Thames Estu-
   ary.  The Engineer, December 6, 13
   and 20, 1957,  Water Pollution  Re-
   search  Laboratory Reprint No. 318,
   pp. 3-12.

 MABKOWSKI, S.
 1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta-
   tions: A New Factor in the Environ-
   ment  of  Marine  and  Freshwater
   Invertebrates.   Journal  of Animal
   Ecology, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258.


 REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
 1959. Marine Pollution. Water and Sew-
   age  Works, vol. 106,  No.  6,  pp.
   259-262.
  as Pollution on Plankton.  Chesapeake
  Biological   Laboratory,   Publication
  No. 72, pp. 3-12.

NELSON, T. C.
I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
  sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
  New  Jersey   Estuaries.   Biological
  Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
  actions  of the  1959 Seminar, Robert
  A. Taft Sanitary  Engineering Cen-
  ter,  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S.  Public
  Health Service, pp. 203-211.

O'CONNOR,  J.  T., C.  E,   RENN  and
L WINTNER
1964. Zinc Concentrations in Rivers of
  the Chesapeake Bay Region.  Journal
  of the American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol. 56, No. 3, pp. 280-286.
PETROLEUM
ANON.
1926.  Oil Pollution  of  Navigable Wa-
  ters. Appendix 6, Report of the U. S.
  Bureau of Fisheries: Preliminary In-
  vestigation on Effect of Oil Pollution
  on Marine Pelagic Eggs. April 1925,
  pp. 85-92.

CHIPMAN, W. A. and P. S. GALTSOFF
1949.  Effects of Oil Mixed with  Carbon-
  ized Sand on  Aquatic Animals.  U. S.
  Fish and  Wildlife Service,  Special
  Scientific Report, Fisheries  No. 1, pp.
  1-52.

COLE, B.  T., H. J. BENNET  and J.  D.
MILLER
1958.   Tolerance  of  Euryhaline  Fish
  Forms to Dilutions of Oil Field Bleed
  Water.  Proceedings of the  Louisiana
  Academy of Science, vol. 20,  pp. 13-
METALS AND MANUFACTURING
ARNOLD, E. L., JR. and W. F. ROYCE
1950. Observations of the Effect of Acid-
  Iron Waste Disposal at Sea on Animal
  Populations.  U, S. Fish and Wildlife
  Service,  Special   Scientific  Reports,
  Fisheries, No. 11, pp. 1-12.

DAVIS, C. C.
1948. Studies of the Effects of Indus-
  trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
  River Area, 2: The Effect of Copper-
DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951. Effects of Some Chemicals Used
  in Oil Well  Drilling on Marine Ani-
  mals.  Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 1282-1287.

GALTSOFF, P. S., H. F. PRYTHERCH, et al.
1935. Effects of Crude Oil Pollution on
  Oysters.  U.  S. Bureau of  Fisheries
  Bulletin, vol. 48, pp. 142-210.

GALTSOFF, P. S.
1936. Oil Pollution in Coastal Waters.
  Proceedings  of the North American
78

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
  Wildlife  Conference, February  3-7,
  1936, Senate  Committee  Print, 74th
  Congress, Second Session,  pp. 550-555.

GILES, L. A., JR. and J. LIVINGSTON
1960. Oil Pollution of the Seas. Trans-
  actions of the North American Wild-
  life Conference, vol. 25, pp.  297-303.

GOWANLOCH, J. N.
1935.  Pollution by  Oil in  Relation to
  Oysters.  Transactions of  the Ameri-
  can  Fisheries  Society,  vol.  65, pp.
  293-296.

GUTSELL, J. S.
1921. Danger to Fisheries from Oil and
  Tar  Pollution of  Waters. Appendix
  VII, Report of U.  S. Commissioner of
  Fisheries for 1921, pp. 3-10.

HART,  J.   L.,  H. B.  MARSHALL,  and
D. BEALL
1933. The Extent of the Pollution Caused
  by Pilchard Reduction Plants in Brit-
  ish Columbia.  Bulletin of the Fish-
  eries Research Board of Canada, No.
  39, pp. 1-11.

HART, J. L.
1933. The Investigation of Pollution by
  Pilchard  Reduction Plants.  Fisheries
  Research  Board of  Canada, Pacific
  Progress  Report No. 16, pp. 14-15.

HAWKES, A. L.
1961. A Review of the Nature  and Ex-
  tent of Damage Caused by Oil Pollu-
  tion at Sea. Transactions of the North
  American Wildlife and Natural Re-
  sources Conference, vol. 26, pp. 343-
  355.

HOPKINS, A. E.
1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
  Oysters.  I.  The  Effect of  Sulphite
  Waste Liquor on  the Oyster, Ostrea
  lurida. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of
  Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S.
  Bureau of Fisheries  Bulletin, vol. 47,
  No. 6, pp. 125-162.

LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al.
1924. Effect of Oil  Pollution of Coast
  and  Other  Waters on  the  Public
  Health.   Public  Health  Reports, vol.
  39, No. 12, pp. 1657-1664.

LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al.
1925. Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine
  and Wildlife. Appendix 5 to Report of
  the U. S. Commissioner of  Fisheries
  for 1925, Bureau  of Fisheries Docu-
  ment No. 995, pp.  171-181.
LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, H. F. FISHER
and P. N. HARDING
1926. Effect of Oil  Pollution on Marine
  and Wildlife.  Report of  the U.  S.
  Commissioner of  Fisheries  for  1925,
  pp. 171-181.

MCDONALD, M.
1885. Report on the  Pollution of  the
  Potomac River by  the Discharge  of
  Waste Products from Gas  Manufac-
  ture.  U. S. Fish Commission Bulletin,
  No. 5, pp. 125-126.

TAGATZ, M. E.
1961. Reduced Oxygen  Tolerance and
  Toxicity of  Petroleum  Products  to
  Juvenile American Shad.  Chesapeake
  Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1/2, pp. 65-71.

ZoBELL, C. E.
1963. The Occurrence, Effects, and Fate
  of Oil Polluting the Sea. International
  Journal of Air and  Water  Pollution,
  vol. 7, Nos. 2/3, pp.  173-178.
PULP,  PAPER,  AND  TEXTILES
ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT
1957. Some Effects of  Kraft Mill Efflu-
  ent on Young Pacific Salmon. Journal
  of the Fisheries Research  Board of
  Canada, vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 783-795.

BARTSCH, A. F.
1963.  Paper  Mill  Pollution  in  Puget
  Sound.   Transactions  of the  North
  American  Wildlife  Conference,  vol.
  28, pp. 1-369.

BREESE, W. P.,  R.  E.  MILLEMANN and
R. E. DIMICK
1963.  Stimulation of  Spawning  in the
  Mussels,  Mytilus edulis Linnaeus and
  Mytilus   californianus   Conrad  by
  Kraft  Mill  Effluent.  Biological Bul-
  letin, Woods Hole, vol.  25, pp.  1-197.

CHIPMAN, W. A.
1948. Physiological Effects of Sulphate
  Pulp Mill Wastes on Shellfish.  Paper
  Trade  Journal,  vol.  127, No.  12, pp.
  47-49.

GALTSOFF,  P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al.
1938. Preliminary  Report on the Decline
  of the Oyster Industry of the York
  River,  Virginia, and  the Effects of
                                                                           79

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  Palp-Mill Pollution on Oysters.  U. S.
  Bureau of Fisheries,  Investigational
  Report No. 37, vol. 2, pp. 1-42.

GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al,
1947.  Ecological   and   Physiological
  Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp
  Mill Wastes  on  Oysters in the York
  River, Virginia.  U. S.  Fish and Wild-
  life Service,  Fishery Bulletin No.  43,
  pp. 59-186.

GREER, B. A., R. E. GILLESPIE and P. C.
TRUSSELL
1956. Biochemical  Oxygen  Demand of
  Total Effluent from Full-Bleach Kraft
  Mill.   Technical  Association  of the
  Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 39, No.
  8, pp. 599-602.

GUKTER, G. and J.  McKEE
1960.  On  Oysters and  Sulfite  Waste
  Liquor.  A Report  for the Pollution
  Control Commission of the State of
  Washington,  pp. 1-93.

GUNTER,  G. and J. McKEE
1961.  On  Oysters  and  Sulfite  Waste
  Liquor.  Part I. Industrial  Water and
  Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186.

GUNTER, G. and J.  McKEE
1962.  On  Oysters  and  Sulfite Waste
  Liquor. Part  II. Industrial Water and
  Wastes, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 7-9.

HAYDU, E.  P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1952. The  Effects of  Kraft  Mill Waste
  Components   on  Certain   Salmonid
  Fishes of the Pacific Northwest Tech-
  nical  Association  of the  Pulp and
  Paper  Industry, vol. 35, No.  12, pp.
  545-549.

HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.)
1953.  Toxic Effects  of  Sulfite  Waste
  Liquor on Young Salmon. State of
  Washington,  Department of Fisheries,
  Research Bulletin No. 1, pp. 1-111.

HOPKINS, A. E., P.  S.  GALTSOFF and
H.  C. McMimN
1931. Effects of Pulp  Mill Pollution on
  Oysters.   U.   S.  Bureau  of Fishery
  Bulletin, vol. 47, pp. 125-186.

JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E. BOND
and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
  Fishes to Pulp Mill  Effluents. Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 12,
  pp. 1403-1413.
MCKERNAN,  D.  L.,  V.  TARTAR  and
R. TOLLEFSON
1949.  An  Investigation of the  Decline
  of the Native Oyster Industry of the
  State  of Washington,  with  Special
  Reference  to  the Effects  of  Sulfite
  Pulp  Mill  Waste  on  the Olympia
  Oyster  (Ostrea  lurida).   State  of
  Washington Department of Fisheries
  Biological  Report No, 49a, pp. 115-
  165.

McMlLLlN, H. C.
1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
  Oysters.  III.  Investigations of Oyster
  Mortality in  Oakland Bay, Washing-
  ton. In:  Hopkins,  et al.,  Effects of
  Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S.
  Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin,  vol. 47,
  No. 6, pp. 167-186.

ODLAUG,  T. 0.
1946. Effects of Stabilized and Unstabi-
  lized  Waste  Sulfite  Liquor  on  the
  Olympia  Oyster, Ostrea lurida. Trans-
  actions of the American Microscopical
  Society, vol. 68, No. 3, pp. 163-182.

ORLOB, G. T. and E. F. ELDRIDGE
1954. Deep-Water Disposal of Pulp Mill
  Wastes  into   Port  Gardner  Bay,
  Everett, Washington.  Sewage and In-
  dustrial  Wastes,  vol. 26, No.  4, pp.
  520-530.

TULLY, J. P.
1949. Oceanography and  Prediction of
  Pulp Mill Pollution in Alberni Inlet.
  Bulletin  of the  Fisheries  Research
  Board  of Canada, No. 83,  pp.  1-169.

WALDICHUK, M. and J. P. TULLY
1953. Pollution Study in Nanaimo Har-
  bour.  Fisheries  Research  Board  of
  Canada,  Pacific Progress Report, No.
  97, pp. 14-17.

WALDICHUK, M.
1954.  Effect of Pulp  Mill  Waste  in
  Alberni Harbour.  Fisheries Research
  Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re-
  port, No. 101, pp. 23-26.

WALDICHUK, M.
1956.  Pulp  Mill Pollution in Alberni
  Harbour, British Columbia.   Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 2,
  pp. 199-205.

WALDICHUK, M.
1957. Report on Pollution Studies Con-
  ducted in Western Canada. In: Bio-
  logical Problems in Water Pollution—
80

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
  Transactions of 1956 Seminar, Robert
  A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
  U. S, Public  Health Service, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio, pp. 188-194.

WALDICHUK, M.
1960.  Effects of Pulp and Paper  Mill
  Wastes on the Marine Environment.
  In: Biological Problems on Water Pol-
  lution—Transactions  of  the  1959
  Seminar, Robert  A.  Taft  Sanitary
  Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 160-
  176.

WALDICHUK, M.
1962.  Some Water  Pollution Problems
  Connected with the Disposal of  Pulp
  Mill  Wastes.  Canadian Fish Cultur-
  ist, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 3-34.

WALDICHUK, M.
1962.  Amphipods in Low-Oxygen  Ma-
  rine  Waters Adjacent  to  a Sulphite
  Pulp  Mill.  Journal of the Fisheries
  Research Board of Canada, vol.  19,
  No. 6, pp. 1163-1165.

WALDICHUK, M.
1964.  Dispersion of Kraft-Mill Effluent
  from  a Submarine Diffuser in Stuart
  Channel, British  Columbia. Journal
  of the Fisheries  Research Board of
  Canada, vol. 21, No. 5,  pp. 1289-1316.
ORGANISM  IDENTIFICATION

GENERAL REFERENCES
HHJGEPETH, J. and X. HINTON
1961. Common Seashore Life of South-
  ern  California.  Naturegraph  Com-
  pany, Heraldsburg, California, 65 pp.

LIGHT,  S.   F.,  R.  I.  SMITH,  F. A.
PTTELKA,  D.  P. ABBOTT  and  F. M.
WEESNER
1961.  Intertidal  Invertebrates  of  the
  Central  California Coast.  University
  of California Press, Berkeley and Los
  Angeles,  California, 446 pp.

MINER, R. W.
1950. Field Book of Seashore Life. G. P.
  Putnam's Sons, New York, 888 pp.

PRATT, H. S.
1951. A Manual of the Common Inverte-
  brate Animals Exclusive of Insects.
  The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia,
  Pennsylvania, 854 pp.
RICKETTS, E. F. and J. CALVIN
1963. Between Pacific Tides. Third Edi-
  tion, Revised.  Revisions  by Joel W.
  Hedgpeth. Stanford University Press,
  California, 516 pp.
PROTOZOA, PORIFERA,
COELENTERATES, ECHINODERMS,
AND ANNELIDS
DELAUBENFELS, M. W.
1948. The Order Keratosa of the Phylum
  Porifera,   A   Monographic   Study.
  Allan Hancock  Foundation, Occasion-
  al Paper No. 3, pp. 1-217.

FRASER, C. M.
1937. Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of
  Canada and the United States. Uni-
  versity of Toronto Press, 207 pp.

GALLOWAY, J. J.
1933. Manual of the Foraminifera. Prin-
  cipia Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 483
  pp.

HARTMAN,  O.
1961. Polychaete Annelids from Cali-
  fornia. Publications of the Allan Han-
  cock  Foundation,  Occasional  Paper
  No. 25, pp. 1-226.

HARVEY, E. B.
1956. The American Arbacia  and Other
  Sea  Urchins.   Princeton  University
  Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 298 pp.

HORNFELD, M. M.
1931. Recent Littoral Foraminifera from
  Texas and  Louisiana. Department of
  Geology, Stanford University,  Contri-
  bution No.  3, pp. 77-101.

MAYER, A. G.
1910. Medusae of the World. Carnegie
  Institute,  Washington,  Publication
  109, 3 vols.

PETTIBONE, M. H.
1963. Marine Polychaete Worms of the
  New England Region. I. Aphroditidae
  through  Trochoahaetidae.  Smithson-
  ian  Institution,  United States  Na-
  tional  Museum,   Bulletin   227,  pp.
  1-356.

SCHAEFFER, A. A.
1926.  Taxonomy of the Amoebas with
  Descriptions of Thirty-Nine New Ma-
                                                                          81

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  rine and Freshwater Species. Carnegie
  Institution,  Washington,  Publication
  No. 345, pp. 1-116.,
MOLLUSCS


ABBOTT, R. T.
1954.  American  Seashells.  D.  Van
  Nostrand Company, Incorporated, 541
  PP.

BAKER, F. and G. D. HANNA
1927.  Marine  Mollusca of the  Order
  Opisthobranchiata. Proceedings of the
  California Academy of Science, Ser. 4,
  16, No. 5, pp. 123-135.

BAKER, F.
1926. Mollusca of the Family  Triphori-
  dae.  Proceedings  of  the California
  Academy of Science, Ser. 4, 15, No. 6,
  pp. 222-239.

CLENCH, W. J.
1947. The genera Purpura and Thais in
  the Western Atlantic.  Johnsonia, vol.
  2, No. 23, pp. 61-92.

FITCH, J. E.
1953. Common Marine Bivalves of Cali-
  fornia.  California  Fish arid  Game,
  Fisheries Bulletin No. 90, pp. 1-102.

HELPER, J. R.
1946. The Classification of Cypraeidae.
  Nautilus, vol. 60, No.  2, pp. 49-53.

INGRAM,  W. M.
1947. Hawaiian Cypraeidae. B. P. Bishop
  Museum, Occasional Papers, vol. 19,
  No. 1,  pp. 1-23.

INGRAM, W. M.
1951. The  Living Cypraeidae  of the
  Western   Hemisphere.  Bulletin  of
  American  Paleontology, vol. 33, No.
  136, pp. 1-55.

KEEN, A. M.
1963. Marine Molluscan  Genera of West-
  ern North America. Stanford Univer-
  sity Press, Pasadena, California, 126
  pp.

KEEN, A. M. and D. FRIZZELL
1946.  Illustrated  Key  to West  North
  American  Pelecepod  Genera.  Stan-
  ford University  Press, California, pp.
  1—28.
KEEN, A. M. and J. C. PEARSON
1952.  Illustrated  Key  to  West  North
  American Gastropod  Genera.  Stan-
  ford University  Press, California, pp.
  1-39.


MAWRY, C. J.
1922.  Recent  Molluscs  of  the Gulf of
  Mexico and Pleistocene and Pliocene
  Species from the Gulf States. Bulletin
  of American Paleontology, vol.  9, No.
  38, pp. 34-142.


MAWRY, C. J.
1920.  Recent  Molluscs  of  the Gulf of
  Mexico and  Pleistocene and Pliocene
  Species from the Gulf  States. Bulletin
  of American Paleontology, vol.  8, No.
  34, pp. 1-115.


OLDROYD, I. S.
1924. Marine Shells of Puget Sound and
  Vicinity. Puget Sound Biological Sta-
  tion,   University   of  Washington,
  Seattle, Washington, No. 4, pp.  1-272.


SMITH, M.
1951. East Coast Marine Shells. Descrip-
  tions of Shore  Mollusks Together with
  Many Living Below Tide Mark, from
  Maine  to Texas  Inclusive, Especially
  Florida. (4th Ed.), Edwards  Brothers,
  Ann Arbor, Michigan, 314 pp.


TURNER, R. D.
1955.  The Family  Pholadidae  in  the
  Western  Atlantic  and the  Eastern
  Pacific.  Part   II.  Martensunae,
  Jouannetinae, and Xylophazinae. John-
  sonia, vol. 3, No. 34, pp. 65-160.
ARTHROPODS


BANNER, A. H.
1947. A Taxonomic Study of the Mysi-
  dacea and Euphausiacea  (Crustacea)
  of the Northeastern Pacific.  Part  I.
  Mysidacea, from family Tophogastri-
  dae   through  Tribe  Eurythropini.
  Transactions of the Royal Canadian
  Institute, vol. 26, pp. 345-399.
1948.  Ibid.  Part 2.  Mysidacea  from
  Tribe  Inysini  through   Sub-family
  Mysidellinae, Ibid, vol. 27, pp. 65-111.
1949. Ibid. Part 3. Euphausiacea, Ibid,
  vol. 28, pp. 1-62.
82

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
BARNARD, J. L.
1954.   Marine Amphipoda of  Oregon.
  Oregon  State  University,  Corvallis,
  Oregon, pp. 1-107.

DAVIS, C. C.
1949.   The  Pelagic  Copepoda of  the
  Northeastern Pacific Ocean.  Univer-
  sity  of Washington,  Publication  of
  Biology, vol. 14, pp. 1-118.

GARTH, J. S.
1958,  Brachyura of the Pacific Coast of
  America,   Oxyrhyncha.   Publications
  of the Allan Hancock Foundation, Oc-
  eational Paper 21, pp. 1-499.

HAIZ, J.
1960.   The  Porcellanidae  (Crustacea,
  Anomura)  of the  Eastern  Pacific.
  Publications of  the Allan  Hancock
  Foundation,  Occasional Paper No. 24,
  pp.  1-440.

HEDGPETH, J. W.
1949.  The  North American Species of
  Macrobrachium (river shrimp). Texas
  Journal of Science, vol. 1, No. 3, pp.
  28-38,

HEDGPETH, J. W.
1948.  The Pycnogonida of the Western
  North  Atlantic  and the  Caribbean.
  Proceedings of the U. S. National Mu-
  seum, vol. 97, pp. 157-342.

HALTHITJS, L. B.
1951.  A General Revision of the Palae-
  monidae  (Crustacea  Decapoda  Na-
  tantia) of the Americas.  I. The  Sub-
  families Euryrhynchinae and Ponto-
  niinae.  Allan Hancock Foundation
  Publications,  Occasional  Papers,  No.
  11,  pp.1-332.

HOLTHIUS, L. B.
1952.  A General Revision of the Palae-
  monidae  (Crustacea  Depacoda  Na-
  tantia) of the Americas. II.  The Sub-
  family Palaemoninae.  Allan Hancock
  Foundation  Publications,  Occasional
  Papers, No.  12, pp.  1-396.

PlLSBRY, H. A.
1916.  The Sessile Barnacles (Cirripedia)
  Contained in the  Collections of the
  U,  S. National Museum, Including a
  Monograph  of the  America Species.
  Bulletin of  the  U. S.  National Mu-
  seum, No. 93, pp. 1-366.

RATHBURN, M. J.
1918.  The Grapsoid  Crabs of  America.
  Bulletin  of  the  U. S. National Mu-
  seum, No. 97, pp. 1-461.

RATHBURN, M. J.
1925.   The  Spider Crabs  of  America.
  Bulletin  of  the  U. S. National Mu-
  seum, No. 129, pp. 1-613.

RATHBURN, M. J.
1930.  The  Cancroid Crabs of America.
  Bulletin  of  the  U. S. National Mu-
  seum, No. 152, pp. 1-609.

SCHMITT, W. L.
1921. Marine Decapod Crustacea of Cali-
  fornia. University of  California Pub-
  lications of Zoology, No. 23, pp. 1—470.

TATTERSALL, W. M..
1951.  A Review of the Mysidacea of the
  United States.  Bulletin of the U. S.
  National  Museum, No. 201, pp. 1-292.

Voss, G.  L.
1955.   A Key to  the Commercial and
  Potentially Commercial Shrimp of the
  Family  Penaeidae of the   Western
  North  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  of
  Mexico. Florida State Board of Con-
  servation, Technical Ser.  14, pp. 1-23.

WILLIAMS,  A. B.
1965.   Marine  Decapod  Crustaceans of
  the  Carolinas. U. S.  Fish and Wild-
  life Service,  Fishery Bulletin, vol. 65,
  No. 1, pp. 1-298.

WILSON,  C. B.
1932.  The  Copepods of the Woods Hole
  Region, Massachusetts. Bulletin of the
  U. S. National  Museum,  No. 158, pp.
  1-635.
FISHES
BAILEY, R.  M.,  E.  A. LACHNER, C. C.
LINDSEY, C. R.  ROBINS,  P.  M. ROEDEL,
W. B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS
1960.  A List of Common and Scientific
  Names  of Fishes  from  the  United
  States and Canada. American Fish-
  eries  Society,  Special Publication No.
  2, pp. 1-102.

BREDER, C. M.
1948.  Fieldbook of Marine Fishes. G. P.
  Putnam's Sons, New York, 332 pp.
                                                                           83

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BRIGGS, J. C.
1955.  A Monograph of the Clingfishes
  (Order Xenopterygji). Stanford Ich-
  thyology Bulletin, No. 6, pp. 1-224.

CLEMENS, W. A. and G. V. WILBY
1961. (2nd Edition) Fishes of the Pacific
  Coast of Canada. Bulletin of the Fish-
  eries Research Board of Canada, No.
  68, pp. 1-443.

GlNSBURG, I.
1952.  Flounders of the Genus Paralich-
  thys and Related Genera in American
  Waters.  U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
  ice, Fishery  Bulletin, vol. 52, No. 71,
  pp. 265-351.

JORDAN, D. S.
 1963.  The Genera of  Fishes  and  a
  Classification of Fishes. Stanford Uni-
  versity  Press,   Stanford,   California,
  800 pp.

 OLSEN, Y. H.
 1963.  Fishes of the Western North At-
  lantic,   Part 3,  Soft-Rayed  Bony
  Fishes.  Sears Foundation for Marine
  Research,  Yale  University,   New
  Haven, Connecticut, 630 pp.

 PERLMUTTER, A.
 1961. Guide to  Marine Fishes.  New
  York  University Press, New  York,
  431 pp.

 PHILLIPS,  J. B.
 1957. A  Review  of the  Rockfishes of
  California   (Family   Scorpaenidae).
  California Fish and Game, Fisheries
   Bulletin No.  104, pp. 1-158.

 ROEDEL, P. M.
 1948. Common Marine Fishes of Cali-
  fornia.  California Fish  and  Game,
   Fisheries Bulletin No. 68, pp. 1-150.

 ROEDEL, P. M.
 1953. Common  Ocean Fishes of the Cali-
  fornia   Coast.   California  Fish  and
   Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 91, pp.
   1-184.

 SEARS FOUNDATION  FOR MAKING RE-
 SEARCH, Memoir  No. I.  Fishes  of the
 Western North Atlantic.

 PARR, A. E. and Y. H. OLSEN (eds.)
 1948. Part I.  Lancelets, Cyclostomes,
   and Sharks.  576 pp.
 1953. Part II. Sawfishes, Guitarfishes,
   Skates,  Rays,  and Chimaeroids. 588
  PP.
OLSEN, Y. H. (ed.)
1963. Part III. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes,
  Class Osteichthyes.  Order Lepistostei.
  Order Isospondylei.  Suborders Salm-
  onoidea, Elopoidea,  Clupeoidea.  630
  pp.
1964. Part IV. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes,
  Order Isospondylei  (In Part).  Sub-
  orders  Argentinoidea,  Stomiatoidea,
  Esocoidea,   and   Bathylaconoidea.
  Order Giganturoidei.  599 pp.


OLSEN, Y. H. and J. W. ATZ (eds.)
1966.  Part V.  Order Iniomi. Aulopidae,
  Synodontidae,  Bathysauridae, Bathy-
  pteroidae,   Ipnopidae,  Chlorophthal-
  midae, Myctophidae and  Neoscopeli-
  dae (Interim Accounts), Scopelosauri-
  dae,    Paralepididae,   Omosudidae,
  Alepisauridae,  Anotopteridae,  Ever-
  mannellidae,   Scopelarchidae.  Order
  Lyomeri.  Eurypharyngidae,   Sacco-
  pharyngidae.  647 pp.


WALFORD, L. A.
1937.  Marine Game Fishes of the Pacific
  Coast from Alaska to the Equator.
  University  of   California   Press,
  Berkeley, California, 205 pp.
ALGAE AND FLOWERING
AQUATIC  PLANTS


DAWSON, E. Y.
1946. Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast
  of  North America.  Memoirs of the
  Southern California Academy of Sci-
  ences, vol. 3, No. 2.

CUFF, E. E.
1943.  Marine Plankton Diatoms of the
  West Coast of North America. Scripps
  Institute of  Oceanography  Bulletin,
  vol. 5, No.  1, pp. 1-238.


DAVIS, C. C.
1955.   The  Marine  and Fresh-Water
  Plankton.  Michigan State University
  Press, East  Lansing, Michigan, 562
  PP-


GRAHAM, H. W. and N. BRONIKOVSKY
 1944. The Genus Cerntium in the Pacific
  and North Atlantic Oceans.  Publica-
  tions of  the Carnegie Institute, Wash-
   ington, No. 565, pp. 1-209.
 84

-------
                      WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
 GRIFFITH, R. E.
 1961. The Phytoplankton of Chesapeake
   Bay—An  Illustrated  Guide  to the
   Genera.  Chesapeake  Biological Lab-
   oratory  Contribution  No.  172, pp.
   1-79.

 BENDY, N. I.
 1964. An Introductory  Account of the
   Smaller Algae of British Coastal Wa-
   ters.  Part V. Bacillariophceae  (Dia-
   toms). Fishery  Investigations, Series
   IV, Her Majesty's Stationery  Office,
   London, England, pp.  1-317.

 HUMM,  H. J.
 1962. Key to the Genera of Marine Blue-
   green Algae of Southeastern  North
   America.  Virginia  Fisheries Labora-
  tory, Special Scientific Report No. 28,
   pp. 1-5.

 Koporo, C. A.  and  O. SWEZY
 1921. The Free-Living Unarmored Dino-
   flagellata.  University  of  California
   Press, Berkeley,  California, 563 pp.

 MULFORD, R. A.
 1962. Diatoms from Virginia Tidal Wa-
   ters. Virginia Institute of Marine Sci-
  ence, Special Scientific Report No. 30,
   pp. 1-33.

 TAYLOR, W.  R.
 1.957. Marine Algae of the Northeastern
   Coast of North America. 2nd Ed. Uni-
  versity of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor,
  509 pp.
OTHER  ORGANISMS


COE, W. R.
1926, The Pelagic Nemerteans. Memoirs
  of the Museum of Comparative Zool-
  ogy, No. 49, pp. 1-244.

CHITWOOD, B. G.
1951. North American  Marine  Nema-
  todes.   Texas  Journal of Science, vol.
  3,  No. 4, pp. 617-672.

MAYER, A. G.
1912. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast
  of North  America.  Publications  of
  the Carnegie  Institute,  Washington,
  No. 162, pp. 1-58.

MINER, R. W.
1950. Fieldbook of Seashore Life. Put-
  nam's & Sons, New York, 888 pp.
 OSBURN, R. C.
 1953.  Bryozoa of the Pacific  Coast  of
   America. Allan Hancock Foundation,
   Occasional Paper, No. 14, pp. 1-841.

 PRATT, H.  S.
 1951.  A Manual of the Common Inverte-
   brate Animals Exclusive of  Insects.
   The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia
   and Toronto, 854 pp.

 SMITH, F.  G. W.
 1948.  Atlantic Reef Corals. University
   of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida,
   pp. 1-112.

 VAN NAME, W. G.
 1945.  The North  and South American
   Ascidians.  Bulletin of the American
   Museum  of  Natural History, No. 84,
   pp. 1-476.
ASPECTS  OF WATER  QUALITY

BOOKS
CHAPMAN, V. J.
1960. Salt Marshes and Salt Deserts of
  the World.  Interscience  Publishers,
  New York, 392 pp.

EKMAN, S.
1953. Zoogeography of the  Sea.  Sidg-
  wick & Jackson, London, 417 pp.

GALTSOFF, P. S. (Coordinator)
1954. Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Wa-
  ters, and Marine Life. U. S. Fish and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
  89, 604 pp.

GALTSOFF, P. S.
1964. The American Oyster Crossostrea
  virginica  Gmelin.   U. S.  Fish  and
  Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
  64, 480 pp.

HARVEY, H. W.
1955. The Chemistry  and Fertility of
  Sea  Waters.   Cambridge  University
  Press, 240 pp.

HETJKELEKIAN,  H. and N. C. DONDERO
(eds.)
1964. Principles  and  Applications  of
  Aquatic  Microbiology.  (Rudolfs  Re-
  search Conference  Proceedings, 1963)
  John Wiley and Sons, New York, 452
  PP.
                                                                          85

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HILL, M. N. (ed.)
1963.  The Sea.  Vol. 2.  The Composition
  of Sea Water.  Comparative and  De-
  scriptive Oceanography, John Wiley
  and Sons, New York, 554 pp.

HEDGEPETH, J. W. (ed.)
1957. (Reprinted 1963)  Treatise on Ma-
  rine Ecology and  Paleoecology.  Vol.
  1.  Ecology.   Geological  Society  ol
  America, Memoir 67, New York, 1296
  pp.

JOHNSON, T. W., JR. and F. K. SPARROW,
JR.
1961.  Fungi in Oceans and Estuaries.
  Hafner  Publishing  Company, New
  York, 668 pp.

REID, G. K.
1961.  Ecology of Inland Waters  and
  Estuaries. Reinhold  Publishing Cor-
  poration, New York, 375 pp.

LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962. Algae. Scripps Institute of Ocean-
  ography, La Jolla, California, 938 pp.

LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962.  Physiology and Biochemistry of
  Algae.  Academic  Press, New  York,
  929 pp.

LEWIS, J. R.
1964. Ecology of Rocky Shores. English
  Universities Press, Ltd., London, 323
   pp.

MACGmrnE, G. E. and N. MACGiNlTE
 1949. Natural History of Marine Ani-
   mals.   McGraw-Hill  Book Company,
   Incorporated, New York, 473 pp.

 MOORE, H. B.
 1958. Marine Ecology. John Wiley and
   Sons, New York, 493 pp.

 NIOOL, J. A. C.
 1960. The  Biology of Marine Animals.
   Interscience  Publishers,  New York,
   707 pp.

 OPPENHEIMER, C. H. (ed.)
 1961. Symposium on Marine Microbiol-
   ogy. Chicago, Illinois, Thomas Print-
   ers, Springfield, Illinois, 769 pp.

 PEARSON, E. A. (ed.)
 I960. Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
   vironment.  Proceedings of the First
   International  Conference, Pergamon
   Press, New York, 569 pp.
PROSSER, C. L. (ed.)
1952.  Comparative Animal Physiology.
  W.  B.  Saunders  Company,  Phila-
  delphia and London, 888 pp.

RAY, D. L. (ed.)
1959.  Marine Boring and Fouling Orga-
  nisms.   University   of   Washington
  Press, Seattle, Washington, 584 pp.

RAYMONT, J. E.
1963.  Plankton and Productivity in the
  Oceans. Pergamon Press, New York,
  666 pp.

REID, G. K.
1961.  Ecology  of  Inland  Waters  and
  Estuaries. Reinhold  Publishing  Cor-
  poration, New York, 375 pp.

REVELLE, R. (Chairman)
1957.  The Effects of Atomic Radiation
  on Oceanography and Fisheries.  Na-
  tional Academy of Sciences—National
  Research Council, Washington, D. C.,
  Publication No. 551, 137 pp.

RUSSELL, F. S. (ed.)
1964.  Advances in Marine Biology,  Vol.
  2. Academic Press, New York, 274 pp.

SEARS, M. (ed.)
1961.  Oceanography. American Associa-
  tion for the Advancement of Science,
  Washington,  Publication  No. 67, 665
  pp.

SMITH, G. M. (ed.)
1951.  Manual  of Phycology: An  Intro-
  duction to the Algae  and Their Biol-
  ogy.  The  Chronica  Botanica  Com-
  pany,  Waltham,  Massachusetts,  375
  pp.

 STRICKLAND, J. D. H. and T. R. PARSONS
 1960. A  Manual of Sea  Water Analysis.
  Fisheries Research  Board of Canada,
  Bulletin No.  125,  Queen's Printers,
  Ottawa, Canada, 185  pp.

 STRICKLAND, J. D. H.
 1960. Measuring the Production of Ma-
  rine  Phytoplankton.   Fisheries  Re-
  search Board of Canada Bulletin No.
   122, 172 pp.

 SVERDRUP, H, U.,  M. W. JOHNSON and
 R. H. FLEMING
 1942. The Oceans, Their Physics,  Chem-
   istry,  and General  Biology.  Prentice
   Hall, Inc., New York, 1087 pp.

-------
                     WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
WILBUR, K. M. and C. M. YONZE  (eds.)
1964.  Physiology  of  Mollusca. Vol.  I.
  Academic Press, New York, 487 pp.

WOOD, E. J. F.
1965.  Marine  Microbial Ecology.  Chap-
  man and Hall, London, 243 pp.

YAPP, W. B.  (ed.)
1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma-
  terial.  Published by The  Institute of
  Biology, London, England, 154 pp.

ZoBELL, C. E.
1946.  Marine Microbiology.  Chronics
  Botanica Company, Waltham, Massa-
  chusetts, 240 pp.
JOURNALS


ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICA-
TIONS
  University  of  Southern  California
  Press, Los  Angeles, California. (Ir-
  regular)

AMERICAN  FISHERIES  SOCIETY TRANS-
ACTIONS
  Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas (Quar-
  terly)

BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN
  Official Publication of the Woods Hole
  Marine Biological Institution, Woods
  Hole, Massachusetts

BULLETIN  OF  MARINE  SCIENCE OF THE
GULF AND CARIBBEAN
  The Marine Laboratory of the Univer-
  sity of Miami, Miami, Florida (Quar-
  terly)

BULLETIN   OF  THE  BINGHAM  OCEAN-
OGRAPHIC COLLECTION
  Peabody Museum of  Natural History,
  Yale University,  New  Haven,  Con-
  necticut (Annual)

CALIFORNIA FISH  AND GAME
  California Division of Fish and  Game,
  Berkeley, California (Quarterly)

CHESAPEAKE SCIENCE
  National  Resources  Institute of the
  University  of Maryland, Chesapeake
  Biological   Laboratory,   Solomons,
  Maryland (Quarterly)

DEEP SEA RESEARCH
  Pergamon Press,  New  York  (Quar-
  terly)
ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS
  Official Publication of the Ecological
  Society of America, Duke University
  Press,   Durham,  North  Carolina
  (Quarterly)

ECOLOGY
  Official Publication of the Ecological
  Society of America, Duke University
  Press,   Durham,  North  Carolina
  (Bimonthly)

ESTUARINE BULLETIN
  University  of  Delaware  Marine La-
  boratories,   Newark,   New  Jersey
  (Quarterly)

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AIR  AND
WATER POLLUTION
  Pergamon Press,  New York  (Seven
  Issues Per Year)

JOURNAL OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY
  Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.,
  Oxford,  England  (Three Issues Per
  Year)

JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY
  Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ox-
  ford,  England (Three  Issues  Per
  Year)

JOURNAL  OF THE FISHERIES RESEARCH
BOARD OF CANADA
  Official Publication of the Fisheries
  Research  Board   of   Canada,  Sir
  Charles   Tupper  Building,  Ottawa,
  Ontario, Canada (Bimonthly through
  1965, Monthly  Thereafter)

JOURNAL OF MARINE RESEARCH
  Sears Foundation for  Marine  Re-
  search, Bingham  Oceanographic La-
  boratory,   Yale  University,   New
  Haven, Connecticut (Three Issues Per
  Year)

JOURNAL  OF  THE  MARINE  BIOLOGICAL
ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM
  Cambridge  University Press, London,
  England  (Three Issues Per Year)

JOURNAL  OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER-
ING DIVISION
  Proceedings of the American Society
  of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Michi-
  gan (Bimonthly)

JOURNAL OF   THE  WATER  POLLUTION
CONTROL FEDERATION
  Washington, D.  C. (Monthly)  For-
  merly: Sewage Works Journal, vol.
                                                                         87

-------
           WATER POLX-DTION CONTROL, WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  1-21, 1928-1949;  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 22-31, 1950-1959.

LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
  American Society of  Limnology  &
  Oceanography,  Baltimore,  Maryland
  (Quarterly)

PACIFIC NATURALIST
  Publication of the Beaudette Founda-
  tion for Biological Research, Solvang,
  California (Irregularly)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL SHELL-
FISHERIES ASSOCIATION
  Official Publication of  the  National
  Shellfisheries Association, Duplicating
  Department,   University  of  North
  Carolina, Chapel HOI, North Carolina
  (Annual)
PUBLIC   HEALTH  ENGINEERING   AB-
STRACTS
  Public  Health Service,  Washington,
  D. C. (Monthly)


PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF MA-
RINE SCIENCE  OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
TEXAS, Port Aransas, Texas


SPORT FISHERY ABSTRACTS
  U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish
  »nd  Wildlife  Service,  Washington,
  D. C. (Quarterly)


WATER POLLUTION ABSTRACTS
  Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon-
  don, England (Monthly)

-------
Activated sludge sewage
treatment plant.
                                     Waste stabilization pond
                                     Water purification plant
    Plate III—Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects

-------
                            PART III

    WASTE TREATMENT AND  WATER TREATMENT ASPECTS
SPECIFIC COMMUNITIES of plants and animals are associated with the
various  phases of decomposition in the biological treatment of wastes.
Each of these communities  is dependent on the  other, and there is
gradation of organisms from one community to another at various
places in the system. Only those organisms adapted to the conditions
for the  stage of decomposition under consideration are  to be found
in abundance at any particular time and place in the decomposition
processes.
  In designing bio-chemical  waste treatment facilities, engineers pro-
vide for an optimum physical habitat  in which maximum biological
decomposition can take place.  These vary from imhoff tanks to waste
stabilization ponds; each contains a particular assemblage of organ-
isms. Early efforts to study the biological aspects of waste treatment
facilities were concerned  with the determination of types of organ-
isms present in  various  treatment processes.  Subsequent investiga-
tions dealt  with  the fate of  specific  organisms  in activated sludge
and trickling filter systems.  Additional studies need to be undertaken
to determine organism responses to operational changes within waste
treatment facilities.
  Unlike the role of organisms in waste treatment, most organisms
in water supplies are detrimental, and considerable effort is devoted
to providing organism-free water  to consumers.  Organisms in water
supplies and delivery systems can cause discoloration, turbidity, un-
desirable tastes  and odors,  disease, plugging, and reduced flowage;
their control often involves use of chemicals which in  turn may affect
the quality of water delivered to the consumer.
   In recreational waters, sometimes employed  as  sources of water for
many purposes, certain organisms are deemed beneficial  because they
are associated in one way or another with  the pleasurable use of the
water. Man-induced enrichment of such waters, however, often results
in excessive growths of organisms which frequently achieve nuisance
proportions and  restrict or eliminate recreational use. The excessive
development of organisms to nuisance proportions stimulates demands
for  appropriate  control  measures to  retain  potential   recreational
values.  Proper control is only achieved by eliminating  the cause of
such growths, but  this may  not  be feasible  for economic or other

                                                               91

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT

reasons, and chemical  treatment  may be  undertaken.  Unfortunately
chemical treatment  rarely provides complete  satisfaction  in the con-
trol of aquatic nuisance organisms, and often the  chemical employed
has adverse effects  on other organisms  considered  beneficial  in the
resource.
WASTE  TREATMENT

GENERAL REFERENCES

AGEESBORG, H.  P. K. and W. D. HAT-
FIELD
1929. The Biology of a Sewage Treat-
   ment Plant—A Preliminary Survey—
   Decatur,  Illinois.    Sewage  Works
   Journal, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 411-424.


BARKER, A.
1943.  The Protozoa Fauna of Sewage
   Disposal Plants.  The Naturalist, pp.
   65-69.


BOGAN, R. H.
1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by
   Algae.  Public  Health  Reports,  vol.
   76, No. 4, pp. 301-308.


CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
.1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
   ellata. University of  Florida, College
   of  Engineering, Florida Engineering
   Series No. 3, pp. 1-140.


 CHANIN, 6.
1961.  Fundamentals  of Sludge Diges-
   tion. Part II. Biology and Operation.
   Water and Sewage Works, vol.  108,
   No. 3, pp. 85-88.


 COOKE, W. B.
 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
   age. I.  Literature   Review. Sewage
   and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4,
   pp. 539-549.


 COOKE, W. B.
 1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
   age. II. Isolation Technique.  Sewage
   and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 5,
   pp. 661-674.


 GULP, R. L.
 1963.  Wpstewater Reclamation by Ter-
   tiary  Treatment. Journal  of  Water
   Supply and Pollution Control, vol. 35,
   No. 6, pp. 799-806.
GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1952. Microbiology of  Water and  Sew-
  age.  Prentice-Hall, Incorporated, New
  York, 430 pp.

GlLCREAS,  F. W.
1952-53. Laboratory Control of Sewage
  Treatment,  Chapter 11, Biology  of
  Sewage  Treatment, pp. 72-79.  Case-
  Shepperd-Mann  Publishing  Corpora-
  tion,  New York. 92 pp.

GOLUCKE,  C. G. and W. J. OSWALD
1965. Harvesting  and  Processing  Sew-
  age-Grown  Planktonic Algae.  Jour-
  nal of the  Water  Pollution Federa-
  tion,  vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 471-498.

HURWTPZ,  E., R.  BEAUDOIN and W.
WALTERS
1965. Phosphates,  Their Fate in a  Sew-
  age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys-
  tem.  Water and Sewage Works, vol.
  112, No. 3.  pp. 84-89, 112.

KABLER, P. W.
1959.  Removal of Pathogenic  Micro-
  organisms   by   Sewage   Treatment
  Processes.   Sewage   and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 31, No.  12,  pp.  1373-
  1382.

KABLER, P. W.
1960. Selection and Adaptation of Mi-
  croorganisms in  Waste  Treatment.
  American  Journal  of Public Health
  and  the Nation's Health, vol.  50, No.
  2, pp. 215-219.

 LACKEY, J. B.
 1932.  Oxygen Deficiency  and Sewage
  Protozoa,  with  Descriptions of  Some
  New Species. Biological Bulletin, vol.
  63, No. 2, pp. 287-295.

 LACKEY, J. B.
 1938. A Study of Some Ecological Fac-
  tors  Affecting  the  Distribution  of

-------
                               WASTE TREATMENT
  Protozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol.
  8, No. 4, pp. 501-527.

LACKEY, J. B.
1949.  Biology  of  Sewage  Treatment.
  Sewage Works  Journal, vol.  21, No.
  4, pp. 659-665.

LACKEY, J. B.
1954. How the Biota of Sewage  and In-
  dustrial Wastes  Work for Us.  Wastes
  Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592-
  595.

LACKEY, J. B. and R. M. DIXON
1943.  Some  Biological Aspects  of  the
  Hays Process of Sewage  Treatment.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 6,
  pp. 1139-1152.

LLOYD, L. L.
1945.  Animal Life in Sewage Purifica-
  tion  Processes.  Sewage Works Jour-
  nal, vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 1056-1059.

MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C.  D. McNABB
1960. A Study of  the Effects of Divert-
  ing  the Effluent from Sewage Treat-
  ment  Upon  the  Receiving  Stream.
  Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
  and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72.

MALANEY, G.  W., W. D. SHEETS and
P. QUILLIN
1959. Toxic  Effects of Metallic  Ions on
  Sewage Micro-organisms. Sewage and
  Industrial  Wastes, vol.  31, No. 11, pp.
  1309-1315.

MORRIS, G. L., L. VAN DEN BERG, G. L.
GULP, J. R.  GECKLER and R. FORCES
1963.   Extended-Aeration  Plants  and
  Intermittent  Watercourses.   Public
  Health Service  Publication No. 999-
  WP-8, pp. 1-51.

PURDY, W. C.
1937.  Experimental Studies  of  Natural
  Purification in  Polluted  Waters. X.
  Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by
  Microscopic Algae.  Public Health Re-
  ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp.  945-978.

ROWAN, W.  B.
1964.   Sewage  Treatment and  Schisto-
  some Eggs.  American  Journal  of
  Tropical  Medicine  and  Hygiene,  vol.
  13, pp. 527-576.

RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1941.  The Microbiology of Sewage  and
  Sewage Treatment.  In: A Symposium
  on Hydrobiology.  University of Wis-
  consin Press, Madison,  Wisconsin, pp.
  273-279.

RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK  and R.  A.
RAGOTZKIE
1950.  Literature Review  on  the Occur-
  rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho-
  genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil,
  Water, Sewage, and  Sludges,  and  on
  Vegetation.  I.  Bacterial  and  Virus
  Diseases.   Sewage  and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 22,  No.  10,  pp.  1261-
  1281. II.  Animal  Parasites, Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol, 22, No.  11,
  pp.  1417-1427.

SAWYER, C. N.
1944.  Biological Engineering in Sewage
  Treatment.  Sewage  Works  Journal,
  vol. 16, No. 5, pp.  925-935.

SMIT, J.
1948.  Microbiology  of  Drinking Water
  and Sewage. Annual Reviews of  Mi-
  crobiology, pp. 435-452.

SrcDEN, B. and L. LOYD
1950.  Clearing  of  Turbid  Waters  by
  Means  of   the  Ciliate  Carehesium.
  Journal  of  the Institute  of Sewage
  Purification (London), vol.  1, No. 1,
  pp.  16-23.

TOMLINSON, T. G.
1939.  The Biology of Sewage Purifica-
  tion. The Surveyor, vol. 95, No. 2469,
  pp.  655-658.

WILSON, J. N.
1949.  Microbiota of  Sewage  Treatment
  Plants   and  Polluted  Streams.   In:
  Limnological Aspects of Water Sup-
  ply  and  Waste  Disposal.   American
  Association for the  Advancement of
  Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 1-15.
IMHOFF TANKS
HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923. Preliminary Studies on the Fauna
  of Imhoff Tanks.  American Journal
  of Public Health,  vol. 13, No.  8, pp.
  656-658.

HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923.  Studies on  the  Fauna  of the
  Sprinkling  Filter  Bed  and  Imhoff
  Tanks.  New Jersey  Agricultural Ex-
  periment Station, Bulletin 390, pp.
  28-29.
                                                                          93

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
LACKEY, J. B.
1924.   Fauna  of  Imhoff  Tanks and
  Sprinkling Filters,  New Jersey Agri-
  cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin
  403, pp. 40-60.

LACKEY, J. B.
1925. The Fauna of Imhoff Tanks. New
  Jersey Agricultural Experiment Sta-
  tion, Bulletin 417, pp. 1-39.

LACKEY, J. B.
1926. Kinds, Distribution, and Fluctua-
  tions of  Protozoa  in  Imhoff Tanks.
  New Jersey Agricultural Experiment
  Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 30-41.

RUDOLFS, W.,  F.  L.  CAMPBELL,  M.
HOTCHKISS  and J. B. LACKEY
1924. Digestion of Fresh Solids.  New
  Jersey  Agricultural Experiment Sta-
  tion, Bulletin 403, pp. 60-81.

 RUDOLFS, W. and  J. B. LACKEY
 1924.  Digestion of  Fresh Solids Con-
  taminated  with  Partially   Digested
  Material.   New  Jersey  Agricultural
  Experiment Station, Bulletin 403,  pp.
  89-91.

 RUDOLFS,  W.,  M.  HOTCHKISS,  A.  J.
 FISCHER and J. B. LACKEY
 1926. Studies on Fresh Solids  Digestion.
   New Jersey Agricultural  Experiment
   Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 50-74.

 RUDOLFS, W., H. HEUKELEKIAN, P. J. A.
 ZELLER and J. B.  LACKEY
 1926. The Relation Between Ripe Sludge
   and Fresh  Solids and the  Effects of
   "Washing" on Digestion.  New Jersey
   Agricultural Experiment Station, Bul-
   letin 427, pp. 74-86.
 FILTERS
 BARTSCH, A. F.
 1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in
   Waste Treatment.  Sewage and Indus-
   trial Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 239-
   249.

 BROWN, T. F.
 1937. The Biology of Physa anatina Lea,
   a  Snail  Living  in  a Sewage Treat-
   ment Plant. American Midland Nat-
   uralist, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-259.

 BUTTERFIELD, C.  T. and E. WATTIE
 1941. Studies on  Sewage  Purification.
  XV. Effective Bacteria in Purification
  by Trickling Filters.  Public  Health
  Reports,  vol. 56,  No. 52, pp.  2445-
  2464.

CALAWAY, W. T.
1957. Intermittent Sand Filters and their
  Biology.   Sewage   and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 1-5.

COOKE, W. B.
1953.  Mosses  in  a  Sewage Treatment
  Plant.  The Bryologist, vol. 56, No. 2,
  pp.  143-145.

COOKE, W. B.
1958. Continuous Sampling of Trickling
  Filter  Populations.  Sewage  and In-
  dustrial Wastes, vol. 30, No.  1, pp.
  21-27.

COOKE, W. B.
1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
  age.  IV. The Occurrence of Fungi in
  a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat-
  ment Plant.  Proceedings of the 13th
  Industrial Waste  Conference,  Purdue
  University,  Series  No.   96,  vol. 43,
  No. 3,  pp. 26-45.

COOKE, W. B.
1959. Trickling Filter Ecology.  Ecology,
  vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 273-291.

CROZIER, W. J.
1923.  On Abundance and  Diversity of
  the  Protozoan  Fauna  of a   Sewage
  Filter.  Science, vol. 48, pp.  424-425.

CROZIER, W. J.
1923.  Animal  Population  of a  Sewage
  Sprinkling  Filter.   Preliminary  Re-
  port.  New Jersey Agricultural  Ex-
  periment Station, 43rd Annual Report,
  pp. 503-516.

 CUTLER,  D.  W.,  L.  M.  CRUMP  and
 A. DKON
 1932. Some Factors Influencing the Dis-
   tribution of Certain Protozoa in Bio-
   logical Filters.  Journal of  Animal
   Ecology, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 143-151.

 FELDMAN, A. E.
 1955.   Fungi  from  Trickling  Filters.
   Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27,
   No. 11, pp. 1243-1244.

 FRYE, W. W. and E. R. BECKER
 1929.  The  Fauna  of an  Experimental
   Trickling Filter.  Sewage Works Jour-
   nal, vol. 1,  No. 3, pp. 286-308.

-------
                               WASTE TKEATMENT
HAENSELER, C. M., W. P. MOORE and
J. G. GAINS
1923.  Fungi and Algae  of Sprinkling
  Filters.  New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
  periment Station,  Bulletin  No. 390,
  pp.  39^48.

HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923.  Studies   on  the  Fauna of  the
  Sprinkling  Filter  Bed  and  Imhoff
  Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
  periment Station,  Bulletin  No. 390,
  pp.  28-39.

HESSELTINE, C. W.
1953.  Study of Trickling Filter  Fungi.
  Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
  vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 507-514.

HEUKELEKIAN, H.
1945.  The Relationship  Between Ac-
  cumulation, Biochemical and Biologi-
  cal  Characteristics  of Film and Puri-
  fication Capacity of a Biofilter  and a
  Standard Filter. I. Film  Accumula-
  tion. Sewage  Works Journal, vol. 17,
  No. 1,  pp.  23-38.  II.  Biochemical
  Characteristics of  the  Film. Sewage
  Works Journal,  vol. 17, No.  2,  pp.
  269-291.

HOLTJE, R. H.
1943. The Biology of  Sewage Sprinkling
  Filters.  Sewage  Works Journal, vol.
  15,  No.  1, pp. 14-29.

INGRAM, W. M., W. B. COOKE and L. T.
HAGERTY
1958.  Snails  Associated  with Sewage
  Treatment Installations. Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes,  vol.  30, No.  6, pp.
  821-825.

LACKEY, J. B.
1924.  Fauna  of  Imhoff  Tanks  and
  Sprinkling Filters.  New Jersey Agri-
  cultural  Experiment Station, Bulletin
  No. 403, pp.  40-60.

LACKEY, J. B.
1926.  Sprinkling  Filter  Bed Studies.
  New Jersey  Agricultural Experiment
  Station, Bulletin No. 427, pp. 41-50.

LLOYD,  L., J.  F.  GRAHAM  and  T.  B.
REYNOLDSON
1940.  The Fauna of the Sewage Bacteria
  Beds.  Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
  27,  No.  1, pp.  122-150.

LLOYD, L. L.
1945.  Sewage Bacteria Bed Fauna in  Its
  Natural Setting.  Abst.,  Sewaee Works
  Journal, vol.  17, No. 4, p. 859.
LOHMEYER, G. T.
1953.  Trickling  Filter Roach Invasion.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25,
  No. 9, pp. 1104-1107.

LOHMEYER, G. T.
1955.  Snails  in  the  Trickling Filter.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  27, No. 3, pp.  337-338.

LOHMEYER, G. T.
1957.  Trickling  Filters and Operation
  Tips.  Sewage  and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 29, No.  1,  pp. 89-98.

PAINTER, H. A.
1954.  Factors  Affecting the Growth of
  Some Fungi Associated with Sewage
  Purification. Journal  of General  Mi-
  crobiology, vol. 10, No. 1, pp.  177-190.

REYNOLDSON, T.  B.
1939. The Role of Macro-Organisms in
  Bacteria Beds.  The Surveyor, vol. 95,
  pp.  279-281.

REYNOLDSON, T.  B.
1941. The Biology of Macro-Fauna of a
  High Rate Double Filtration  Plant at
  Huddersfield.  Proceedings  of the In-
  stitute  of Sewage Purification  (Lon-
  don), pp.  1-16.

REYNOLDSON, T.  B.
1944. Further  Studies on the Biology of
  a Double Filtration Plant at Hudders-
  field.  Abst., Sewage Works  Journal,
  vol. 16, No.  3,  pp. 663-664.

RUDOLFS, W.
1924. Film  Removal Studies. New Jer-
  sey Agricultural  Experiment Station,
  Bulletin No. 403, pp. 91-95.

RUDOLFS, W. and H. A. TRAJKOVICH
1924.  Fungi and Algae of the Sprink-
  ling  Filter  Bed and  Their Distribu-
  tion.  New  Jersey  Agricultural  Ex-
  periment Station,  Bulletin No. 403, pp.
  82-84.

STANBRIDGE, H. H.
1955.  The   Development of  Biological
  Filtration. Water and Sanitary Engi-
  neer, vol.  5, No.  6, pp. 252-255.

TOMLINSON, T. G.
1942.  The Treatment of Settled Sewage
  in Percolating  Filters in Series, with
  Periodic   Changes in  the Order of
  Filters.  Biological  Investigations,
  1938-41.  Abst.. Sewage Works Jour-
  nal, vol.  14, No.  5, pp. 1154-1155.

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTEQL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1942.  Some Aspects  of Microbiology in
  the Treatment of Sewage. Journal of
  the Society of  Chemical Industries,
  Transcripts and  Communications, vol.
  61, pp. 53-58.


USINGEB, R. L. and W. R. KELLEN
1955. The  Role of  Insects in Sewage
  Disposal Beds.  Hilgardia (a Journal
  of Agricultural Sciences published by
  the California Agricultural  Experi-
  ment  Station),  vol.  23,  No. 10, pp.
  263-321.
WALTON,  G.  L.  F. WARWCK  and  J.
WILSON
1943. High Daily Rate Trickling Filter
  Performance.  Board of Health  Com-
  missioners,  Upper Mississippi River
  Basin Sanitation Agreement (Wiscon-
  sin, Minnesota, Illinois, Iowa, Indiana,
  Missouri), pp. 1-136.


WATTIE, E.
1942. Cultural Characteristics of Zoog-
  leal-Forming Bacteria Isolated  from
  Activated  Sludge and  Trickling Fil-
  ters.  Public Health Reports, vol. 57,
  No. 41,  pp. 1519-1534.
ACTIVATED SLUDGE
BAINES,  S.,  H.  A.  HAWKES,  C.  H.
HEWITT and S. H. JENKINS
1953.  Protozoa as Indicators in Acti-
  vated Sludge Treatment.  Sewage and
  Industrial Wastes, vol. 25,  No. 9, pp.
  1023-1033.

BARKPIT, N. W.
1940.  The Ecology of Activated Sludge
  in Relation  to Its Properties and the
  Isolation of  a Specific Soluble Sub-
  stance  from  the  Purified Effluent.
  Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 27,
  No.  1, pp. 151-156.


BUCK, T. C. and C. E. KEEPER
1959.  Studies of a  Zoogleal Forming
  Organism Found in Activated Sludge.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  31, No. 11, pp. 1267-1274.


BUSWELL, A. M.
1920-22.   Microbiology  of   Activated
  Sludge, niinois State Water  Supply
  Bulletin, vol. 18, pp. 26, 82-92.
BUSWELL, A. M. and H. L. LONG
1923.  Microbiology and Theory of Ac-
  tivated Sludge. Journal of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 10,
  No. 2, pp. 309-321.

BUSWELL, A. M.
1931. The Biology of Activated Sludge
  —An  Historical  Review.    Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 362-
  368.

BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W.  C. PURDY and
E. J. THERIAULT
1931.  Experimental Studies of Natural
  Purification in Polluted Waters.  IV.
  The  Influence of the Plankton on the
  Biochemical  Oxidation  of   Organic
  Matter.  Public Health Reports, vol.
  46, No. 8, pp. 393-426.

BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W.  C. PURDY and
E. J. THERUULT
1935. Studies of Sewage Purification. II.
  A  Zooglea-Forming Bacterium  Iso-
  lated  from Activated Sludge.  Public
  Health Reports, vol. 50, No.  20, pp.
  671-684.

BUTTERFIELD, C. T.
1934—35. Biological and  Bacteriological
  Relationships  in  Water  Purification
  and Sewage Treatment. Biennial Re-
  port of 1934-35, Three Day Water and
  Sewage Works Schools. Kansas Water
  and Sewage Works Association, vol. 4,
  pp. 106-109.

CHARIER, R.
1931. The Role of Protozoa in Activated
  Sludge.   Industrial  and  Engineering
  Chemistry, vol. 23, pp. 309-313.

HEUKELEKIAN,  H. and M. BURBAXANI
1949.   Effect of Certain Physical  and
  Chemical Agents on  the Bacteria and
  Protozoa of Activated Sludge.  Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5, pp.
  811-817.

JACKSON, R. B.
1943. The Chironomid Fly and Its Effect
  on  the  Activated   Sludge  Process.
  Michigan Sewage Works Association,
  Engineering Experiment Station, Bul-
  letin No. 98, pp. 42-44.

LACKEY, J. B. and E. WATTIE
1940.  Studies  of Sewage  Purification.
  XIII.  The  Biology  of Spkaerotilus
  natans Kutzing in Relation to Bulking
  of Activated  Sludge.  Public  Health
  Reports, voL 55, No. 22, pp. 975-987.
96

-------
                               WASTE TREATMENT
MANGANELLI, R. and E. S. CROSBY
1953. Effect of Detergents on  Sewage
  Microorganisms.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 262-
  276.

McKiNNEY,  R. E. and A. GRAM
1956. Protozoa and Activated  Sludge.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes, vol.
  28, No. 10, pp. 1219-1231.

MORGAN, E.  H. and A. J. BECK
1928. Carbohydrate Wastes  Stimulate
  Growth of Undesirable Filamentous
  Organisms in Activated Sludge. Sew-
  age Works Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp.
  46-51.

PILLAI, S. C. and V. S. SUBRAHMANYAN
1944. Role of Protozoa in the  Aerobic
  Purification of  Sewage. Nature, vol.
  154, pp. 179-180.

PILLAI, S. C., A. PRABHAKARA, U. S.
RAD  and  G. J. MOHAN
1953. Effect of Certain  Antibiotics on
  Activated  Sludge.  Science and  Culture
  (India), vol. 18, pp. 15-45.

PIPES, W. O. and P.  H. JONES
1963. Decomposition of Organic  Wastes
  by Sphaerotilus.  Bioengineering and
  Biotechnology, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 287-
  307.

REYNOLDSON, T. B.
1942. Vorticella as  an Indicator Orga-
  nism for  Activated Sludge.   Nature,
  vol. 149, pp. 608-609.

RUCHHOFT, C. C. and J. H. WATKINS
1928.  Bacteriological   Isolation   and
  Study of the  Filamentous Organisms
  in  the  Activated  Sludge of the Des
  Plaines River   Sewage  Treatment
  Works.  Sewage Works Journal, vol.
  1, No. 1, pp. 52-58.

RTJCHHOFT, C. C. and J. F. KACHMAR
1941. Studies of  Sewage Purification.
  XIV. The Role of Sphaerotiltts  natans,
  in  Activated Sludge Bulking.  Public
  Health Reports, vol. 56, No.  35, pp.
  1727-1757.

SMFT, J.
1934. Bulking of Activated Sludge.  II.
  On the Causative Organisms.  Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 1041-
  1053.

WATTBE, E.
1942. Cultural Characteristics  of Zo-
  ogleal-Forming Bacteria Isolated from
  Activated   Sludge  and  Trickling
  Filters.  Public  Health Reports,  vol.
  57, No. 41, pp. 1519-1534.

WOODARD, F. E., 0. J. SPROUL and P. F.
ATKINS, JR.
1964.  The  Biological Degradation of
  Lignin From Pulp Mill Black Liquor.
  Journal of the Water  Pollution Con-
  trol  Federation, vol. 36, No. 11,  pp.
  1401-1410.
WASTE STABILIZATION  PONDS


ALLEN, M, B.
1955. General Features of Algae Growth
  in Sewage  Oxidation  Ponds.  State
  Water  Pollution Control  Board,  Sac-
  ramento, California, Publication  No.
  13, pp. 1-47.

ANDEREGG, J.  A.,  C. F. WALTERS, D.
BILLIARD and H. F. MEYERS
1960.  "Eskimo" Algae  Make Lagoons
  Work at the Arctic Circle. Wastes En-
  gineering, vol. 31, No. 6, pp. 324-326.

BARTSCH,  A. F. and M. 0. ALLUM
1957.  Biological Factors in Treatment
  of Raw Sewage in Artificial  Ponds.
  Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2,
  No. 2, pp. 77-84.

BARTSCH, A. F.
1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in
  Waste Treatment. Sewage and Indus-
  trial  Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp.  239-
  249.

BEADLE, L. D. and F. C.  HARMSTON
1958.  Mosquitoes in Sewage Stabiliza-
  tion  Ponds in the Dakotas.  Mosquito
  News, vol. 18, No. 12, pp. 293-296.

CALDWELL, D. H.
1946.  Sewage  Oxidation Ponds—Per-
  formance,  Operation,  and  Design.
  Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 3,
  pp. 433-458.

COOKE, W. B. and M. S. MATSUURA
1963. A Study of Yeast Populations in
  a  Waste Stabilization  Pond  System.
  Protoplasma, vol.  57,  Nos.  1-4, pp.
  11-187.

COPELAND, B. J. and T. C. DORRIS
1964.  Community  Metabolism  in  Eco-
  systems Receiving Oil Refinery Efflu-

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  ents.  Limnology  and Oceanography,
  vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 431-447.

DAVIS, W. H.
1955. Sewage Lagoons in the Dakotas.
  Official Bulletin of the North Dakota
  Water and Sewage Works Conference,
  vol. 23, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 5-6,12.

EHLERS, V. M.
1954. Oxidation Ponds—Their Applica-
  tion and Potentials.  Official Bulletin
  of the North Dakota Water and Sew-
  age Works Conference, vol. 22, No. 3,
  pp. 14-15,17.

EPPLEY, R, W, and F. H. MARCUS
1963. Role of the Alga Cklamydomonas
  mundana in Anaerobic Waste Stabili-
  zation Lagoons. Limnology and Ocean-
  ography, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 411-416.

FISHER, C. P. and E. F. GLOYNA
1965. Treatment of Activated Sludge in
  Stabilization  Ponds.  Journal of  the
  Water Pollution Control Federation,
  vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1511-1520.

FITZGERALD, G. P. and G. A. ROHUCH
1958. An  Evaluation  of  Stabilization
  Pond Literature.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1213-
  1224.

GAUR, A. C., W. O. PIPES, JR. and H. B.
GOTAAS
1960. Culture of Oscillatoria in Organic
  Wastes. Journal of the Water Pollu-
  tion Control Federation, vol. 32, No.
  10, pp. 1060-1065.

GEHM, H. W.
1963. The  Application of Stabilization
  Ponds in the Purification of Pulp and
  Paper  Mill  Wastes.  Journal of  the
  Water Pollution Control Federation,
  vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1174-1180.

OSWALD, W. J.f C.  G. GOLTJEKE, R.  C.
COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON
1963. Water Reclamation, Algal Produc-
  tion and  Methane Fermentation  in
  Waste Ponds.  International Journal
  of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
  Nos. 6-7, pp. 627-648.

HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958. Water Stabilization Ponds. I.  Ex-
  perimental  Investigations.   Sewage
  and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 4,
  pp. 511-538.

HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958. Waste  Stabilization  Ponds.   II.
  Field Practices,  Sewage  and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 30. No. 5, pp. 646-
   651.

HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958.  Waste  Stabilization  Ponds.  III.
  Formulation of  Design   Equations.
  SewPije  and Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  30, No. 8,  pp. 963-975.

HERMANN, E. R.                    '
1962. Stabilization  Pond  as a  Nitrate
  Reducing Reactor. Proceedings of the
  American Society of Civil Engineers,
  Journal of the Sanitary Engineering
  Division, vol. 88, No. SA5, Part 1, pp.
  1-20.
                                   'id
HOPKINS, G. J.                     •>.>,
1956. Raw Sewage Lagoons.  Water and
  Sewage Works,  vol. 103, No. 8, pp.
  566-570.

HORNING, W. B., II, R.  FORCES, H. F.
CLARKE and W. B. COOKE
1964. Waste  Stabilization Pond Study,
  Lebanon, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, Publication  No. 999-WP-16,
  pp. 1-48.

KABLER, P. W.
1959. Removal of  Pathogenic Microor-
  ganisms by Sewage Treatment Proc-
  esses. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1373-1382.

LUDWIG,  H. F^ W> J. OSWALD, H. B.
GOTAAS and V. LYNCH
1951.  Algae  Symbiosis  in Oxidation
  Ponds. I. Growth Characteristics of
  Euglena gracttis Cultured in Sewage.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23,
  No. 11, pp. 1337-1355.

MACKENTHUN, K. M. and C.  D. MCNABB
1961. Stabilization  Pond Studies in Wis-
  consin. Journal of the Water Pollution
  Control Federation,  vol. 33, No. 12,
  pp. 1234-1251.

MALONEY,  T. E., H. F.  LUDWIG, J. A.
HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK
1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabil-
  ization Ponds. Journal of the Water
  Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
  No. 12, pp. 1283-1299.

MALINA, J. F., JR. and Y. A. YOUSEF
1964. The Fate of  Coliform Organisms
  in Waste Stabilization Ponds. Journal
  of the Water Pollution Control Feder-
  ation, vol.  36, No. 11, pp. 1430-1442.

-------
                               WASTE TREATMENT
MBRZ,  R.  C.,  J.  C.  MERRELL  and
R. STONE
1957. Investigation of Primary Lagoon
  Treatment   at   Mojave,  California.
  Sewage  and  Industrial  Wastes, vol.
  29, No. 2, pp. 115-123.

MYKLEBUST, R. J, and F, C. HARMSTON
1962. Mosquito Production  in Stabilizing
  Ponds.  Journal  of the  Water Pollu-
  tion Control Federation, vol. 34, Part
  I, pp. 302-306.

NEEL, J. K. and G. J. HOPKINS
1956. Experimental Lagooning  of Raw
  Sewage.   Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes,  vol. 28, No. 11, pp.  1326-
  1356.

NEEL,  J.  K.,  J.  H. MCDERMOTT and
C. A. MONDAY, JK.
1961. Experimental Lagooning  of Raw
  Sewage  at Fayette, Missouri. Journal
  of the  Water Pollution  Control Fed-
  eration, vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 603-641.

OSWALD,  W.  J., H. B.  GOTAAS, H, F.
LUDWIG and V. LYNCH
1953.   Algae  Symbiosis  in  Oxidation
  Ponds.  II.  Growth Characteristics of
  Chlorella pyrenoidosa  Cultured  in
  Sewage.    Sewage   and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 26-37.

OSWALD, W.  J., H. B.  GOTAAS, H. F.
LUDWIG and V. LYNCH
1953.   Algae   Symbiosis  in  Oxidation
  Ponds. III.  Photosynthetic Oxygena-
  tion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 692-705.

OSWALD, W. J. and H. B. GOTAAS
1955.  Photosynthesis in Sewage Treat-
   ment.  Proceedings of the American
   Society  of  Civil Engineers,  vol.  81,
   Separate No. 686, pp. 1-27.

 OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, C, G,
 GOLUEKE and  W. R. KELLEN
 1957. Algae in Waste  Treatment. Sew-
   age  and Industrial  Wastes,  vol.  29,
   No. 4, pp. 437-457.

 OSWALD, W. J., C. G. GOLUEKE, R.  C.
 COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON
 1963.  Water  Reclamation,  Algal  Pro-
   duction,  and Methane  Fermentation
   in Waste Ponds. International Jour-
   nal of Air  and  Water Pollution, vol.
   7, Nos. 6-7, pp.  627-648.

 PANAGIOTOU, A. J. and H. K. WILLIFORD
 1965.  Sludge Accumulation in  Munici-
  pal Sewage Lagoons. Water and Sew-
  age Works, vol. 112, No. 1, pp. 63-68.

PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and W. S.
TAYLOR
1950. Purification of  Sewage  in  La-
  goons. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 22,  No. 6, pp. 760-775.

PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and N. C.
GREENE
1959. Performance of Large Sewage La-
  goons at Melbourne, Australia. Sew-
  age  and Industrial Wastes,  vol. 31,
  No. 2, pp. 133-152.

PARKER, C. D.
1962. Microbiological Aspects of Lagoon
  Treatment. Journal of the  Water Pol-
  lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No.
  2, pp. 149-161.

PIPES, W. 0., JR.
1961.  Basic  Biology  of Stabilization
  Ponds. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
  108, No. 4, pp.  131-136.

PIPES, W. O., JR.
1961. Algae  Growth  Rate.  Water  and
  Sewage  Works, vol. 108,  No. 5, pp.
  176-179.

FORCES, R. and K. M. MACKENTHUN
1963. Waste  Stabilization Ponds:  Use,
  Function,  and  Biota.  Biotechnology
  and  Bioengineering, vol. 5, No.  4, pp.
  255-273.

RAPF, W.  F., JR. and C. EMIL
1965.  Mosquito Production in a Eutro-
  nhic  Sewage  Stabilization  Lagoon.
  Journal of the Water  Pollution Con-
  trol Federation, vol.  37,  No. 6, pp.
  867-870.

SAMPSON, E. O.
1955. A  Double  Duty Oxidation  Pond.
  Sewage and Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  27, No. 12.  pp. 1410-1415.

SILVA, P.  C. and G. F. PAPENFUSS
1953. A Systematic Study of the Algae
  of Sewage  Oxidation  Ponds.  State
  Water Pollution Control Board, Sacra-
  mento,  California, Publication No. 7,
  pp. 1-35.

SMALLHORST,  D.  F., B. N. WALTON and
J. MEYERS
1953. Design and Application of Oxida-
  tion Ponds. Public Works, vol. 84, No.
  2, pp. 89-90; 111-114.
                                                                          99

-------
          WATER POLLUTION COKTBOL WASTB TMSArnrarr AND WATKB TREATMENT
STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GLOYNA
1955.  Concentration of Radioactivity in
  Oxidation Ponds-.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941-
  956.

TOWNB, W. W. and W. H. DAVIS
1957.  Sewage  Treatment by Raw Sew-
  age Stabilization Ponds.  Journal of
  the Sanitary  Engineering  Division,
  Proceedings of the American Society
  of Civil Engineers,  Paper 1337, SA-
  4:1337, pp.  1-17.

TOWNE, W. W., A. F.  BAKTSCH  and
W. H. DAVIS
1957. Raw Sewage Stabilization Ponds
  in the Dakotas.  Sewage and  Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 377-
  396.

TUBS, R. A. and  T. C. DAVIS
1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in
  Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Pond
  Series. Limnology and Oceanography,
  vol. 10, No.  1, pp. 121-134.

VAN HEUVELEN,  W. and J. H. STORE
1954. Sewage Lagoons in North Dakota.
  Sewage  and Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
  26, No.  6, pp.  771-776.
SEWER PIPES

BEAHDSLEY, C. W.
1949. Suppression of Sewer Slimes. Sew-
  age Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 1, pp.
  1-12.

DEMABTINL, F. E.
1934. Slime Growths in Sewers. Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 950-
  955.

HALL, J. W.
1927. Fungus Growths in Sanitary Sew-
  ers.  Water Works, vol. 66, No. 5, pp.
  177-178.
PARASITES AND SEWAGE
TREATMENT

ABBOTT, A. L.
1947.  Grazing  of  Cattle  on  Sewage
  Farms and  Disposal Works.  Journal
  and Proceedings  of the  Institute  of
  Sewage Purification (London). Pt 2,
  p. 198.
CHANG, S. L.
1949. Some Epidemiological  and  Bio-
  logical  Problems   in  Water-borne
  Amoebiasis. In: Limnological Aspects
  of Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
  American Association for the  Ad-
  vancement  of  Science,  Washington,
  D. C., pp. 16-30.

CLARK, R. N.
1946. The Transmission of Disease by
  Sewage.  Sewage Works Journal, vol.
  18, No. 6, pp. 1138-1143.


CRAM, E. B.
1943. The Effect of Various Treatment
  Processes on the Survival of Helminth
  Ova and  Protozoan  Cysts in Sewage.
  Sewage  Works  Journal, vol. 15, No.
  6, pp. 1119-1138.

CRAM, E. B. and D. O. HICKS
1944. The  Effect of Sludge Digestion,
  Drying and  Supplemental Treatment
  of Eggs of /Iscorts lumbricoides.  Pro-
  ceedings of the Helminthological So-
  ciety of Washington,  vol.  11,  No.  1,
  pp. 1-9.

JONES, M.  F.,  W. L. NEWTON, S. R.
WEIBEL, et al.
1947. The Effects of Sewage Treatment
  Processes on Ova and  Miracidia of
  Schistosoma  japonicum.  Studies on
  Schistosomiasis, National Institute of
  Health Bulletin, 189, pp. 137-172.

HILLS, R., C.  L. BARTLBTT and J. F.
1925.  The  Penetration  of Fruits and
  Vegetables   by  Bacteria - Protozoan
  Cysts and Helminth Ova to  Common
  Disinfection Methods. American Jour-
  nal of Hygiene, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 559-
  579.

MURRAY, H. M.
1960. The Incidence of Ascaris Ova in
  Pretoria  Sludge and  Their Reduction
  by  Storage (Maturation)  in Large
  Heaps.  Journal and  Proceedings  of
  the Institute of Sewage Purification
  (London), Pt. 3, pp. 337-344.

NEWTON, W.  L., H. BENNETT and W. D.
FIGGAT
1949.  Observations on  the Effects  of
  Various  Sewage Treatment Processes
  Upon Eggs of Taerua saginata. Ameri-
  can Journal of Hygiene, vol. 49, No. 2.
  pp. 166-175.
100

-------
                               WASTE TREATMENT
ORENSTEIN, A. J.
1949. A Contribution to  the  Discussion
  on the Hazard  of  Ascaris Infestation
  from Sewage. Journal of the Institute
  of Sewage  Purification (London), Pt.
  4, pp. 481-483.

ROBINSON, M. C.
1947. Grazing  of  Cattle  on  Sewage
  Farms.  Journal and Proceedings  of
  the Institute  of Sewage Purification
  (London), Pt. 2, p. 194.

RUDOLFS,  W., L.  L.  FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1950. Literature Review on the  Occur-
  rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho-
  genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil,
  Water, Sewage, and Sludges, and on
  Vegetation.   II.  Animal   Parasites.
  Sewage  and  Industrial  Wastes, vol.
  22, No.  11,  pp.  1417-1427.

RUDOLFS,  W., L.  L. FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1951.  Contamination  of  Vegetables
  Grown in Polluted Soil. II.  Field and
  Laboratory  Studies  on  Endamoeba
  Cysts. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 478-485.

RUDOLFS,  W., L.  L, FALK and  R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1951.   Contamination  of  Vegetables
  Grown in Polluted Soil.  V. Helminthic
  Decontamination.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol.  23, No. 7, pp. 853-
  860.

SlLVERMAN, P, H.  and K.  GUIVER
1960. Survival of  Eggs of Taenia sagi-
  nolo (The  Human Beef Tapeworm)
  After Mesophilic Anaerobic Digestion.
  Journal  and Proceedings of  the Insti-
  tute of Sewage Purification (London),
  Pt 3, pp. 345-347.

WANG, W.  L. L. and S. G. DUNLOP
1954. Animal  Parasites in Sewage and
  Irrigation Water.  Sewage and In-
  dustrial  Wastes, vol. 26, No.  8, pp.
  1020-1032.

WILSON, H.
1945.  Some Risks of Transmission of
  Disease  During  the Treatment, Dis-
  posal and Utilization of Sewage, Sew-
  age Effluent  and  Sewage Sludge.
  Abst, Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17,
  No, 3, pp. 650-652.

WOLP, H. W.
1955.  Housefly  Breeding in  Sewage
   Sludge.   Sewage  and  Industrial
   Wastes, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 172-176.

 WRIGHT, W. H., E. B. CRAM and  M. 0.
 NOLAN
 1942.  Preliminary Observations on the
   Effect  of Sewage  Treatment  Proc-
   esses  on the Ova  and  Cysts  of In-
   testinal   Parasites.   Sewage  Works
   Journal, vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 1274-1280.
 NUISANCE ORGANISMS  AND
 THEIR CONTROL
ANON.
1946. Filter Fly Control by DDT. Sew-
  age Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 2, pp.
  330-331.

ANON.
1952. Alum for Fly Control in Drying
  Sludge.  Sewage  and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 24, No. 1, p. 107.

BROTHERS, W. C.
1946. Experiments with  DDT in Filter
  Fly Control.  Sewage Works  Journal,
  vol. 18, No. 2, pp.  181-207.

CAROLLO, J. A.
1946. Control  of Trickling Filter Flies
  with  DDT.  Sewage Works  Journal,
  vol. 18, No. 2, pp.  208-211.

CONN, L. A.
1954. Waukegan's   Weed-free   Sludge
  Beds.  Water and Sewage Works, vol.
  101, No. 6,  pp. 284-285.

DAVIES, D. F.
1949. Recent  Development  in Synthetic
  Insecticides with Special Reference to
  Gammexane.   Journal  and   Proceed-
  ings of the Institute of Sewage Puri-
  fication (London),  p. 58.

DERUITER, H.
1960. Control of Psychoda Flies.  Water
  and Sewage Works, vol. 107, No. 6,
  pp. 211-213.

FAIR, G. M.
1934. The Trickling Filter Fly (Psy-
  choda alternata). Its Habits and Con-
  trol.   Sewage Works Journal, vol. 6,
  No. 5, pp. 966-981.

FREE, G. N.
1959. How to  Kill  Psychoda.   Wastes
  Engineering, vol. 30, No. 8, pp. 452-
  453.
                                                                         101

-------
           WATER POU.UTTON CONTROL WASTB TKKATKKNT AND WATBB
FRYE, W.  W., M. LEVINE and  E. R.
BECKER
1931.  The Effects of Some Insecticides
  on the Sewage Sprinkling-Filter  Fly,
  Psychoda alternata.  Sewage Works
  Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 345-351.

GARY, L.
1950.  Controlling  Sewer  Insects  and
  Sewer Odors-  Public Works, vol. 81,
  No- 6, pp. 1-48.

GINSBURG, J.  M.  and L. FORMAN
1930. Preliminary Studies on Causes and
  Remedies for  Mosquito  Breeding1 in
  Sewage   Disposal   Plants.  Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 412-
  418.

GOLIGHTLY, W. H.
1940.  Factors Influencing  the  Abun~
  dance and Size of Psychoda Species
  in  Sewage Bacteria Beds.  Annals of
  Applied Biology, vol. 27, pp. 406-421.

HAWKES, H. A.
1951.  A Study of the Biology and Con-
  trol of Anisopus fenestrnlis (Scopoli
  1763), a Fly Associated with Sewage
  Filters.   Annals of Applied Biology,
  vol. 38, No.  3, pp. 592-605.

HAWKES, H. A.
1954.  The Ecology of Anisopus fenes-
  tralis Scop. (Diptera)  in Sewage Bac-
  teria Beds. Annals of Applied Biology,
  vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 181-191.

HAWKES, H. A.
1955. The Effects of Insecticide Treat-
  ment on  the Macrofauna Populations,
  Film Accumulation and Efficiency of
  Sewage  Percolating-  Filters.  Annals
  of Applied Biology, vol. 43, pp. 122-
  133.

HERMS, W. B.
1930. Fly Control at Sewage Treatment
  Plants.  Sewage Works Journal,  vol.
  2, No. 1, pp. 115-119.

HOMMON, C. C.
1930.  The  Control of Algae and  Filter
  Flies in Trickling Filters. The Ameri-
  can City, vol. 43, No.  2, p. 11.

HOOD, J. W.
1949.  Successful  Filter Fly Control.
  Public Works, vol. 80, No. 5, pp. 39,
  80.

HOOD, J. W.
1949. How  to Control Psychoda Flies in
   Sewage   Treatment   Plants.    The
   American City, vol. 64, No. 5, pp. 136-
   137.

 JACKSON, R. B.
 1943,  The Chironomid Fly and Its Ef-
   fects on the Activated Sludge Process.
   Michigan Sewage Works Association,
   Engineering Experiment Station, Bul-
   letin No. 98, pp. 42-44.

 JENKINS, S.  H.,  S.  BAINES  and  H. A.
 HAWKES
 1949.  The Control of Anisopus  fenes-
   tralis (Diptera) and Factors Influenc-
   ing the Numbers  Caught in Surface
   Traps. Journal  and Proceedings of the
   Institute of Sewage Purification (Lon-
   don), vol. 2, p.  178.

JENKINS, S. H.,  S. BAINES and  H. A.
HAWKES
1949.  The Control  of Anisopus  fenes-
   traits. Surveyor, vol. 108, p. 298.

LIVINGSTON, A. M.
1951. Trickling Filter Fly Control. Sew-
   age  and Industrial Wastes,  vol. 23,
   No. 2, pp. 241-244.

LOHMEYER, G. T.
1953. Trickling Filter Roach Invasion.
   Sewage and  Industrial  Wastes, vol.
  25, No. 9, pp. 1104-1107.

LOHjfEYER, G. T.
1955. Snails  in  the Trickling  Filter.
  Sewage and  Industrial  Wastes,  vol.
  27, No. 3, pp. 337-338.

MALONE, J. R. and J. S. WELCH
1961. How to Control Psychoda. Wastes
  Engineering, vol.  32, No. 8, pp. 412-
  413, 418.

MURRAY, K. A.
1940. The Control  of Filter Flies on Per-
  colating Filters. Abst. Sewage Works
  Journal, vol. 12. No. 3, p. 645.

MYETTE, C. F.
1959. Weed Killers  for  Sewage  Filter
  Beds.  The  American  City,  vol. 74,
  No. 7, pp. 115-116.

MYKLEBUST, R. J. and F. C. HARMSTON
1962. Mosquito Production  in Stabiliza-
   tion  Ponds. Journal of the Water Pol-
   lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No.
  3, pp. 302-306.

RAWN, A. M.
1949, Eradication of Sludge Flies. Water
102

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
  and Sewage Works, vol. 96, No. 7, pp.
  260-261,

SCHAETZLE, T. C.
1952.  Control of  (Psychoda)  Flies  at
  Akron.  Sewage  and   Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 124-134.

SCOTT, H. G.
1961.  Filter  Fly  Control  at  Sewage
  Plants. The Sanitarian, vol.  24, No.
  1, pp. 14-17.

SCOVILL, R. P.
1963, Mosquito Control in an Industrial
  Waste Lagoon.  Journal of the Water
  Pollution  Control Federation,  vol. 35,
  No. 5, pp. 663-668.

SPIESS, R.
1952. Control  of Filter Flies  by Chem-
  ical Treatment.  Water  and  Sewage
  Works, vol. 99,  No. 6, pp. 250-253.

TOMLINSON, T. G.
1943. Biological Control of the Fly Pop-
  ulation in Sewage Filters. Nature, vol.
  152, pp. 1-52.

TOMLINSON, T. G.
1945. Control by DDT of Flies Breeding
  in Percolating Sewage Filters.  Nature,
  vol. 156, No. 3964,  pp. 478-479.

TOMLINSON, T. G. and S. H. JENKINS
1947. Control  of Flies Breeding in Per-
  colating Sewage Filters. Journal and
  Proceedings of  the Institute of Sew-
  age Purification (London), Pt. 2,  p.
  94.

TOMLINSON, T. G., J. GRINDLEY, et al.
1949. Control  of Flies Breeding in Per-
  colating Sewage Filters. Journal and
  Proceedings of  the Institute of Sew-
  age Purification (London), Pt. 2.  p.
  127.

VAN KLEECK, B.
1940.  The  Chironomid Fly.  Municipal
  Sanitation, vol. 11, No. 6, pp. 285-287.

VON ZUBEN, F. J., L. J. OGDEN and R. E.
PEEL
1952.  House  Fly  Breeding  at  Sewage
  Plants in Texas. Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 10, pp. 1303-
  1305.

WEST, L. E.
1947.  The  ABC's  of  DDT.  Sewage
  Works Journal, vol. 19, No. 1,  pp.
  76-81.
WRAY, F. C.
1959.  Mosquito  Control  in  Sludge La-
  goons. Mosquito News, vol. 19. No. 6,
  pp.  81-83.
WATER  TREATMENT

GENERAL REFERENCES
BAHLMAN, C.
1931.  Larval Contamination of a Clear
  Water Reservoir. Ohio Conference on
  Water Purification, State Department
  of Health, Columbus, Ohio, pp. 56—58.

BAHLMAN, C.
1932.  Larval Contamination of a Clear
  Water  Reservoir.  Journal  of  the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 24,  No. 5, pp. 660-664.

BAKER,  M. N.
1949. The  Quest for Pure Water. Ameri-
  can Water Works Association,  New
  York  City, New  York (Chapter  17),
  pp. 391^414.

BAYLIS, J. R.
1922.  Microorganisms in the Baltimore
  Water Supply.  Journal of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 9,
  No. 5, pp. 712-730.

BAYLIS, J. R. and J. C. VAUGHN
1953.  Pollution Loads and Their Effect
  on Plant Operation. Taste and Odor
  Control  Journal, vol. 19, No. 8, pp.
  1-8.

BERRY, A. E.
1932.  Vegetable Growths in Water Sup-
  plies.  Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 24, No. 1, pp.
  97-104.

BOYD, W.  L.
1959.  Limnology  of Selected  Arctic
  Lakes in Relation to  Water  Supply
  Problems. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp.
  49-54.

CHAMBERLAIN, W. J.
1948. Effects of Algae on Water Supply.
  Paper from Department of Chemistry,
  University Queensland, Australia, vol.
  1, No. 29, pp. 1-104.

CHANG, S. L. and P. W. KABLER
1956. Detection of Cysts of Endamoeba
  histolytica in Tap Water by the  Use
  of Membrane Filter.  American Jour-
  nal of  Hygiene, vol. 64, No. 9, pp.
  170-180.
                                                                          103

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
CHANG, S. L., J, H.  AUSTIN, H. W.
POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD
1959.  Occurrence of a.  Nenvatode Worm
  in a City Water  Supply.  Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 51, No. 5, pp. 671-676.

CHANG, S. L., E.  L.  WOODWARD and
P. W. KABLER
1960. Survey of Free-Living Nematodes
  and Amebas in Municipal  Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 52, No.  5, pp.
  613-618.

CHANG, S. L.
1960. Proposed Method for Examination
  of Water for Free-Living Nematodes.
  Journal  of  the  American Water
  Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp.
  695-698.

CHANG, S. L., G. BERG, N.  A. CLARKE
and P. W. KABLER
1960. Survival, and  Protection Against
  Chlorination, of Human Enteric  Path-
  ogens in Free-Living Nematodes Iso-
  lated from Water Supplies. American
  Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hy-
  giene, vol. 9, No, 2, pp. 136-142.

CHANG, S. L.
1961. Viruses, Amebas, and  Nematodes
  and Public Water Supplies.  Journal
  of the American Water  Works  Asso-
  ciation, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 288-296.

COOKE,  W. B., W.  M. INGRAM,  A. F.
BARTSCH and J. D. ENEIGHT
1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a
  Primary Settling Reservoir.  Journal
  of the American Water  Works  Asso-
  ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp.  318-321.

Cor, C. R.
1946. Laboratory Control of Water Puri-
  fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish-
  ing Company, New York, pp. 34-74.

FAUST,  S. D. and O. M. ALY
1964. Water Pollution by Organic  Pesti-
  cides. Journal of the  American Water
  Works Association, vol. 56. No.  3. pp.
  267-279.

FlfiNTJE,  M.  E.
1945. Control and Elimination of Pest
  Infestations in Public Water  Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11,
  pp. 1194-1203.
GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1950. An Introduction to the Microbiol-
  ogy of Water and Sewage for Engi-
  neering Students. Burgess Publishing
  Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 319
  PP-

GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1952. Microbiology of Water and  Sew-
  age. Prentice Hall Incorporated, New
  York, 430 pp.

HASTINGS, A. B.
1948. Biology of Water Supply.  British
  Museum (Natural History), Economic
  Series No. 7a,  London,  England, pp.
  1-49.

HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING
1963. Use of Fish in the Detection of
  Contaminants   in  Water  Supplies.
  Journal   of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 55, pp.  715-
  720.

HOBBS, A. T,  (ed.)
1950. Manual of British Water Supply
  Practice.  Compiled by The Institute
  of Water Engineers,  W.  Heffer and
  Sons, Ltd., Cambridge, England, pp.
  612-654.

INGRAM, W. M.
1959. Asiatic  Clams as Potential  Pests
  in California Water Supplies. Journal
  of the American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol. 51, No. 3, pp,  363-370.

INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH
1960. Animals Associated with  Potable
  Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
  ican Water Works Association, vol.
  52, No. 12, pp.  1521-1550.

INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BABTSCH
1960. Operator's  Identification Guide to
  Animals  Associated   with   Potable
  Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
  ican Water Works Association, vol.
  52, No. 12, pp.  1521-1550.

KffiKPATRICK,  R.
1924. The Biology of Waterworks, 3rd
  ed.  British Museum (Natural  His-
  tory), Economic Series No. 7, London,
  England, pp, 1-58.

LUND, J. W. G.
1954. The Importance of Algae to Wa-
  terworks  Engineers.   Journal of the
  Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8,
  No. 6, pp. 496-504.
104

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
LUND, J. W. G.
1955. The Ecology of Algae and Water-
  works  Practice.  Proceedings of the
  Society for Water Treatment and Ex-
  amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109.

MATHESON, D. H.
1952.  The Effects of Algae in Water
  Supplies. International Water Supply
  Association,  Second Congress, Paris,
  France, pp. 1-82.

MEIER, F. E.
1939.  Plankton in the  Water  Supply.
  Publication 3574, Smithsonian Report
  for 1939, pp. 393-412.

MYERS, H. C.
1947. Role of Algae in Corrosion. Jour-
  nal  of the American  Water Works
  Association,  vol. 39, No. 4,  pp.  322-
  324.

PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON
1956.  Algae and Other Interference Or-
  ganisms  in Indiana Water  Supplies.
  Journal  of   the   American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp.
  1335-1346.

PALMER, C. M.
1958. Algae and Other Interference Or-
  ganisms  in  New England  Supplies.
  Journal of the New England Water
  Works  Association, vol.  72,  No. 1,
  pp.  27-46.

PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
1955.  Algae of Importance  in Water
  Supplies.  Public  Works Magazine,
  vol. 88, No. 6, pp. 107-120.

 PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
 1960. Algae and Other Interference Or-
  ganisms in the Waters of the South
  Central United States. Journal of the
  American Water  Works Association,
  vol. 52, No.  7, pp. 897-914.

 PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
 1961. Algae and Other Interference Or-
  ganisms in  Water  Supplies  of  Cali-
  fornia.  Journal  of  the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 53, No.
  10, pp. 1297-1312.

 PALMER, C. M.
 1964.  Algae in Water  Supplies of the
   United States.  In: Jackson,  D. F.
   (ed.), Algae and  Man, Plenum Press,
   New York, pp. 239-261.
PENN, J. F. (ed.)
1963. Quality Aspects of Water Distri-
  bution Systems,  Proceedings of  the
  Society for Water Treatment and Ex-
  amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109.

PERSALL, W. H., A. C. GARDINER and
F. GREENSHIELDS
1946.  Freshwater  Biology  and Water
  Supply in Britain.  Fresh-Water Bio-
  logical Association of the British Em-
  pire.   Publication No. 11, pp.  1-90
  (Wray Castle, Ambleside,  Westmore-
  land,  England).

PURDY, W. C.
1931. Interpretation and Use of  Bio-
  logical  Data  in  the  Water Works
  Field. Proceedings of the  9th Annual
  Water Works School, Kansas,  pp.
  31-35.

PURDY, W. C.
1935. Result of Algal  Activity   Some
  Familiar;  Others Obscure.  Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 27,  No.  9, pp. 1120-1133.


SAWYER, C.  N.
1965. Problem  of Phosphorus in Water
  Supplies.  Journal  of the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 57, No.
  11, pp. 1431-1439.

SINCLAIR, R. M.
1964. Clam  Pests in  Tennessee Water
  Supplies,  Journal of the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
  5, pp. 592-599.


SKULBERG, O.
1964. Algal  Problems Related to  the
  Eutrophication  of  European  Water
  Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to
  Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pol-
  lution on Inland Waters: In: Jackson,
  D. F.  (ed.),  Algae and Man, Plenum
  Press, New York, pp. 262-299.


TARZWELL, C. M. and  C. M.  PALMER
1951. Ecology  of Significant Organisms
  in Surface  Water Supplies. Journal
  of the American Water Works  Asso-
  ciation, vol. 43, No.  7, pp. 568-578.


TAYLOR, E.  W.
1949. The  Examination of  Waters and
  Water Supplies.  (Thresh,  Beale, and
  Suckling). J. and A. Churchill, Lon-
  don,  pp. 1-819.
                                                                           105

-------
           WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
WALTON, L. B.
1930,  Studies  Concerning  Organisms
  Occurring  in Water  Supplies  with
  Particular Reference to Those Pound
  in Ohio. Ohio State University Press,
  vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-86.

WHIFFLE, G. C., G. M. FAIR and M. C.
WHIFFLE
1948.   The  Microscopy  of  Drinking
  Water.  John Wiley and  Sons,  New
  York, 586 pp.

WILSON, C.
1932. Biological  Control  as  Affecting
  Plant Operation. Journal of the Amer-
  ican  Water  Works Association, vol.
  24, No.  11,  pp. 1792-1799.
CONTROL OF AQUATIC  ORGANISMS
ANDERSON, E.
1952. Application  of  Activated Carbon
  to the Tyrone, Pa., Reservoir.  Taste
  and Odor Control Journal, vol. 18, No.
  6, pp. 1-4.

ANGELL, H. H.
1953. Ronte Reservoir Algae. The Amer-
  ican City, vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91.

ARNOLD, G. E.
1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con-
  trol in California Waters. Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.

BAILEY, H. E. and J. STEADLEY
1947. Activated Carbon Treatment of an
  Open Reservoir.  Water and Sewage
  Works, vol. 94, pp. 219-222.

BAKER, H. N.
1949. The Quest for Pure Water. Amer-
  ican Water Works Association, New
  York (Chapter 17), pp. 391-414.

BERRY, A. E.
1961. Removal of Algae by Microstrain-
  ers. Journal  of the American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 53, No. 12, pp.
  1503-1508.

CAIRO, J. E.
1945.  Algae  Growth Greatly  Reduced
  After Stocking Pond with Fish.  Water
  Works Engineering, vol. 98, No. 5, p.
  240.
CAMPBELL, S. J. and W. C. RINGER
1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae
  Control in  Philadelphia.   Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746.

Cox, C. R.
1946. Laboratory Control  of Water Puri-
  fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish-
  ing Company, New  York, 386 pp.

Cox, C. R.
1952. Water  Supply  Control.  Bulletin
  22, Bureau of Environmental  Sanity-
  tic n. New York State  Department of
  Health  {Chapter 5.  Taste and Odor
  Control), pp. 135-158.

DERBY, R. L.  and D. W.  GRAHAM
1953. Control of  Aquatic  Growths in
  Reservoirs by Copper Sulfate and  Sec-
  ondary  Effects  of  Such  Treatment.
  Proceedings of  the American  Society
  of Civil Engineers,  vol. 79, Separate
  No. 203, pp. 1-15.

DERBY, R. L.  and  F. W. TOWNSEND
1953. Reservoir Treatment by  Improved
  Methods. Water  and Sewage  Works,
  vol.  100, No. 6, pp. 211-216.

DERBY, R. L.
1954.  Methods of  Controlling Aquatic-
  Growths in Reservoirs. Journal of the
  American Water Works  Association,
  vol.  46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158.

FLENTJE, M.  E,
1952.  Control of Algae and Weeds in
  Reservoirs. Journal  of the  American
  Water  Works  Association, vol. 44,
  No.  8,  pp. 727-731.

FORD, M. E., JR.
1963. Air Injection for Control of Reser-
  voir Limnology. Journal of the Amer-
  ican Water Works  Association,  vol.
  55, No. 3, pp. 267-274.

FUNK, W. H. and A. R. GATJFIN
1965. Control of  Taste-  and Odor-Pro-
  ducing  Algae in Deer Creek  Reser-
  voir. Transactions  of the  American
  Microscopical Society,  vol. 84, No.  2,
  pp. 263-269.

GALLAHER, W. W.
1940.  Control  of  Algae at  Appleton,
  Wisconsin. Journal  of the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 32, No.
  7, pp. 1165-1175.
106

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
GIBBONS, M. M.
1940. The Use of Benoclor-3 in Potable
  Water  Supplies.  Water  Works and
  Sewerage, vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 231-236.

GOUDEY, R. F.
1936. A New Method of Copper Sulfat-
  ing Reservoirs. Journal of the Amer-
  ican  Water Works Association, vol.
  28, No. 2, pp.  163-179.

GOUDEY, R. F.
1938. Sunshine and  Algae  Control. En-
  gineering  News-Record, vol. 120, No.
  16, pp. 581-582.

GOUDEY, R. F.
1944. Algicides. Water Works Engineer-
  ing, vol. 97, No. 25, pp. 1461-1462.

HALE, F. E.
1923.  Taste  and Odor  Control  in New
  York City's Supplies. Journal of  the
  American  Water  Works  Association,
  vol. 10, No. 5, pp. 829-837.

HALE, F. E.
1930.  Controlling  Microscopic  Organ-
  isms in Public Water SuDolies. Water
  Works Engineering, vol. 83, No. 6, pp.
  353-354; 379-384.

HARTUNG, H. O. and V. C. LISCHER
1942.  Carbon Blackout as a Means  of
  Preventing Algae Growth.  Taste and
  Odor Control  Journal, vol. 8, No. 8,
  pp. 1-3.

HlLSENHOFF, W. L.
1959. The Evaluation of Insecticides for
  the  Control  of  Tendipes plumosits
   (Linnaeus).  Journal  of  Economic
   Entomology, vol.  52, No. 2, pp. 331-
  332.

JOHNSON, E. E.
1931. An Attempt  to  Control  Cyclops
   in  a Water  Plant.  Journal  of  the
   American Water  Works  Association,
   vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 582-585.

MANGUN, L. B.
1929. Algae Control by Chlorination at
   Kansas City, Kansas. Journal of the
   American  Water  Works Association,
   vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 44-49.

 MARX, A. J.
 1951.  Pre-Treatment Basin  for  Algae
   Removal.   Taste  and Odor Control
   Journal, vol. 17, No. 6, pp. 1-8.
MASCIA, V.
1960.  Chemical  Methods of Weed Con-
  trol in Reservoirs. Journal of the New
  England Water  Works Association,
  vol. 74, No. 3, pp. 185-188.

MATHESON, D. H.
1952.  The Effects  of  Algae in Water
  Supplies.  General  Report  Prepared
  for the  1952  Congress for the Inter-
  national  Water Supply Association,
  Paris, pp. 1-82.

MATHESON, D. H.
1953.  Algae Control  in  Small Water
  Plants.  Journal of the American Wa-
  ter Works Association, vol. 45, No. 11,
  pp. 1238-1244.

NASON, H. K.
1938.  Chemical  Methods  in  Slime  and
  Algae Control. Journal  of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 30,
  No. 3, pp. 437-452.

NESIN, B. C.
1954.  Methods  of Controlling Aquatic
  Growths in Reservoirs—Joint Discus-
  sion. Journal  of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 46, No. 11, pp.
  1141-1150.

NORCOM, G. D. and K. W.  BROWN
1942.  Water Purification  for Plant Op-
  erators. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
  New York  (Chapter 12), pp. 130-144.

OPIE, V.
1940. Blackout of Algae with Activated
  Carbon. Taste and Odor Control Jour-
  nal, vol. 6, No. 11, pp. 1-2.

PALMER, C. M.
1956. Evaluation of New Algicides for
  Water Supply Purposes.  Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol.  48,  No. 9, pp. 1133-1137;
  Same paper:  Taste and Odor Control
  Journal, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-4.

RINGER, W. C. and S. J. CAMPBELL
1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae
  Control at Philadelphia.  Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746.

SCRIVEN, J.
1960.  Microstraining  Removes Algae
  and Cuts Filter Backwashing. Water
  Works  Engineering, vol. 113, No. 6,
  pp. 554-555.
                                                                          107

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATHENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SHAKE, M. S.
1948.  Effect of DDT Spray on Reservoir
  Biological Balance.  Journal of  the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 40, No. 3, pp.  333-336.

SHANE, M. S.
1963.  How to Black  Out Algae.  Water
  Works Engineering, vol. 116,  No. 7,
  pp.  552-553.

SILVEY, J. K. G. and R. C. HOERN
1964.   Bacterial  Degradation of Taste
  and Odor Compounds. Southwest Wa-
  ter  Works Journal, vol. 46, pp. 68-70.

SNOW, E. A., JR.
1958.   The Most Troublesome Algae in
  New England Waters. Journal of the
  New England  Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 72. No. 9, pp. 328-331.

SOPP, C.  W.
1936.  Plankton Control in Morris Reser-
  voir. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol.  28, No. 4, pp.
  447-457.

SURBER, E. W.
1950.  Control  of Aquatic Growths  in
  Impounding Reservoirs. Journal  of
  The American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740.

TAFT, C.  E.
1945.  The Algologist and Water Sanita-
  tion. Ohio Journal of  the Academy
  of Science, vol. 45, No. 3, pp. 97-102.

TAFT, C.  E.
1949.  The Algologist's Part in City and
  Industrial Water  Supply  Problems.
  In:   Limnological  Aspects of  Water
  Supply and  Waste  Disposal.  Ameri-
  can Association for the Advancement
  of  Science,  Washington,  D.  C.,  pp.
  74-78.

WILBUR,  C. C.
1961.  Microstrainers  to Remove Insect
  Larvae.  Public Works, vol. 92, No. 6,
  pp.  118-119.

WILCOMB, G. E.
1935.  Svmuu Troubles at Albany, New
  York. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol.  27, No. 6, pp.
  742-748.

WOLFSON, L. L. and R. J. MICHALSKI
1964.  The Incidence  and Effects of the
  Anaerobic Bacteria, Clostridium,  in
  Paper  Mill Systems. Technical Asso-
  ciation of the Pulp and Paper Indus-
  try, vol. 47, pp. 197-199.
TASTE AND  ODOR ALGAE
ALIEN, E. J.
1960. Taste and Odor Problems in New
  Reservoirs in Wooded Areas. Journal
  of the  American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol. 52, No. 8, pp. 1027-1032.

BAILEY, W. T.
1935. Taste and Odor Control at Council
  Bluffs.  Journal  of the American Wa-
  ter Works Association, vol. 27, No. 4,
  pp. 458-471.

BAKER, R. A.
1961.  Problems of  Tastes and  Odors.
  Journal of the  Water Pollution Con-
  trol  Federation, vol. 33, No. 10, pp.
  1099-1106.

BAYLIS, J. R.
1935. Elimination of Taste and Odor in
  Water. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
  New York, 392 pp.

CAMPBELL,  R. W.
1951. Microscopic  Examination of Water
  at Lorain, Ohio. Taste and Odor Con-
  trol Journal, vol. 17, No. 1, pp,  1-4.

COHEN, J. M.
1963. Taste and Odor of ABS in Water.
  Journal  of  the   American  Water
  Works Association, vol.  55, No. 5, pp.
  587-591.

COLE, B.  G.
1948. Taste and Odor Control at Shreve-
  oort. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol.  40, No. 5. po.
  593-546.

GATJFTN,  A. R.
1964. Taste and Odor Production in Res-
  ervoirs by Blue-Green Aleae. Journal
  of the  American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol. 56, No. 10, pp. 1345-1350.

HARLOCK, C. R. and  M. R. DOWUN
1953. Chlorine and Chlorine Dioxide for
  Control of Algae Odors.  Water and
  Sewage Works, vol. 100, No.  1, pp.
  74-75.

HASSLER, W. W.
1941.  The  History  of Taste and  Odor
  Control.  Journal  of  the American
toe

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
  Water Works Association, vol. 33, No.
  12, pp. 2124-2152.

HOWARD, N. J.
1949. Taste and Odor Treatment. Water
  Works Engineering, vol. 93. No. 8. pp.
  420-423, 491.

LENDALL, H. N.
1946. A Comprehensive Survey of the
  Taste and Odor  Problem. Taste and
  Odor Control Journal, vol. 12, No. 10,
  pp. 1-8.

MALONEY, T. E.
1963. Research on  Algal Odor. Journal
  of the American Water Works  Asso-
  ciation, vol. 55, No. 5, pp. 481-486.

MATHESON, D. H.
1954. Taste and  Odor Control  in  Small
  Water Plants.   Water  and  Sewage
  Works, Pt. II, vol. 107, pp. 137-140.

MIDDLE-TON, p. M.
1960, Taste  and Odor Sources and Meth-
  ods of Measurement. Taste and Odor
  Control Journal,  vol.  26, No. 3.  pp.
  1-4.

HOSES, H. E.
1933. Taste and Odor  Control on Penn-
  sylvania Water Supplies. Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion,  vol.  25, No. 8,  pp. 1066-1080.

O'BRIEN, G. L.
1943. Taste  and Odor Control by Reser-
  voir Chlorine Blanket.  Water Works
  Engineering, vol. 96, No.  18, pp. 996-
  999.

RAAB, F.
1931. Taste and  Odor Troubles in  the
  Minneapolis Water Supply. Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion,  vol.  23, No.  3, pp. 430-434.

ROMANO, A. H. and R. S. SAFFERMAN
1963.  Studies  on  Actinomycetes  and
  their Odors.  Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 55. No.
  2, pp. 169-176.

RYCKMAN,  D.  W.  and S. G. GRIGORO-
POULOS
1959. Use of Chlorine and Its  Deriva-
  tives  in  Taste and  Odor  Removal.
  Journal   of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 51, No. 10, pp.
  1268-1274.

SlGWORTH, E. A.
1957.  Control  of Odor and  Taste  in
  Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
  ican  Water  Works Association, vol.
  49, No. 12, pp.  1507-1521.

SIGWORTH, E. A.
1960. Taste  and  Odor Control  in  the
  United Spates, with Specific Reference
  to  the  Southwest  Area.  Southwest
  Water Works Journal, vol. 41, No. 3,
  pp. 20-24.

SILVEY, J. K. G.
1964. Studies on Microbiotic  Cycles  in
  Surface Waters. Journal of the Amer-
  ican  Water  Works Association, vol.
  56, No. 1, pp. 60-72.

STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold  Odor Test. Part I.
  Taste and  Odor Control Journal, vol.
  29, No. .6. pp. 1-8.

STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part II.
  Taste and  Odor Control Journal, vol.
  29, No.  7, pp. 1-1.

STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold Odor  Test. Part III.
  Taste and  Odor Control Journal, vol.
  29, No.  8,  pp. 1-1.

THOMAS, N. A.
1940. Taste and Odor Control  on Lake
  Michigan.  Journal of  the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 32, No.
  7,  pp. 1183-1186.

TURRE, G. J.
1953. Algae  Responsible  for Odor and
  Taste in Public  Water Supplies. Pro-
  ceedings of the American Society  of
  Civil  Engineers, vol. 79, Separate No.
  267, pp. 1-20.
BIOLOGICAL  ASPECTS OF
IMPOUNDING RESERVOIRS
BALL, O. P.
1957.  Management  of  Sport  Fishing in
  San Diego's Program of Multiple Use
  of Water Supply Reservoirs.  Trans-
  actions  of  the  American  Fisheries
  Society, vol. 87, No.  2, pp.  200-206.

BONN, E. W. and L. R. HOLBERT
1961.  Some Effects of Rotenone Prod-
  ucts on Municipal  Water Supplies.
  Transactions of the  American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 287-
  297.
                                                                          109

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BROWN, K. W.
1933.  Experiences with  Well Water in
  an  Uncovered Reservoir.  Journal  of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 337-342.

BtlRNSON, B.
1938. Seasonal Temperature Variations
  in Relation to Water Treatment. Jour-
  nal of  the American Water  Works
  Association, vol. 30, No.  5, pp. 793-
  811.

CHURCHILL, M. A.
1965.  Effects  of Density  Currents in
  Reservoirs on Water  Quality.  Water
  and Sewage Works, vol.  112, No. 11,
  pp. R135-140, 142.

CLOUGH, J.
1962. Dredging at Hurworth Burn Res-
  ervoir,  Hartlepools Water Company.
  Journal of the Institute of Water En-
  gineers, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 46-48.

COHEN, J. M.,  L. J. KAMPHAKE, A.  E.
LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD-
WARD
1960. Effect  of Fish Poisons on Water
  Supplies. Part I.  Removal  of Toxic
  Materials.  Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol.  52, No.
  12, pp. 1151-1166.

 COHEN, J. M., G. A. ROURKE and R. L.
WOODWARD
 1961. Effect of Pish Poisons on Water
  Supplies.  Part  2.  Odor Problems.
  Journal  of   the   American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 53, No. 1, pp.
  49-62.

 COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L.
 WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN
 1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
   Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick-
   inson. Journal of the American Water
   Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
   233-246.

 COHEN, J. H.
 1962. Removal of Fish Poisons from a
   Water Supply.  Taste and Odor Con-
   trol Journal, vol. 28,  No. 4, pp. 1-4.

 COOKE,  W.  B., W. M.  INGRAM, A. F.
 BARTSCH and J. D. ENRIGHT
 1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a
   Primary Settling Reservoir.  Journal
   of the American  Water Works Asso-
   ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 318-321.
COPELAND, O. L.
1961. Watershed Management and Res-
  ervoir Life.  Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 53, No.
  5, pp. 569-578.

COUTANT, C. C.
1964. Stream Plankton Above and  Below
  Green Lake Reservoir. Proceedings of
  the Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Sci-
  ences, vol. 37, pp. 122-126.

DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD
1949. The Dominating Influence of Fon-
  tana Reservoir  on Temperature  and
  Dissolved Oxygen  in the Little Ten-
  nessee  River and Its Impoundments.
  Journal of the Tennessee Academy of
  Sciences, vol. 24, No. 1,  pp. 41-51.

GARDINER, A. C.
1939.  Some  Aspects of  Water  Works
  Biology. Annals of Applied Biology,
  vol. 26. No.  1, pp. 175-177.

HAMMERTON, D.
1959.  A Biological and Chemical  Study
  of Chew Valley Lake. Proceedings of
  the Society  of Water Treatment and
  Examination, vol. 8, Pt. 2, pp. 87-117.

HOLTJE, R. H.
1939. Some Trouble-Makers  in  Reser-
  voirs, Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 31, No. 3, pp.
  550-557.

HOUGHTON, G. V.
1955. Biological and Chemical Problems
  in a  Shallow Reservoir. Water and
  Sewage Works, vol. 102, No.  1, pp.
  19-21.

HURST, W. D.
1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win-
  nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the
  American  Water Works Association,
  vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1204-1206.

KOPOID, C. A.
1923. Microorganisms in Reservoirs and
  Their  Relations to Esthetic Qualities.
  Journal  of the   American   Water
  Works Association, vol. 10, No. 2, pp.
  183-191.

 KURAN, O. G.
 1953. Ront Reservoir Algae. The Amer-
   ican City,  vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91.

 MEDBERY, H.  C.
 1942. Limnological Observations  on San
 110

-------
                                WATER TREATMENT
  Francisco Reservoirs. Journal  of the
  American Water Works Association.
  vol. 34, No.  5, up. 719-735.

NEEL, J. K.
1963. Impact of Reservoirs. Chapter 20.
  In:  Frey, D. G.  (ed.),  Limnology in
  North  America.  University  of Wis-
  consin Press, Madison, pp. 575-594.

SHAKER, H. L.
1925.  The Impounding  Reservoir, Its
  Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 13, No. 5. pp. 531-543.

STOBER, Q.
1962.  Some  Limnological  Effects  of
  Tiber Reservoir on the Marias  River,
  Montana.  Proceedings  of  the Mon-
  tana Academy of Sciences, vol. 23, pp.
  111-137.

SYLVESTER, R. O.
1958. Water Quality Studies in the Co-
  lumbia River Basin. U. S. Fish  and
  Wildlife  Service.  Special   Scientific
  Report, Fisheries No. 239, op.  1-134.

SYMONS, J. R., S. R. WEIBEL and G. G.
ROBECK
1964.  Influence  of  Impoundments on
  Water  Quality. A Review of Litera-
  ture   and  Statement   of   Research
  Needs.  U. S.  Public Health Service
  Publication No. 999-WP-18,  pp. 1-78.

TARZWELL, C. M. and C. M. PALMER
1951. Ecology of Significant Organisms
  in  Surface Water Supplies.  Journal
  of the  American Water Works  Asso-
  ciation, vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 568-578.

THOMPSON, R.  W. S.
1954.  Stratification  and  Overturn  in
  Lakes and Reservoirs. Journal of the
  Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8,
  No. 1, pp. 19-52.

WEISS, C. M. and R. T. OGLESBY
1962. Limnology  of a North  Carolina
  Reservoir and Its Use in Water Treat-
  ment. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 54. No.  6. pp.
  671-683.

WESTON, R. S.
1925. Period of Storage and Microorga-
  nisms in Reservoirs. Journal of the
  Northeastern  Water  Works  Associa-
  tion, vol. 39, p. 225.

WHIPPLE, G. C.
1922. A Long  Record  of  Microscopical
   Examinations. Journal of the Ameri-
   can Water Works Association, vol. 9,
   No. 3, pp. 436-^41.

WILSON, C.
1927.  The  Biological  Control  of  Im-
   pounding Reservoirs.  Journal  of the
   American Water Works  Association,
   vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 247-252.
CLOGGING ORGANISMS
ANON.
1924.  Clogging  of  Intakes  by  Fish.
  Journal   of   the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 11,  No. 1, pp.
  219-221.

BAYLIS, J. R.
1922. Microorganisms in Baltimore Wa-
  ter Supply.  Journal of the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 9, No.
  5, pp.  712-730.

BAYLIS, J. R. and H. H. GERSTEIN
1929. Microorganisms in the Lake  Mich-
  igan Water at Chicago, Their Effect
  on  Filtration  and Method for Count-
  ing.  Municipal   News  and  Water
  Works, vol. 76, No. 7, pp. 291-296.

BAYLIS, J. R.
1955.  Effect   of   Microorganisms   in
  Lengths of Filter Runs. Water Works
  Engineering, vol. 108, No. 2, pp. 127-
  128. 158.

BERARD, W. W.  and J. R. BAYLIS
1946. Screen Clogging by a Rare Species
  of Algae. Water and Sewage Works,
  vol. 93, No. 6, pp. 223-224.

BERRY, A. E.
1932. Vegetable  Growths in Water Sup-
  plies. Journal  of  the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 24,  No.  1, pp.
  97-104.

BROOK, A. J.
1954. The Bottom-Living Algal Flora  of
  Slow Sand  Filter Beds of  Water-
  works  with  Special Reference  to the
  Establishment of Species in the Beds.
  Hydrobiologia, vol. 6, Nos. 3 and  4,
  pp. 333-351.

CLARKE, K. B.
1961.  Treatment Difficulties  Due to a
  Massive Crop of Ceratium hirundi-
  nella. Journal of the  Institute of Wa-
  ter Engineers, vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 233—
  238.
                                                                          Ill

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HUDGINS, B.
1931.  Turbidity,  Plankton and  Mineral
  Content of  the Detroit (Michigan)
  Water Supply. "Journal of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 23,
  No. 3, pp. 435-444.

PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON
1956.  Algae and  Other Interference Or-
  ganisms  in  Indiana  Water Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American   Water
  Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp.
  1335-1346.

POSTON, H. W. and M. B. GAMET
1964.  Effect of  Algae on Filter Runs
  with Great  Lakes  Water.  Journal  of
  the American  Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 56, No. 9, pp. 1203-1216.

ROSENTHAL, H.
1921.  Overcoming Difficulties with Crus-
  tacea in  Filter Beds. Journal  of the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 530-531.

SHAKER, E. P.
1925.  The  Impounding  Reservoir,  Its
  Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 13, No.  5,  pp. 531-543.

SINCLAIR, R. M. and B. G. ISOM
1963. Further Studies on the Introduced
  Asiatic Clam (Corbicula)  in Tennes-
  see. Tennessee Stream Pollution Con-
  trol Board,  Tennessee Department  of
  Public Health, pp. 1-82.

SINCLAIR, R. M.
1964. Clam Pests in Tennessee Water
  Supplies.  Journal  of  the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
  5, pp. 592-599.
 CLEAR  WELL ORGANISMS


 BAHLMAN, C.
 1932. Larval Contamination of a Clear
   Water  Reservoir.  Journal  of  the
   American  Water Works Association,
   vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 660-664.

 COLLINS, J. S.
 1958. Some Experiences with  Nais and
   Nematodes in the Public Water Sup-
   ply of Norwich. Proceedings .of the
   Society  for Water  Treatment  and
   Examination (London), vol. 7, PL 2,
   pp. 157-172.
FLENTJE, M. E.
1945.  Control and Elimination of Pest
  Infestations in Public Water Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol.  37, No. 11,
  pp.  1194-1203.

FLENTJE, M. E.
1945.  Elimination of Midge Fly Larvae
  with DDT. Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 37, No.
  11,  p. 1053.

HECHMEB, C. A.
1932.  Chironomus  in  Water  Supply.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 24, No.  5, pp.
  665-668.
PIPE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
ASSOCIATED  ORGANISMS
BAYLIS, J. R.
1957. Microorganisms that Have Caused
  Trouble in the Chicago Water System.
  Pure Water, vol. 9, p. 47.

BUSWELL, A. M.
1938.  Microscopic Growths in Distribu-
  tion Systems and Their Food Supply.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association,  vol. 30, No.  10,
  pp.  1651-1654.

CHANG,  S.  L., J.  H. AUSTIN,  H.  W.
POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD
1959.  Occurrence of a Nematode Worm
  in a City Water Supply. Journal of
  the American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 51, No.  5, pp.  671-676.

CLARKE, E. B.
1952. The Infestation of Waterworks by
  Dreissenia polymorpha, a Fresh Wa-
  ter Mussel.  Journal  of the Institute
  of Water Engineers, vol. 6, No. 5,  pp.
  370-379.

CLARK, F. M.
1963. Iron Bacteria. In: Quality Aspects
  of Water Distribution Systems. Uni-
  versity of  Illinois  Engineering Sta-
  tion Circular No. 81, pp. 85-89.

CRABILL, M. P.
1956. Biologic Infestation at Indianap-
  olis. Journal of the American Water
  Association,  vol.  48,  No.  3, pp. 269-
  274.
 112

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
CRABILL, M. P.
1963.  Biologic  Infestations  in  Water
  Distribution  Systems.   In:  Quality
  Aspects of Water Distribution  Sys-
  tems.  University of Illinois Engineer-
  ing Experiment Station, Circular No.
  81. pp. 90-93.

DERBY, R. L.
1947.  Control  of  Slime  Growths  in
  Transmission Lines.  Journal  of the
  American  Water Works  Association,
  vol. 39, No. 11, pp.  1107-1114.

ENGLISH, E.
1958.  Biological Problems in  Distribu-
  tion Systems—Infestations of Water
  Mains. Proceedings of the  Society for
  Water Treatment  and Examination,
  vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 127-143.

FLENTJE, M. E.
1945.  Control and  Elimination  of  Pest
  Infestations in Public Water Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American   Water
  Works Association, vol. 37,  No. 11,
  pp.  1194-1203.

HURST, W. D.
1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win-
  nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the
  American  Water Works Association,
  vol. 37, No. 11. pp. 1204-1206.

INGRAM, W. M.
1956.  Snail  and Clam Infestations  of
  Drinking-Water Supplies.  Journal of
  the  American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 48,  No. 3,  pp. 258-268.

INGRAM, W. M. and K. M. MACKENTHUN
1963.  Animal Infestations in Distribu-
  tion Systems. In: Quality Aspects of
  Water Distribution Systems.  Univer-
  sity of Illinois Engineering  Experi-
  ment  Station, Circular  No.  81,  pp.
  79-S4,

KELLY, S. N.
1955.  Infestation of the Norwich, Eng-
  land,  Water System. Journal  of the
  American  Water Works  Association,
  vol. 47, No. 4, pp.  330-334.

LUESCHOW, L. A. and  K. M. MACKEN-
THUN
1962. Detection and Enumeration of Iron
 . Bacteria in Municipal Water Supplies.
  Journal  of  the  American  Water
  Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp.
  751-756.
OLIVER, G. C. S.
1961. The Eradication of Asettus from
  Water Mains by Application of Pyre-
  thrum. Journal of the Institute of Wa-
  ter Engineers,  vol. 15,  No. 2, pp.
  51-52.

SILVEY, J. K. G.
1956. Bloodworms in Distribution Sys-
  tems. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 48, No. 3, pp.
  275-280.

SILVEY, J. K. G.
1963. Actinomycetes  in Water Distribu-
  tion Systems.  In:  Quality Aspects of
  Water Distribution Systems. Univer-
  sity of  Illinois Engineering Station,
  Circular No. 81. pp. 62-71.
CHLORINE AND ITS EFFECT
ON  ORGANISMS


ALLEN, L. A., N. BLEZARD and A. B.
WHEATLAND
1946. Toxicity to Fish of  Chlorinated
  Sewage Effluents.  Surveyor, vol. 105,
  p.  298.

COVENTRY, F. L., V. E. SHELFORD and
L. F. MILLER
1935. The Conditioning of a Chlpramine
  Treated Water Supply for  Biological
  Purposes. Ecology, vol. 16,  No. 1, pp.
  60-66.

DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950. Critical  Review  of  Literature on
  the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
  Their Components to Fish:  I. Alka-
  lies. Acids and Inorganic Gases.  Sew-
  age  and Industrial  Wastes, vol.  22,
  No. 11, pp.  1432-1458

HALE, F. E.
1950. The Use  of Copper  Sulphate  in
  Control  of  Microscopic  Organisms.
  Phelps-Dodge   Refining  Corporation,
  New York, pp. 1-44.

MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of  Algae  in  Water
  Supplies. International Water Supply
  Association,   2nd   Congress,  Paris,
  France, pp.  1-82.

MERKENS, J. C.
1958. Studies on the Toxicity of Chlorine
  and   Chloramines   to the   Rainbow
                                                                          113

-------
           WATER POLLUTION CONTWH. WASTE THEATMENT AND WATER TKEATMENI
  Trout.  Water  and Waste Treatment
  Journal, vol. 7, No..4, pp. 150-151.

TAYLOR, R. S. and M, C. JAMES
1928. Treatment  for Removal of Chlor-
  ine  from City  Water  for Use in
  Aquaria. U. S. Bureau  of Fisheries.
  Document No. 1045.  Report of U. S.
  Commission  of Fisheries,  1928, App.
  7, pp. 322-327.

ZIMMERMAN, P. W. and R. 0. BERG
1934.  Effects of Chlorinated  Water on
  Land Plants, Aquatic Plants and Gold-
  fish. Contribution of  Boyce Thompson
  Institute, vol. 6, pp. 39-49.
ACTINOMYCETES


ADAMS, B. A.
1933. The Role of Actinomycetes in Pro-
  ducing  Earthy  Tastes and  Smells in
  Potable Water.  Report Public Works,
  Roads, and Transport Congress, Paper
  No. 14. London.

SAFFERMAN, R. S. and M. E. MORRIS
1962. A Method  for  the Isolation  and
  Enumeration of  Actinomycetes  Re-
  lated  to Water Supplies.  Robert A.
  Taft  Sanitary  Engineering  Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio.  U. S. Public Health
  Service, Publication No. W62-10, pp.
  1-15.

SILVEY, J. K.  G.f J. C. RUSSELL, D. R.
REDDEN and W. C. MCCORMICK
1950. Actinomycetes and Common Tastes
  and Odors.  Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 42, No.
  11, pp. 1018-1026.

 SlLVEY, J. K. G.
 1953.  Newer  Concepts  of Tastes and
   Odors  in  Surface Water  Supplies.
  Water  and  Sewage Works, vol. 100,
   No. 11. p. 426.

 SILVEY, J. K. G.
 1953. Relation of Irrigation Runoff to
   Tastes and  Odors. Journal of  the
   American Water Works Association,
   vol. 45, No. 11, pp. 1179-1186.

 SILVEY, J. K.  G.  and A. W. ROACH
 1953.  AcHnoraycetes  in  the Oklahoma
   City  Water  Supply.  Journal of the
   American Water Works Association,
   vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 409-416,
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1954.  Newer  Concepts of  Tastes  and
  Odors  in  Surface  Water  Supplies.
  Water  and  Sewage  Works, vol.  101,
  N8. 5, pp. 208-211.

SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH
1956. Actinomycetes May Cause Tastes
  and Odors in Water Supplies. Public
  Works Magazine, vol. 87, No.  5, pp.
  103-106; 210-212.

SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH
1959. Laboratory Culture of Taste- and
  Odor-Producing  Aquatic  Actinomy-
  cetes.  Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 51, No. 1, pp.
  20-32.

TARZWELL, C. M.
1950.  Oklahoma City Taste and  Odor
  Study. A  Preliminary  Study of the
  Taste  and Odor Problems in the Okla-
  homa   City  Water  Supply. Federal
  Security Agency, U. S. Public Health
  Service, Environmental  Health Center,
  Cincinnati, Ohio, pp. 1-37.


RECREATIONAL WATER

TREATMENT

GENERAL REFERENCES
BARTSCH, A. F.
1954. Practical Methods for Control of
  Algae   and  Water   Weeds.  Public
  Health  Reports, vol.  69,  No. 8, pp.
  749-757.

CHANCELLOR, A. P.
1958. The Control of Aquatic Weeds and
  Algae. Ministry of Agriculture. Fish-
  eries and Food, H.  M. Stationery
  Office,  London, 20 pp.

DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926. Treatment of Algae and  Weeds in
  Lakes  at Madison. Engineering News-
  Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954.

GREENWALD, M.
1956. List of  References on Control of
  Aquatic  Plants.  Including  Algae.
  Chipman  Chemical  Company, Incor-
  porated,  Bound Brook, New Jersey,
  pp. 1-22.

 GREENWALD, M.
 1957. Supplement to the List  of Refer-
  ences  on Control of  Aquatic Plants,
  Including Algae. Chipmin  Chemical
  Company, Incorporated, Bound Brook,
  New Jersey, pp. 1-12.
 114

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
MACXENTHUN, K. M.
1952.  Cleaner Lakes can be a  Reality.
  Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin, vol.
 .17, No. 1, pp. 1-4.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control  of  Aquatic
  Nuisances.  Wisconsin  Committee  on
  Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
  64. pp.

MACKENTHUN, K.  M., W. M.  INGRAM
and R. FORGES
1964.  Limnological Aspects  of  Recrea-
  tional Lakes. Robert A. Taft Sanitary
  Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S.  Public Health Service, Publica-
  tion No. 1167, pp. 1-176.

SAWYER, C. N.
1962.  Causes,  Effects,  and  Control  of
  Aquatic  Growths.  Journal  of  the
  Water  Pollution Control  Federation,
  vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290.

SURBER, E. W.
1950.  Control  of  Aquatic  Growths  in
  Impounding Reservoirs.  Journal  of
  the  American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740.
ALGAL CONTROL


ANON.
1959.  Cladophora Investigations: Ob-
  servation on the Nature  and Control
  of Excessive Growth of Caldophora
  sp. in Lake Ontario. The Ontario Wa-
  ter Resources Commission, pp. 1-30.

ARNOLD, G. E.
1936.  Plankton  and Insect Larvae Con-
  trol in  California Waters. Journal  of
  the  American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.

DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in
  Lakes at Madison.  Engineering News
  Record, vol. 97,  No. 24, pp. 950-954.

DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1941.  Scientific Studies and Chemical
  Treatment of the Madison Lakes. In:
  A Symposium on Hydrobiology. Uni-
  versity of Wisconsin Press,  Madison,
  Wisconsin,  pp.  303-310.

FITZGERALD, G. P., G. C. GERLOFF and
F. SKOOG
1952.  Studies on Chemicals with  Selec-
  tive  Toxicity  to Blue-Green  Algae.
  Sewage and  Industrial Wastes,  vol.
  24, No. 7, pp. 888-896.

FITZGERALD, G. P. and F. SKOOG
1954.   Control  of  Blue-Green  Algae
  Blooms with  2,3-Dichloronapthoqui-
  none. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
  vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 1136-1140.

FITZGERALD, G.  P.
1958. Control of Growth of Algae  with
  CMU  [3-(p-chlorophenyl)-l:  1-di-
  methylureaj. Transactions of the Wis-
  consin Academy of  Sciences,  Arts
  and Letters, 1957, vol. 46, pp. 281-294
  (1958). Journal of Applied Chemistry,
  vol.  8, pp.  ii-235-236  (September
  1958).

HALE, F. E.
1954. Use of Copper Sulphate in Control
  of  Microscopic  Organisms.  Phelps
  Dodge Refining  Corporation,  New
  York, pp. 1-30.

HASLER, A. D. and E. JONES
1949. Demonstration of the Antagonistic
  Action of  Large Aquatic  Plants on
  Algae and  Rotifers.  Ecology, vol. 30,
  No. 3, pp. 359-364.

JOHNSON, L.  D.
1955.  Control of Ulothrix zonata in  Cir-
  cular Ponds.  Progressive  Fish  Cul-
  turist, vol.  17, No. 3, pp. 126-128.

LAWRENCE, J. M.
1954. Control of Branched  Alga Pitho-
  phora, in Farm Fish Ponds. Progres-
  sive  Fish Culturist, vol. 14, No. 2, pp.
  83-88.

LAWRENCE, J. M.
1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De-
  partment  of  Agriculture,  Research
  Service, Handbook No. 231, pp. 1-33.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
  Nuisances.  Wisconsin  Committee on
  Water Pollution, Madison,  Wisconsin,
  pp.  1-64.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1960.  What  You  Should Know About
  Algae Control. Public Works Journal,
  vol. 91, No. 9, pp. 114-116, 158.

MALONEY, T. E.
1958.  Control of  Algae with  Chloro-
  phenyl Dimethyl Urea. Journal of the
  American Water Works  Association,
  vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 417-422.
                                                                          115

-------
           WATEB POIAOTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
MABQOTS, J. K.
1932.  Copper Sulfate  as an  Algicide.
  Journal of the American Water Works
  Association, vol. 24, No. 5,  pp. 728-
  732.

MARSH, H. C. and R. K. ROBINSON
1910.  The  Treatment  of  Fish-Cultural
  Waters  for the Removal of  Algae.
  Bulletin of the  U. S. Bureau of Fish-
  eries 28 (Part 2), pp. 871-890 (1908).

MONIE, W. D.
1941.  Algae, Control.  Journal of  the
  American Water Works Association,
  vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 705-720.

MONDE, W. D.
1947.  Pre-Determining Effective Dosage
  of Copper  Sulphate in Algae Control.
  Water and Sewage Works, vol. 94
  (Reference and  Data  Section),  pp.
  118-120.

MONIE, W. D.
1951. Algae  Control.  Taste and Odor
  Control Journal,  vol. 17, No. 2,  pp.
  1-7.

MONIE, W. D.
1955. Determining Copper Sulphate Dos-
  age. Water and Sewage Works (Ref-
  erences and  Data Section),  vol. 102,
  No. 6, pp.  R-119-121.

MONIE, W. D.
1956. Algae  Control  with Copper Sul-
  fate.  Water and Sewage Works,  vol.
  103, No. 9, pp. 392-397.

MOORE, G. T. and EL F. KELLEKMAN
1904. A Method  of Destroying or Pre-
  venting the Growth of Algae and Cer-
  tain  Pathogenic  Bacteria  in  Water
  Supplies. U.  S. Department of Agri-
  culture,  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry,
   Bulletin 64.

 MOORE, G. T. and K, F. KELLERMAN
 1905. Copper as  an Algicide and Disin-
   fectant in Water Supplies,  U. S. De-
   partment  of Agriculture, Bureau of
   Plant Industry, Bulletin 76, pp. 1-55.

 O'DONNELL, D. J.
 1943.   Control  of Hydrodietyon reticu-
   iatum in Small Ponds.  Transactions
   of the American Fisheries Society, vol.
   78, pp. 59-«2.

 ROHUCH, G. A. and W. B. SABLES
 1949.  Chemical  Composition  of Algae
   and  Its  Relationship  to Taste  and
  Odor. Taste and Odor Control  Jour-
  nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 1-12.

ROSE, E. T.
1954. Blue-green Algae Control at Storm
  Lake.  Proceedings Iowa Academy of
  Sciences, vol. 61, pp. 604-614.

SNOW, J. R.
1963. Simazine as an Algicide for Bass
  Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
  25, No. 1, pp. 34-36.

TAKLTON, E. A.
1949. Algae Control. Water and Sewage
  Works, vol. 96, No. 6, pp. 221-224.
FLOWBtING AQUATIC PLANT
CONTROL
BARTSCH, A. F.
1954.  Practical Methods for Control of
  Algae  and  Water   Weeds.  Public
  Health Reports, vol.  69,  No. 8, pp.
  749-757.

BAUHAN, A. C.
1947.  2,4-D and Some Emergent Aquat-
  ics. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 9,
  No. 2, pp. 71-77.

BAUMAN, A. C.
1947.  The  Effects of Ammonium Sulfa-
  mate  on Emergent Aquatic Vegeta-
  tion.   Transactions of  the  Twelfth
  North American Wildlife Conference,
  pp. 346-355.

BAUMGARTNER, L. L.
1955. A Case History of  a  Misapplica-
  tion of CMU for Aquatic Weed Con-
  trol. Proceedings of the Ninth North-
  eastern Weed Control Conference, pp.
  559-562.

BENSON, N. G. and J. T. CONNER
1956.  Use of CMU to Control Najas.
  Progressive Fish  Culturist, vol.  18,
  No. 2, pp. 78-80.

BRUNS, V. F. and W. H. FARMER
1950.  Aromatic Solvents for  Water-
  weeds. The Reclamation Era, Part I,
  vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 79-S2; Part II, vol.
  36, No. 5, pp. 96-97.

 CLARK, W. F.
 1954.  Controlling Weeds and Algae in
  Farm  Ponds.  Cornell  University,
 116

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
  Ithaca, New  York, Bulletin 910, pp.
  1-15.

DERBY, R. L. and D. W. GRAHAM
1953.  Control  of  Aquatic Growths in
  Reservoirs  by Copper  Sulphate  and
  Secondary Effects of Such Treatment.
  Proceedings of the American  Society
  of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate
  No. 203, pp. 1-15.

DERBY, R. L. and F. W. TOWNSEND
1953.  Reservoir Treatment by Improved
  Methods.  Water and Sewage  Works,
  vol. 100, No.  6, pp. 211-216.

DERBY, R. L.
1954.  Methods of  Controlling  Aquatic
  Growths in Reservoirs.  Journal of the
  American  Water Works Association,
  vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158.

DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926.  Treatment of Algae and Weeds in
  Lakes  at Madison, Wisconsin.  Engi-
  neering News Record, vol. 97,  No. 24,
  pp.  950-954.

DUTTON, P.
1955.  Hyacinth Control Report.  Louisi-
  ana Conservationist, vol. 7, No. 8, pp.
  8-11.

EGGLER, W. A.
1953.  The Use of 2,4-D in the Control of
  Water Hyacinth  (Eichhornia  cras-
  sipes)  &  Alligator Weed  (Alteman-
  thera pkiloxeroides) in  the Mississippi
  Delta with Certain Ecological  Impli-
  cations. Ecology,  vol.  34, No. 4, pp.
  409-414.

ElCHER, G.
1947.  Aniline Dye in Aquatic Weed Con-
  trol. Journal of Wildlife Management,
  vol. 11, pp.  193-197.   (Reprinted in
  the Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 10,
  No. 1, pp. 39-42, 1948).

EIPPER, A. W. and H. B.  BRUMSTED
1959.  How to Control Weeds and Algae
  in  Farm  Ponds.  Cornell  Extension
  Bulletin 1014, New York  State  Col-
  lege of Agriculture, pp. 1—32.
         M. E.
1952. Control of Algae and Weeds in
  Reservoirs. Journal of the American
  Water Works Association, vol. 44, No.
  8, pp. 727-731.

FREELAND, R. O.
1950. Effects of 2,4-D and Other Growth
  Substances  on  Photosynthesis  and
  Respiration  in  Anacharis.  Botanical
  Gazette, vol. Ill, pp. 319-324.

GERKING, S. D.
1948. Destruction of Submerged Aquatic
  Plants by 2,4-D.  Journal of  Wildlife
  Management, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 221-
  227.

GOUDEY, R. F.
1946. Chemical Weed Control.  Journal
  of the American Water Works Asso-
  ciation, vol.  38, No. 2, pp. 186-202.

HARRIS, B. B. and J. K. G. SILVEY
1940.  Underwater  Cutting Tool  for
  Aquatic. Plants. Journal of the Ameri-
  can Water Works Association, vol. 32,
  No. 11, p. 1883.

HlLDEBRAND, E. M.
1946. Herbicidal Action of 2,4-Dichloro-
  phenoxyacetic Acid on the Water Hya-
  cinth, Eichhornia  crassipes.  Science,
  vol. 103, pp. 477-479.

LAWRENCE, J.  M.
1958. Methods for  Controlling Aquatic
  Weeds in  Fish Ponds with Emphasis
  on Use of  Chemicals.   Agricultural
  Experiment  Station  of  the Alabama
  Polytechnic  Institute,  Auburn, Ala-
  bama, Progress Report Series No. 69,
  pp. 1-4.

LEPORE, A.
1955.  Let's  Clean  Up  Plant  Choked
  Ponds.  The  American City, vol.  70,
  No. 6, pp. 125, 215.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1950.   Aquatic  Weed  Control  with
  Sodium Arsenite.  Sewage and Indus-
  trial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 8, pp. 1062-
  1067.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
  Nuisances.  Wisconsin Committee on
  Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
  pp. 1-64.

MARTIN, A. C., R. C. ERICKSON and J. H.
STEENIS
1957. Improving Duck Marshes by Weed
  Control.  U. S. Department of the In-
  terior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir-
  cular 19—Revised, pp. 1-60.

OBORN, E. T.
1954.  Control of Aquatic Weeds  that
  Impede Flow of  Western Irrigation
                                                                          117

-------
                POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
  Waters. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 213-
  240.

OBORN,  E. T., W. T.  MOHAN,  K. T.
GREENE and T. R. BARTLEY
1954.  Weed  Control  Investigations of
  Some  Important   Aquatic   Plants
  which Impede Flow of Western Irri-
  gation Waters.  Sect, of Weed Investi-
  gations,  FCRS, ARS,  USDA, and
  Bureau  of  Reclamation,  Engineering
  Laboratories,  USDI,  Denver,  Colo-
  rado, Joint Laboratory  Report No.
  SI-2, pp. 1-84.

SEALE, C. C.,  J. W. RANDOLPH and J. C.
STEPHENS
1952. Aromatic Solvents for the Control
  of  Submersed  Water  Weed Naiad,
  Najas guadalupensis  (Spreng.)
  Morong., in  South  Florida,  Weeds,
  vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 366-371.

SPEIRS, J. M.
1948. Summary of Literature on Aquatic
  Weed Control. Canadian Fish Cultur-
  ist, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 20-32.

STEENIS, J. H.
1950. Studies on the Use of Herbicides
  for Improving Waterfowl Habitat in
  Western  Kentucky  and  Tennessee.
  Journal  of  Wildlife Management, vol.
  14, No. 2, pp. 162-169.

STEPHENS, J. C., A. L. CRAIG and C. C.
SEALE
1954. Blended  Solvents  for Control of
  the Submersed Water Weed  Naiad
  (Najas  guadalupensis)   in  South
  Florida. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 160-


STJRBSR, E. W.
1931. Sodium Arsenite for Controlling
  Vegetation  in Fish  Ponds.  Transac-
  tions  of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 61, pp. 143-148.

SURBER, E. W.
1943.  Weed   Control in  Hard-Water
  Ponds with  Copper  Sulphate  and
  Sodium Arsenite.  Transactions of the
  8th North American Wildlife Confer-
  ence, pp. 132-141.

SURBER, E. W.
1947. Aquatic Plant Control with 2,4-D.
  U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish
  and WOdlife Service. Fishery Leaflet
  217, pp. 1-5.
SURBER, E. W.
1949.  Control  of  Aquatic Plants  in
  Ponds  and Lakes. U. S. Department
  of  the  Interior,  Fish  and Wildlife
  Service, Fishery Leaflet  344, pp. 1-20.

SURBER, E. W.  and M. H. EVERHART
1950.  Biological  Effects  of  Nigrosine
  Used for Control  of Weeds in Hatch-
  ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist,
  vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140.

SURBER, E. W.
1961. Improving Sport Fishing by Con-
  trol of Aquatic Weeds. U. S. Depart-
  ment of the Interior, Fish and Wild-
  life Service, Circular 128, pp. 1-37.

THREINEN, C. W. and W. T. HELM
1954.  Experiments  and  Observations
  Designed to Show Carp Destruction
  of Aquatic  Vegetation.  Journal  of
  Wildlife Management, vol. 18, No. 2,
  pp. 247-250.

TIMMONS, F. L.
1960. Weed Control in Western  Irriga-
  tion  and  Drainage  Systems (Losses
  Caused by Weeds  and Costs and Bene-
  fits of  Weed  Control).  Joint Report,
  U. S. Department of Agriculture and
  U.  S.  Department of Interior, ARS,
  34-14,  pp. 1-22.

TRYON, C. A., JR.
1954. The Effect of Carp Enclosures on
  Growth of Submerged Aquatic Vege-
  tation in Pymatuning Lake, Pennsyl-
  vania.  Journal of Wildlife Manage-
  ment, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-254.

VAN OVERBEEK, J.,  W. J.  HUGHES and
R. BLONDEAU
1959. Acrolein for the Control of Water
  Weeds  and  Disease-Carrying  Water
  Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336.

WALKER, C. R.
1964. Toxicplogical Effects of Herbicides
  on the  Fish Environment. Water and
  Sewage Works, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. ITS-
  ITS.
INSECT CONTROL


ARNASON,  A. P., A.  W.  A.  BROWN,
F. J. H. FREDEEN, et al.
1949.  Experiments in  the  Control  of
  Simulium arcticum Malloch by Means
  of DDT in the  Saskatchewan River.
118

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
  Scientific  Agriculture,  Agricultural
  Institute of Canada,  Ottawa, vol. 29,
  No. 11, pp. 527-537.

ARNOLD, G. E.
1936.  Plankton and Insect Larvae Con-
  trol in California  Waters.  Journal of
  the  American Water Works Associa-
  tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.

FELLTON, H. L.
1940.  Control of  Aquatic Midges with
  Notes on  the  Biology  of  Certain
  Species.   Journal  of  Economic Ento-
  mology,  vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 252-264.

GJULLIN,  C. M., O. B.  COPE, B.  F.
QUISENBERRY and F. R. Du CHAMOIS
1949.  The Effect of Some Insecticides
  on  Black  Fly  Larvae in  Alaskan
  Streams. Journal of Economic Ento-
  mology,  vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 100-105.

HlLLSENHOFF, W. L.
1959.  The Evaluation of Insecticides for
  the   Control  of  Tendipes  plumosus
  (Linnaeus).  Journal  of  Economic
  Entomology, vol.  52, No. 2, pp. 331-
  332.

HUNT, E. G. and A.  I. BISCHOFF
1960.   Inimical Effects  on Wildlife of
  Periodic  DDD  Applications to Clear
  Lake. California  Fish and Game, vol.
  46,  No. 1, pp. 91-106.

JAMNBACK, H. and W. WALL
1957.  Control of Salt Marsh Tabanus
  Larvae  with  Granulated Insecticides.
  Journal of Economic Entomology, vol.
  50,  No.  8, pp. 379-382.

LIEUX, D.  B. and J.  A. MULRENNAN
1956.  Investigations of the Biology  and
  Control    of   Midges  in   Florida
  (Diptera: Tendipedidae). A Progress
  Report.  Mosquito News, vol. 16,  No.
  3, pp. 201-204.

LINDQUIST, A. W. and A. R. ROTH
1950.  Effect of Dichlorodiphenyl dichlo-
  roethane on Larvae of the Clear Lake
  Gnat in California.  Journal of  Eco-
  nomic Entomology, vol.  43, No. 3, pp.
  328-332.

LINDQUIST, A. W., A. R. ROTH and J. R.
WALKER
1951.  Control of the Clear Lake  Gnat
  in  California.  Journal of Economic
  Entomology,  vol.  44,  No. 4, pp.  572-
  577.
PATTERSON, R. S. and D. L. VON WINDE-
GUTH
1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some
  Aquatic  Organisms.  Mosquito News,
  vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49.

PATTERSON, R.  S.
1964. Recent Investigations  on the Use
  of BHC and EPN to Control Chirono-
  mid Midges in Central Florida. Mos-
  quito News, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 294-299.

PROVOST, M. W.

1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients
  in Florida.   Sewage  and  Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419.

RAI, L. and L. L. LEWALLEN
1960. Effect of Varying Depths of Wa-
  ter with Identical Surface Area  on
  Mosquito Larval  Mortality  Using
  Concentrates.  Mosquito News, vol. 20,
  No. 3, pp. 271-274.
SWIMMER'S  ITCH CONTROL
ANON.
1939. Report on the Chemical Treatment
  of Lakes and  Streams with Special
  Reference to the Origin and Control
  of Swimmers' Itch. Committee on Wa-
  ter  Pollution,  State  of  Wisconsin,
  Madison, pp. 1-20.

BRACKETT, S.
1939.  Methods for Controlling Schisto-
  some  Dermatitis.  Journal  of  the
  American  Medical Association,  vol.
  113, pp. 117-121.

BRACKETT, S.
1941.  Schistosome Dermatitis and  Its
  Distribution.   In:   Symposium   on
  Hydrobiology,  Madison,  Wisconsin,
  pp. 360-378.


CORT, W. W.
1928.  Schistosome  Dermatitis  in the
  United States (Michigan). Journal of
  the  American  Medical  Association,
  vol.  90, pp.  1027-1029.


CORT, W. W.
1950.  Studies on Schistosome Dermatitis
  XI.  Status of  Knowledge After More
  Than Twenty Years.  American Jour-
  nal of Hygiene, vol. 52, No. 3, pp. 251-
  307.
                                                                         119

-------
                POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TBEATMKNT AND WATB TRBATJCENT
FERGUSON,  F.  F., C. S. RICHARDS and
J, R. PALMER
1961.  Control of Austrahrbis glabratus
  by Acrolein  in Puerto Rico. Public
  Health Reports, voL 76, No. 3, pp.
  461-468.

HOWABD, T. E., H. N.  HALVARSON and
C. C. WALDEN
1964.  Toadcity of Copper Compounds to
  the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of
  Schistpsome  Dermatitis in Waters of
  Differing Hardness.  American Jour-
  nal of Hygiene, voL 79, No. 3, pp.
  33-44.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958.  The Chemical Control of Aquatic
  Nuisances.  Wisconsin  Committee on
  Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
  pp. 1-64.

NOLAN, H. 0. and H. W. BOND
1955. Results  of  Laboratory  Screening
  Tests  of  Chemical   Compounds  for
  MoUuscicidal Activity.  American
  Journal of Tropical Medicine &  Hy-
  giene, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 152-155.

VAN OBERBEEK, J., W.  J. HUGHES  and
R. BLONDEAC
1959.  Acrolein for the Control of Water
  Weeds and  Disease-Carrying Water
  Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336.
PESTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT

UPON AQUATIC LIFE


ADAMS, L., M. G. HANAVAN, et al.
1949. The Effects on Fish, Birds, and
  Mammals of DDT Used in the Control
  of Forest Insects in Idaho and Wyom-
  ing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
  vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 245-254.

BALL, R. C.
1948.  A Summary of Experiments in
  Michigan Lakes on the Elimination of
  Fish   Populations  with   Rotenone.
  Transactions of the American  Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 75, pp. 139*446.

BOND, C, E.
1960.  Toxicity of  Various Herbicidal
  Materials to Fishes. Robert A. Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice, Publication No. W60-3, pp. 96-
  101.
COHEN, J. M., L. J. KAMPHAKE, A. E.
LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD-
WABD
1960. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
  Supplies. Part I.  Removal of Toxic
  Materials. Journal of the  American
  Water Works Association, vol. 52, No.
  12, pp. 1551-1566.

COHEN, J. M.,  6. A. ROURKE and R. L.
WOODWARD
1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
  Supplies.  Part  2.  Odor  Problems.
  Journal of the American Waterworks
  Association,  vol. 53, No. 1, pp. 49-62.

COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L.
WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN
1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
  Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick-
  inson. Journal of the American Water
  Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
  233-246.

CUSHING, C. E., JR. and J. R. OLIVE
1956. Effects  of  Toxaphene and Rote-
  none  Upon  the  Macroscopic  Bottom
  Fauna of  Two Northern Colorado
  Reservoirs.    Transactions   of   the
  American Fisheries Society, vol. 86,
  pp. 294-301.

DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1935. Eleven Years of  Chemical Treat-
  ment of Madison Lakes: Its Effect on
  Fish and Fish Foods.  Transactions of
  the American Fisheries  Society, vol.
  65, pp. 115-121.

FUKANO, K. G. and F. F. HOOPER
1958.  Toxaphene  (Chlorinated  Com-
  phene)  as  a  Selective Fish  Poison.
  Progressive  Fish Culturist, vol. 20,
  No. 4, pp. 189-190.

HANSON, W. R,
1952. Effects  of Some  Herbicides and
  Insecticides on Biota of North Dakota
  Marshes. Journal of Wildlife  Man-
  agement, vol. 16, No.  3, pp. 299-308.

HASLER, A. D.
1949.  Antibiotic  Aspects  of  Copper
  Treatment of Lakes.  Transactions of
  the Wisconsin Academy  of Sciences,
  Arts and Letters, vol. 39, pp. 97-103.

HEMPHILL, J. E.
1954. Toxaphene as a Fish Toxin. Pro-
  gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 16, No. 1,
  pp. 41-42.
 130

-------
                               WATER TREATMENT
HUNT, E. G. and A. I. BISCHOFF
196.0.  Inimical Effects  on Wildlife of
  Periodic  DDD Applications to Clear
  Lake.  California Fish and Game, vol.
  46, No. 1, pp. 91-106.

KRUMHOLZ, L. A.
1950. Some Practical Considerations in
  the Use of Rotenone in  Fisheries Re-
  search.  Journal  of Wildlife Manage-
  ment, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 413-424.

MACKENTHUN, K. M. and H. L. COOLEY
1952. The Biological Effect of  Copper
  Sulphate Treatment on Lake Ecology.
  Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
  and Letters, vol. 41, pp. 177-187.

MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of Algae  in  Water
  Supplies. International Water  Supply
  Association,  Second  Congress,  pp.
  1-82.

MOYLE, J. B.
1949. The  Use of  Copper  Sulphate for
  Algal Control and Its Biological  Im-
  plications.  In:  Limnological Aspects
  of Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
  American  Association for the  Ad-
  vancement  of Science,  Washington,
  D. C., pp. 79-87.
NICHOLS,  M.
D. MCNALL
S.,  T.  HENKEL  and
1946.  Copper in Lake Muds from Lakes
  of the Madison Area, Transactions of
  the  Wisconsin Academy of  Sciences,
  Arts and Letters, vol. 38, pp. 33SMJ50.

NICHOLSON, H. P.,  H. J. WEBB,  G. J.
LAUER, R. E. O'BRIEN, A. R.  GRZENDA
and D. W. SHANKLIN
1962.   Insecticide Contamination  in a
  Farm Pond. Part I. Origin and Dura-
  tion.  Part  II.   Biological   Effects.
  A. R. Grzenda, G. J. Lauer, and H. P.
  Nicholson. Transactions of the Ameri-
  can Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 2,
  pp.  213-222.

RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY
1956. Pesticides: Their Use and Toxicity
  in Relation to Wildlife. State of Cali-
  fornia, Department of Fish and Game,
  Game  Management  Branch, Game
  Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209.

SMITH, M. W.
1935.  The Use of Copper Sulphate for
  Eradicating the Predatory  Fish Popu-
  lation of a Lake. Transactions of the
  American Fisheries Society, vol. 65,
  pp. 101-113.

SMITH, M. W.
1939.  Copper Sulfate and Rotenone as
  Fish Poisons.   Transactions  of  the
  American Fisheries Society, vol. 69,
  pp. 141-157.

SURBER, E. W.
1948.  Chemical  Control  Agents  and
  Their  Effects on  Fish. Progressive
  Fish Culturist, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 125-
  131.

SURBER, E. W. and O. L. MEEHEAN
1931.  Lethal Concentrations of Arsenic
  for  Certain   Aquatic  Organisms.
  Transactions  of the American Fish-
  eries Society, vol. 61, pp. 143-148.

SURBER, E. W. and M. H. EVERHART
1950.  Biological  Effects  of  Nigrosine
  Used for Control of Weeds in  Hatch-
  ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Cultur-
  ist, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140.

SURBER, E. W. and A. F. BARTSCH
1952.  Are  Chemicals  Killing Our Fish
  and Wildlife?  Outdoor  American
  (Sept.-0ct.), pp. 1-8.

TrrcoMB, J. W.
1914. The  Use of Copper Sulphate for
  the Destruction  of  Obnoxious Fishes
  in Ponds and Lakes.  Transactions of
  the American Fisheries  Society,  vol.
  40, pp. 20-26.

ULLMANN, W. W., R.  W. SCHAEFER and
W. W. SANDERSON
1961. Arsenic Accumulation by Fish in
  Lakes Treated with Sodium Arsenite.
  Journal of the  Water Pollution Con-
  trol  Federation, vol.  33, No. 4, pp.
  416^18.

WIEBE, A. H.
1930. Notes on the Exposure of Young
  Fish to  Varying  Concentrations of
  Arsenic.  Transactions of the  Ameri-
  can Fisheries Society, vol. 60, pp. 270-
  278.

WIEBE, A.  H., E.  G.  GROSS and  D. H.
SLAUGHTER
1931.  The Arsenic Content  of  Large-
  Mouth Black Bass  (Micropterus  sal-
  moides Lacepede) Fingerlings. Trans-
  actions of the American Fisheries So-
  ciety, vol. 61, pp. 150-163.
                                                                         121

-------
                                   Benthic Zones of BotluHbn (Organic Wastes)
                                              BMMc Zom* of »6Htrtton (Organic WHMt).
                           Graphic display of data.
                                          Data analysis.
                      Communication of information.
Plate IV—Reporting  Biological Data

-------
                               PART  IV

          REPORTING  ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL DATA
To DEFINE the biological findings of  pollution  studies, the biologist
must convey his message to those in associated  disciplines such as
engineers and administrators, and to the general  public.  Delivery of
this message  through oral  or written  reports is not accomplished
when the report  is cluttered with bad phrases, unnecessary technical
terms,  meaningless  words, and non-pertinent  graphical  material.
It is apparent,  then, that  one of the biologist's  principal responsi-
bilities is to prepare reports containing information that is descrip-
tive, concise, easy to read, and understandable.  Such reports accom-
plish their objectives by  communicating the results of the study to
all concerned.
   Although this  unit contains fewer references  than any of the pre-
ceding, the importance  of its  contents cannot be  understated.
REPORTING  BIOLOGICAL DATA


BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM
1959.  Stream  Life and  the  Pollution
  Environment.  Public Works, vol. 90,
  No. 7, pp. 104-110.

BEAK, T. W., C. DE COURVAL and N. E.
COOKE
1959.  Pollution Monitoring and Preven-
  tion  by Use of Bivariate  Control
  Charts. Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1383-1394.

BEAK, T. W.
1964. Biological Measurements of Water
  Pollution.  Chemical Engineering
  Progress, vol. 60, No. 1, pp. 39-43.

BECK, W. M., JR.
1954.  Studies in Stream Pollution Biol-
  ogy.   I.  A   Simplified   Ecological
  Classification  of Organisms.  Quar-
  terly Journal of the Florida Academy
  of Science, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 211-227.

BECK, W. M., JR.
1955.  Suggested  Method  for Reporting
  Biotic Data.  Sewage and Industrial
  Wastes, vol. 27, No. 10, pp. 1193-1197.
BURLINGTON, R. F.
1962.  Quantitative Biological Assess-
  ment of Pollution. Journal of the Wa-
  ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
  34, No. 2, pp. 179-183.

CONFERENCE OP  BIOLOGICAL  EDITORS,
COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE
1964. Style Manual for Biological Jour-
  nals. Second Edition. American  Insti-
  tute of Biological Sciences, Washing-
  ton, D. C., 117 pp.

EMBERGER, M. R. and M. R. HALL
1955.  Scientific   Writing.  Harcourt,
  Brace  and Company, New York, 468
  pp.

FJERDINGSTAD, E.
1964. Some Remarks on a New Saprobic
  System.  In:  Biological  Problems  in
  Water Pollution—Transactions of the
  1962  Seminar, Robert A. Taft  Sani-
  tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
  Ohio.  U.  S. Public Health Service
  Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232-
  235.

HYNES, H. B. N.
1964.  The  Interpretation of Biological
  Data with Reference to Water  Qual-
                                                                    125

-------
          WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATEE TREATMENT
  ity. In: Symposium on Environmental
  Measurements, Valid Data and Logi-
  cal  Interpretation,  Robert A.  Taft
  Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
  nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
  ice,  Publication  No. 999-AP-15, pp.
  289-298.

INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH
1960.  Graphic  Expression of Biological
  Data  in Water Pollution Reports.
  Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
  trol Federation, vol.  32,  No.  3, pp.
  297-310,

KRAMER, H. P. and H. M. MYERS
1963.  So You're Going to Give a  Paper.
  Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
  trol Federation, vol.  35,  No.  1, pp.
  43-56.

LAMBUTH, D.
1964.   The Golden Book on Writing.
  Fourth Printing. The Viking  Press,
  New York, 81 pp.

MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM
and R.  FORGES
 1964.  Sampling and  Data  Evaluation.
  In: Limnologicat Aspects of Recrea-
  tional Lakes, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
  Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
  U. S. Public Health Service Publica-
  tion No. 1167, pp. 119-139.

MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1965.  Pollution and the Life in Water.
  Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
  Health  Service, Publication No. 999-
  WP-20, pp. 1-16.

MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1966.  Biological Evaluation of Polluted
  Streams. Journal of the Water Pollu-
  tion Control Federation, vol. 38, No. 2,
  pp. 241-247.

PATRICK,  R.
1949.  A Proposed Biological Measure of
  Stream Conditions, Based on a Survey
  of the  Conestoga  Bas:n,  Lancaster
  County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of
  the Academy of Natural Sciences, vol.
  101, pp. 277-341.

WURTZ, C. B.
1955.  Stream Biota and  Stream Pollu-
  tion. Sewage  and Industrial  Wastes,
  vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1270-1278.
                         ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
 SINCERE APPRECIATION  is extended to those who provided assistance
 and encouragement  in the  preparation  of this publication, and  to
 those who supplied photographs which are incorporated into the fol-
 lowing plates: Plate I,  No. 2, and Plate II, Nos. 1 and  3, Mr. Lowell
 E.  Keup, Cincinnati, Ohio;  and Plate  III, No. 3,  Mr.  F. A. Under-
 wood, Superintendent of Filtration, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
   Mrs. Kay Lynne Stewart contributed significantly to the prepara-
 tion of  initial manuscript materials, and Mrs. Martha Jean  Wilkey
 meticulously  typed  manuscripts.  Their  diligent  efforts  are  grate-
 fully acknowledged.
                                               •fr i j. wnoMnn mnmt «mn.- «i-o UMH
 126

-------